SlideShare a Scribd company logo
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
1
K to 12 Basic Education Program
TECHNOLOGY AND LIVELIHOOD EDUCATION
HOME ECONOMICS
Wellness Massage
LEARNER‘S MATERIAL
GRADE 10
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
Cover Page............................................................................
Table of Contents
Introduction...………………………………………………………. 4
Content Standard and Performance Standard……………… 4
Objectives……………………………………………………….. 5
Program Requirements………………………………………… 5
Learning Episodes……………………………………………… 5
How to Use the Module………………………………………… 6
Diagnostic Assessment…………………………………………… 7
Personal Entrepreneurial Competencies (PECs)…………… 14
Environment and Market (EM)………………………………….. 26
Quarter I Assess and Interview Client/s
Overview………………………………………………………… 44
Objectives……………………………………………………….. 44
Pre-Test 1……………………………………………………….. 45
Lesson 1 Plan the Wellness Program of Clients
LO 1 Assess/Interview Client……………………………… 49
1.1 History and Development Wellness Massage.. 49
1.2 Health Concepts……………………………… 55
1.3 Healing Concepts…………………………...... 55
1.4Identify the Vital Information
of the client/s ………………………………. 59
1.5 Relevant Information of the Client/s ………… 59
1.6Wellness Massage Techniques……………… 65
1.7Wellness Massage Services and Products… 65
1.8Wellness Program……………………………… 69
Post test ……………………………………………………… .. 70
Quarter II
Overview………………………………………………………… 73
Objectives………………………………………………………… 74
Pre-Test 2………………………………………………………… 74
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
3
Lesson 2 Provide Pre-Service to Wellness Massage Client/s
LO 1 Provide Pre-Service to client/
2.1 Professional Conduct and Ethics and Preparation… 78
Communication Process …………………………….. 79
Communication Barriers ……………………………. 79
Telephone Etiquette ………………………………….. 80
Listening Skills ……………………………………….. 84
Principles of Listening ……………………………… 85
Non Verbal Communication ……………………….
Preparation of Appointment Schedule …………….
Client Consultation ………………………………….. 90
Essential Information of the client ………………… 92
Wellness Service Standards ………………………. 94
2.2 Conducting Preliminary Services to Clients …………..
Effective Customer Service
Workplace Policies and Procedures
Record Making
Preliminary Service Procedures
Wellness massage products, services and programs
Enhancement Activity……………………………
Post Test 1………………………………
Quarter III
Overview ……………………………………………………….……… 99
Objectives……………………………………………………………… 99
Pre-Test 3……………………………………………………………… 99
Lesson 3Apply Wellness Massage Techniques
LO 1 Apply Wellness Massage Techniques
Health Safety Procedure in Wellness Massage……… 106 - 140
3.2 Prepare Client for Wellness Massage Session …. 140-159
3.3 Perform Wellness Massage Techniques ………... 159-184
Enhancement Activity……………………………………
Post Test 3………………………………………………………….. 185-188
Quarter IV
Overview ……………………………………………………….. 189
Objectives………………………………………………………. 189
Pre-Test 4………………………………………………………. 192
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
4
Lesson 4 Post-Advice and Post Services to Clients
LO 1 Provide Advice on Post Wellness Massage Services
4.1 Perform Aftercare Service ……………………….. 193-201
4.2 Identify and Explain the Wellness Products……. 202-205
4.3 Enumerate and Explain Other Services ……….. 206-208
Enhancement Activity
Post Test ……………………………………………………….. 209-212
Summative Test…………………………………………………….. 212-218
Synthesis ………..………………………………………………. 219
Glossary ………………………………………………………… 220-221
References…….…………………………………………………… 222-224
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
5
Introduction
Technology and Livelihood Education (TLE) is one nomenclature in the
implementation of the K to 12 Basic Education Program (BEP). It is
composed of four components, namely, Agri-Fishery Arts, Home Economics,
Industrial Arts and Information and Communication Technology. In this
learning material, the focus is on a course in Home Economics –Wellness
Massage.
The course provides varied and relevant activities and opportunities to
determine your understanding of the key concepts and to demonstrate core
competencies as prescribed in TESDA Training Regulation in Cookery. Thus,
it aims to provide quality service to target clients alongside of assessing
yourself as to the aspects of business that you may consider to strengthen
and become part of the food provider sector.
The world of work today presents a picture of available jobs that are
getting scarcer each year. To address this reality, the Department of
Education is stretching its available resources, prioritizing needs, and
developing sustainable programs to lead and to prepare the young minds as
future skillful chef or any related job. The department further believes that it is
in honing the skills that the learner can have an edge over other job seekers.
DepEd endeavors to equip the learners with the appropriate knowledge,
attitudes, values and skills necessary to become productive citizen of our
society.
This learner‘s material is specifically crafted to focus on the different
activities that will assess your level in terms of skills and knowledge
necessary to get a Certificate of Competency and/or National Certification.
This will surely make you a certified wellness massage specialist.
Content Standard
The learner demonstrates understanding of core concepts and theories
in wellness massage.
Performance Standard
The learner independently demonstrates core competencies in
wellness massage as prescribed in the TESDA Training Regulation.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
6
Objectives
Learners are expected to become proficient in performing skills on the
following competencies:
1. Discuss the relevance of the course.
2. Explain the basic concepts in wellness massage.
3. Strengthen ones PECs to undertake the course on wellness massage.
4. Explore on opportunities for wellness massage as a career.
5. Select a business idea based on the criteria and techniques set in wellness
massage.
6. Develop a product/service in Wellness Massage.
Program Requirements
Grade 10 students who will take Wellness Massage course as their
specialization in Technology and Livelihood Education (TLE) – Home
Economics should have successfully taken the exploratory course in Beauty
Care in Grade 7/8.
The student of this course must possess the characteristics of a
person who are incline in wellness massage and other related activities,can
communicate both in oral and written; physically and mentally fit; with good
moral character; and can perform basic mathematical computation.
Learners are expected to develop their knowledge and skills in
Wellness Massage and explore an opportunities for wellness massage. This
should be taken for one school year for a total of 160 hours. Lessons should
be taken one at a time, following the correct sequence being presented and
should accomplish the assessment or enhancement activities before
proceeding to the next lesson.
Along the learning process, learners of this course are required to
complete the 25-hour industry involvement to different wellness massage
salons to experience the actual workplace.
Learning Episodes
This learning resource is subdivided into four (4) quarters which may
serve as the recommended scope and limit for every academic grading
period. In every quarter there are lessons that comprise the learning
outcomes.
Before exploring the core competencies of Wellness Massage, you will
be guided on how to assess your own Personal Entrepreneurial
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
7
Competencies and Skills (PECS) and demonstrate your understanding about
the Environment and Market.
Quarter I is compose of one lesson. Lesson I is all about planning the
wellness program of the clients
Quarter II is providing pre-service to wellness massage
Quarter III consists of lessons on applying wellness massage
techniques
Quarter IV covers lessons on post-advice and post-services to clients
Enjoy using this learner‘s material as your guide to become a
successful massage specialist in the future.
HOW TO USE THIS LEARNER’S MATERIAL?
Here are some reminders on how to use this material.
1. Answer the diagnostic assessment before you proceed to the different
activities. The diagnostic assessment determines how much you know
about the lessons and identifies the areas you ought to learn more. Your
teacher will check and analyze your score to determine your learning
needs.
2. This learner‘s material contains relevant information and activities. Go
over each activity carefully. If you encounter difficulties, do not hesitate to
consult your teacher for assistance. Do not skip any topic unless you are
told to do so. REMEMBER that each activity is a preparation for the
succeeding activities.
3. For every lesson/learning outcomes, perform the enhancement activities
to enrich the knowledge and skills.
4. After successfully finished the tasks, answer the post-test to be given by
your teacher. Your score will be analyzed and will be used by your
teacher for the computation of your grades.
5. Lastly, DO NOT mark the learner‘s material in any way.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
8
I. Multiple-Choice.
Direction: Read eachquestion carefully. Encircle the letter of the
correct answer. Write the answers in your quiz notebook.
1. Some massage therapists focus on the shifts in awareness and
psychological insight that can be brought about with massage.
A. Transformational or psychotherapeutic massage
B. Pampering
C. Sports Massage
D. Relaxation/stress/ stress reduction.
2. Per Henrik Ling developed a system of passive and active exercises
known as Swedish Remedial Gynastics except _____.
A. ‗Effleurage‘,
B. ‗Petrissage‘,
C. ‗Vibration‘,
D. ‗Ventilation
3. This is part of the personal information form which indicates that a
massage will be helpful to the client and will influence the type of massage
given.
A. Past Personal Information
B. Past Medical History
C. Present Medical History
D. Present Personal Information
4. This refers to the type of massage treatment that can be found in some
spa and hair salons.
A. Transformational or psychotherapeutic massage
B. Pampering
C. Sports Massage
D. Relaxation/stress/ stress reduction
Diagnostic Assessment
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
9
5. As early as 3000 BC, the _____nationalities practiced massage to cure
ailments and improve general health?
A. Chinese
B. Japanese
C. Vietnamese
D. Swedish
6. He was the Greek physician who used massage with oils and herbs to treat
medical conditions and diseases.
A. Herodicus
B. Abacus
C. Hepartacus
D. Eherodicus
7. This is the most widely used form of massage used for relaxation.
A. body massage
B. stone massage
C. sports massage
D. pregnancy massage
8. It implies exchange of messages by human being.
A. Communication Process
B. Communication Problem
C. Communication Standards
D. Miscommunication
9. As the communication process continues, it becomes a communication
_______.
A. cycle
B. stroke
C. routine
D. requirement
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
10
10. Human communication consist of
A. 93% body language while only 7% of communication consists
of words themselves.
B. 95% body language while only 5% of communication consists
of words themselves
C. 90% body language while only 10% of communication
consists of words themselves
D. 80% body language while only 20% of communication
consists of words themselves
11.This person does the client consultation.
A.doctor
B. dentist
C. specialist
D. therapist
12. Do not make false claims for treatments, but explain the benefits _____.
A. fairly
B. practically
C. reasonably
D.realistically
13. Before picking up a phone you should discontinue to ______.
A. breathe
B.eat chewing gum
C. talk
D. smile
14. A type of massage wherein the hand is placed over the area and
vibrated either up and down or from side to side. The action produces
vibrations in the underlying tissue.
A. Vibration
B. Pounding
C. Frictions
D. Cupping
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
11
15. The type of massage strokes in which pressure is applied to the tissues.
A. Vibration
B. Knead
C. Beating
D. Petrissage
16.A massage stroke that skims the surface of the tissues.
A. Vibration
B. Effleurage
C. Beating
D. Petrissage
17. A manipulation technique that lifts the muscle away from the bone and
moves itfrom side to side in a rocking manner.
A. Vibration
B.Effleurage
C.Muscle rolling
D. Petrissage
18. A massage strokes where the hands strike the tissues.
A. Vibration
B. Effleurage
C.Taponement
D.Petrissage
19.This helps eliminate the toxins from the body.
A. juice
B.tea
C. water
D. wine
20. This is a kind of food that helps the body to concentrate on healing.
A. light healthy meal
B. heavy healthy meal
C. more vegetables
D. juicy fruits
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
12
21. This should be avoided for about 24 hours before performing aftercare
services.
A. alcohol
B. exercise
C. too much eating
D. drinking plenty of water
22.We usually feel this after treatment.
A. startle
B. creepy
C. canny
D.relaxed
23. It is the most common body reactions in the aftercare services.
A.aching/soreness of muscles
B. heightened emotional state
C. tiredness
D. dizzy
24. A word whichmeans anything that can cause harm.
A. risk
B. danger
C. hazard
D. warning
25. The safestsubstance found in spa salon
A. Oil
B. Disinfectant
C. Powders
D. Water
26. In the 5‘s methodology, Seiketsu is the Japanese term for ________.
A. standardize
B. self-discipline
C. sort
D. sweep
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
13
27. The translated English word for seiri is ________.
A. sort
B. sweep
C. self-discipline
D. systematize
28.This can be done as an introduction to massage for clients who may not
come in for an office massage, or can be a continuing form of stress-
reduction therapy when done on a regular basis, as in the office setting
A. Chair Massage
B. Pampering
C. Chiropractic adjunct
D. Relaxation/stress/ stress reduction
29. Different origin of the word massage are the following except one,
A. mass
B. mass’h
C. masser
D. massege
30. This details will enable you to contact the client quickly if you
need to cancel or change an appointment or for any other reason.
A. personal records
B. doctors records
C. physical records
D. school records
II.TRUE or FALSE.Write T if the statement is true and F if false.
_______31. Drink plenty of water to hydrate & flush toxins.
_______32. You may feel a little light headed after the hot stone massage &
body massage aftercare
_______33. Home care advice is very beneficial for the client, as it involves
them in the treatment and encourages them to take control of
their condition.
_______34. Immediate bathing should be avoided, at least 6 hrs. after the
service is being advised.
_______35. Aftercare products may include but is not limited herbal products
and body oils.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
14
_______36. Eat light, easy to digest meals
________37. For the tense, overworked client she may be advised to
reduceworkload, that s/he makes time to rest, takes a relaxing
bath and goesto bed early.
_______38. Deep breathing exercises are helpful to everyone as they
increase the intake of oxygen and the elimination of carbon
dioxide.
_______39. After any massage, spa or holistic treatment, try to rest and relax
for the rest of the day, if not, for a few hours at least.
_______40. Making the clients feel welcome and at home with a friendly
―Hello is a nice gesture or strategy used in rebooking clients.
III. Fill in the blanks
Direction: Choose your answer from the box below and write it on the space
provided.
41. _______ is the chance, great or small that someone will be harmed by the
hazard.
42. _______ is technique of using a large towel or sheet to keep you covered
while you‘re getting a massage.
43. An ______ is a region of the body in which nerves arteries, or vein lay
close to the body‘s surface.
44. The time to gather and exchange information with the client is called
_____.
45. _______refers to standards and conducts of behaviour of an individual or
professional group.
46. __________refers to the type of massage treatment that might be found
in some spa and hair salons.
47. Massage is thought to increase _____ which is desirable in many
conditions.
48. _________ is the name of a workplace organization method that uses a
list of five Japanese words.
49.To gain the _____ of clients and establish an excellent reputation,
50. A customer first impression of your practice is formed during their first
____ of contact over the phone or in person
draping endangerment site risk ethics pampering
blood flow 5’s methodology consultation confidence
interpersonal communication
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
15
Personal Entrepreneurial Competencies (PECs)
Content Standards Performance Standards
The learner demonstrates
understanding of one‘s PECs in
Wellness Massage.
The learner independently creates a
plan of action that strengthens and/or
further develops his/her PECs in
Wellness Massage.
Quarter I Time Allotment: 4 hours
Module 1
Personal Entrepreneurial Competencies
Introduction
In this module you will learn more about entrepreneurship and the
entrepreneurial competencies related to Wellness Massage. You will have a
first-hand experience in educational activities leading to assessment of your
personal entrepreneurial competencies (PECs) and the entrepreneurial
competencies of a successful Wellness Massage Therapistswithin your
province. You will also have several activities that willalign your competencies
with those of successful practitioners. Moreover, this module will encourage
you to think about entrepreneurship and its role in the business community as
well as in the economic and social development of an individual.
To start with this module, let us first understand entrepreneurs and
entrepreneurship.
Entrepreneurs are people with the skills and capabilities to see and
evaluate business opportunities. They are individuals that can strategically
identify products or services needed by the community, and have the capacity
to deliver them at the right time and at the right place.
Entrepreneurs are agents of economic change; they organize, manage
and assume risks of a business. Some of the good qualities of entrepreneurs
are: opportunity-seeker, risk taker, goal setter, excellent planner,confident
problem-solver, hardworking, persistent and committed.
Entrepreneurship on the other hand is not just a simple business
activity but a strategic process of innovation and new product venture
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
16
creation. Basically, entrepreneurship is both an art and science of converting
business ideas into marketable products or services to improve the quality of
living.
Now that you have background knowledge about entrepreneurs and
entrepreneurship, you can now walk through in assessing your PECs. Always
remember that successful entrepreneurs continuously develop and improve
their PECs.
To begin, let us find out the competencies you will gain upon
completion of this module.
Objectives
At the end of this module, you are expected to:
 identify areas for improvement, development, and growth,
 align your PECs according to your business or career choice, and
 create a plan of action that ensures success in your business or career
choice.
Now try to take the first challenge in this module, the pre assessment.
Pre-assessment
As part of your initial activity, try to assess your prior knowledge and
experience related to personal entrepreneurial competencies. Answer Task 1.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
17
Task 1: Matching Type
Direction: Match the entrepreneurial competencies in column A with their
meaning in column B. Write the letter of the correct answer on the space
provided before each number.
A B
____1.Creative A. makes wise decisions towards the set
objectives
____2.Profit-oriented B. strategic thinking and setting of goals
____3.Disciplined C. trusting in one‘s ability
____4.Sound decision maker D. adoptable to change
____5. Possess people skills E. innovates to have an edge over other
competitors
____6.Excellent Planner F. solid dedication
____7.Confident G. skillful in record keeping
____8.Hardworking H. always sticks to the plan
____9.Ability to accept change I. work diligently
____10. Committed J. effective and efficient communication
skills and relates well to people K. always looking for an opportunity to
have/earn income.
Task 2: Guide Questions
Directions: The following are guide questions which covers the entire
module. Write your answers on your assignment notebook. Discuss / share
these to the class.
A. Explain why entrepreneurial activities are important to social
development and economy progress.
B. What entrepreneurial activities related to Wellness Massage do you
know and are capable of doing?
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
18
C. If you were given the opportunity to own a business that relates to
Wellness Massage, do you think you will be confident to manage it?
Explain your answer.
D. What do you think are the most important competencies one must
possess in order to be successful in running a chosen business?
E. Name successful entrepreneurs from your province whose businesses
are related to Wellness Massage. Make sure you will be able to share
with the class the PECs that made them successful.
After all the guide questions are answered, share these with your
classmates. You may also compare your insigths, personal knowledge,
and relevant experiences on the topic to make the sharing more exciting
and engaging.
Learning Goals and Targets
After understanding the objectives of this module, having gone through
pre-assessment, and answering the guide questions, you will be asked to set
your own personal goals and targets. These goals and targets will urge you to
further achieve the ultimate objective of this module. In the end, these
ultimate goals will motivate you to learn more about PECs.
Figure 1: Strategic process to achieve the objectives of this module
Reading Resources and Instructional Activities
After setting your own personal goals and targets in achieving the
objectives of this module, check your inherent knowledge of PECs. Answer
the following guide questions with the help of your classmates.
Goals and
Targets
Learning
Activities
Ultimate Goal
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
19
Task 3: Group Activity
Directions: Answer the following guide questions on a separate sheet of
paper. Share your answers with the class.
1. Explain the importance of assessing one‘s PECs before engaging in a
particular entrepreneurial activity.
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________.
2. Are there other strategies or approaches where you can assess your
PECs? Explain how these strategies will become more useful in selecting a
viable business venture.
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________.
3. What are the desirable personal characteristics, attributes, lifestyles, skills,
and traits of a prospective entrepreneur? Why are these important?
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________.
4. Why is there a need to assess one‘s PECs in terms of characteristics,
attributes, lifestyles, skills, and traits before starting a particular business?
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________.
5. What is the significance of evaluating PECs of a successful entrepreneur?
What helpful insights can you draw from this activity?
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
____________________________________________.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
20
How was your experience in answering the guide questions with your
classmates? Were you able to benefit from them? What were the insights you
have realized?
This time you‘re going to study the different topics that will enrich your
knowledge of PECs. Read all the important details about the succeeding topic
carefully.
Assessment of Personal Entrepreneurial Competencies (PECs) and
Skillsvis-à-vis a Practicing Entrepreneurin a Province
Entrepreneurial competencies refer to the important characteristics that
should be possessed by an individual in order to perform entrepreneurial
functions effectively.In this module, you will learn some of the most important
characteristics, attributes, lifestyle, skills and traits of a successful
entrepreneur or an employee to be successful in a chosen career.
Below are few important characteristics/traits/attributes of a good
entrepreneur:
 Hardworking: One of the important characteristics of a good
entrepreneur is hardworking. This means working diligently and
being consistent about it. Hardworking people keep improving their
performance to produce good products and/or provide good
services.
 Confident: Entrepreneurs have self-reliance in one‘s ability and
judgment. They exhibit self-confidence to cope with the risks of
operating their own business.
 Disciplined: Successful entrepreneurs always stick to the plan
and fight the temptation to do what is unimportant.
Know
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
21
 Committed: Good entrepreneurs assume full responsibility over
their business. They give full commitment and solid dedication to
make the business successful.
 Ability to accept change: Nothing is permanent but change.
Change occurs frequently. When you own a business, you should
cope with and thrive on changes. Capitalize on positive changes
to make your business grow.
 Creative: An entrepreneur should be creative and innovative to
stay in the business and in order to have an edge over the other
competitors.
 Has the initiative: An entrepreneur takes the initiative. You must
put yourself in a position where you are responsible for the failure
or success of your business.
 Profit-oriented: An entrepreneur enters the world of business to
generate profit or additional income. The business shall become
your bread and butter. Therefore, you must see to it that the
business can generate income.
Listed below are the important skills of a successful entrepreneur:
 Excellent planner: Planning involves strategic thinking and goal
setting to achieve objectives by carefully maximizing all the
available resources. A good entrepreneur develops and follows the
steps in the plans diligently to realize goals. A good entrepreneur
knows that planning is an effective skill only when combined with
action.
 Possesses people skills: This is a very important skill needed to
be successful in any kind of business. People skills refer to
effective and efficient communication and establishing good
relationship to the people working in and out of your business. In
day-to-day business transactions, you need to deal with people. A
well-developed interpersonal skill can make a huge difference
between success and failure of the business.
Sound decision maker: Successful entrepreneurs have the ability to
think quickly and to make wise decisions towards a pre-
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
22
determined set of objectives. No one can deny that the ability to make
wise decisions is an important skill that an entrepreneur should
possess. Sound decisions should be based on given facts and
information and lead towards the pre-determined objectives.
To firm up what you have learned and have a better appreciation of the
different entrepreneurial competencies, read the PECs checklist below, then
answer the same.
Task 4: PECs Checklist
Directions: Using the PECs Checklist, assess yourself by indicating a check
(/) mark in either strengths and/or development areas column. Interpret the
results by counting the total number of check marks in each of the columns.
After accomplishing the checklist, form a group and share your insights and
experiences why you come up with that personal assessment.
Table 1: PECS Checklist
Personal Entrepreneurial Competencies of an
Entrepreneur
Personal Assessment in terms of:
Strength
Development
Areas
Hardworking - Working diligently
Self-confident - Confidence in one‘s ability
Discipline - Always stick to the plan
Committed - Solid dedication
Ability to accept change - Adoptable to change
Creative - Innovative to have edge over other
competitors
Profit-oriented - Always looking for income
Planner - Strategic thinking and setting of goals
People Skill - effective and efficient communication
and relation to people
Decision Making - make a wise decision towards the
set objectives
Process
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
23
Possess people skill
- Effective and efficient communication skills
and relates well to people
Sound decision maker
- Makes wise decisions towards the set
objectives
TOTAL
Interpretation or Insight:
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________.
How was your experience in discovering the strengths and the areas
you need to develop? Did you gain a valuable experience in exchanging
insights with your classmates? To learn more and deepen your understanding
of PECs, do task 5 below.
Task 5: Interview
Directions : In your province, interview a successful Massage Therapist or
entrepreneur whose type of business is related with Wellness Massage.
Focus your questions on PECs and other business-related attributes that
helped them become successful. Analyze the results of the interview and
reflect on the similarities and/or differences. Write your answer on a separate
sheet of paper.
Reflect and Understand
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
24
Sample Interview Guide
Name of Proprietor/Practitioner: ____________________________________
Age: _______________Number of Years in Business: _________________
Business Name: ________________________________________________
Business Address:______________________________________________
1. What preparations did you make before you engaged in this type of
business or job?
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________.
2. What special skills and characteristics do you have that is related with
your business or job?
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________.
3. How did you solve business-related problems during the early years of
your business operation?
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________.
4. Did you follow the tips from a successful businessman or practitioner
before you engaged in your business?
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________.
5. What best business practices can you share with aspiring
entrepreneurs?
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________.
6. What do you think are the salient characteristics, attributes, lifestyle,
skills and traits that made you successful in your business or job?
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
25
Directions: Copy the tables below in your notebook or in a separate sheet of
paper. Gather the needed information from the interview to supply answer/s
to row 1 in the table below, after which, fill out the second row with your
PECs.
Personal
Entrepreneurial
Competencies Characteristics Attributes Lifestyles Skills Traits
Successful
Entrepreneur in
the province
My PECs
Using the information on the table above, analyze and reflect on the
similarities and differences in your answers. Put your reflection on the
table below. Write your conclusion on the space provided below.
Personal
Entrepreneurial
Competencies Similarities Differences
Characteristics
Attributes
Lifestyles
Skills
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
26
Traits
Conclusion:
________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________.
After performing the activities on the importance of PECs, let‘s
determine how much you have learned. Perform the Task 6 to determine how
well you have understood the lesson.
Task 6: Preparation of a Plan of Action
Directions: Use a separate sheet of paper / in your notebook the information
generated from task 5 (Interview) and prepare an action plan that
indicates alignment of your PECs to the PECs of a successful
entrepreneur in Wellness Massage in your province.
Objective Area Activities Strategies Time
Frame
Expected
Outcome
To align my
PECs with
the PECs of
a successful
entrepreneur
in Wellness
Massage.
Characteristics
Skills
Transfer
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
27
Attribute
Traits
Task 7: Essential Questions
Directions: Read and study the following questions below. You may use a
separate sheet of paper or your notebook to write your answers.
1. Why is there a need to compare and align your PECs with the PECs of
a successful entrepreneur?
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
______________________________________________.
2. How does your action plan help sustain your strong PECs and/or
address your development areas?
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
28
________________________________________________________
______________________________________________.
3. What plan of action would you do to address your development areas?
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
29
ENVIRONMENT AND MARKET (EM)
Content Standards Performance Standards
The learner demonstrates
understanding of environment and
market in Wellness Massage in
one‘s province.
The learner independently creates a
business vicinity map reflective of
potential market in Wellness
Massage in a province.
Quarter I Time Allotment: 4 hours
Module 2
Environment and Market
Introduction
Aspiring entrepreneur need to explore the economic, cultural, and
social conditions prevailing in an area. Needs and wants of the people in a
certain area that are not met may be considered business opportunities.
Identifying the needs of the community, its resources, available raw materials,
skills, and appropriate technology can help a new entrepreneur seize
business opportunities.
To be successful in any kind of business venture, potential
entrepreneurs should look closely at the environment and market. They
should always be watchful of existing opportunities and constraints, and to
take calculated risks. The opportunities in the business environment are
factors that provide possibilities for a business to expand and make more
profit. Constraints, on the other hand, are factors that limit business growth,
hence reduce the chance of generating profit. One of the best ways to
evaluate opportunities and constraints is to conduct a Strengths,
Weaknesses, Opportunities and Threats (SWOT) Analysis.
SWOT Analysis is a managerial tool used to assess the environment. It
is used to gather important information which is then used in strategic
planning. Strengths and weaknesses are internal in an organization. They
relate to resources owned by an organization that you have control over and
also the extent of its marketing.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
30
Opportunities and threats exist in the external environment.
Opportunities relate to the market, new technologies, and the external factors
such as government policies, climate, and trends. Threats replace what the
competitors are doing. It also includes legal and other constraints.
Now that you have read some important considerations to explore to
be successful in any business, you are now ready to explore more about the
environment and market.
To begin with, let‘s find out the competencies that you will master as
you finish this module.
Objectives
At the end of this module, you are expected to:
 identify what is of ―value‖ to the customer,
 identify the customer to sell to,
 explain what makes a product unique and competitive,
 apply creativity and innovative techniques to develop marketable
products, and
 employ a unique selling proposition (USP) to a product and/or
service.
Now that you have an idea about the things you will learn, take the first
challenge in this module – the pre-assessment.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
31
Pre-assessment
Task 1: MultipleChoice
DIRECTIONS: Choose the letter of the best answer. Write your answer on a
separate sheet of paper.
1. It is generated by examining the goods and services sold in the
community.
A. business creation C. business concept
B. business pricing D. business idea
2. It is a process of making new products which will be sold to the
customers.
A. product analysis C. product
development
B. product conceptualization D. product
implementation
3. These are luxuries, advantages and desires that every individual
considers beyond necessary.
A. wants C. requirements
B. desires D. needs
4. It is a factor or consideration presented by a seller as the reason that a
product or service is different from and better than that of the
competition.
A. unique selling plan C. unique pricing
policy
B. unique selling proposition D. finding value-added
5. A stage in which the needs of the target market are identified,
reviewed, and evaluated.
A. concept development C. project development
B. economic analysis D. refine specification
6. It is the introduction of new ideas to make the product and services
more attractive and saleable to the target customers.
A. new idea C. product development
B. creativity D. innovation
7. It is a managerial tool used to assess the environment and to gather
important information that can be used for strategic planning.
A. scanning C. WOTSAnalysis
B. SWOT Analysis D. surveyanalysis
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
32
8. It is creating names, symbol, or designs that identifies and
differentiates a product from the other products.
A. product naming C. branding
B. unique selling proposition D. tagline
9. It is a meaningful and unforgettable statement that captures the
essence of the brand.
A. product naming C. branding
B. unique selling proposition D. tagline
10. These are things that people cannot live without.
A. wants C. requirements
B. desires D. needs
Task 2: Guide Questions:
Directions:Read and study the guide questions below. Use a separate
sheetof paper to write your answer.
1. How does one determine the product or services to be produced
and/or to be providedto the target customers?
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
2. How does one select an entrepreneurial activity?
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
3. When can one say that a certain product has ―value?‖
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
4. Does applying creativity to your product or services important? Why?
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
33
5. How can one effectively respond to the needs of the target customer?
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
6. From the viewpoint of business owner, discuss the importance of
scanning the environment and market in generating business ideas.
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
7. Using self-assessment, explain the level of your confidence in
formulating a business idea.
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
After the entire guide questions are answered and skills have been
mastered, share insights/ideas with your classmates. Discuss your insights,
personal knowledge, and relevant experiences on the topic to make it more
exciting and engaging.
Learning Goals and Target
After reading and understanding the objectives of this module and
having gone through the pre-assessment and guide questions, you will be
asked to set your own personal goals. These goals will urge you to further
achieve the ultimate objective of this module. In the end, these goals will
motivate you to learn more about environment and market.
Figure 2: Strategic process to reach the objectives of this module
Goals and
Targets
Learning
Activities
Ultimate Goal
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
34
Reading Resources and Instructional Activities
After setting your own personal goals and targets in achieving the
objectives of this module, you will have the opportunity to read and learn
more about environment and market. You will also be given a chance to do
practical exercises and activities to deepen your understanding of the topic.
Product Development
When we talk of product development,we are referring to a process of
making a new product to be sold by a business or enterprise to its
customers.Product development may involve modification of an existing
product or its presentation, or formulation of an entirely new product that
satisfies a newly-defined customer‘s needs, wants and/or a market place.
The term development in this module refers collectively to the entire
process of identifying a market opportunity, creating a product to appeal to
the identified market, and testing, modifying, and refining the product until
itbecomesready for production.
There are basic, yet vital questions that you can ask yourself about
product development. When you find acceptable answers to them, you may
now say that you are ready to develop a product and/or render services.
These questions include the following:
1. For whom are the product/services aimed at?
2. What benefit will the customers expect from product/service?
3. How will the product/service differ from the existing brand? From
its competitor?
In addition, needs and wants of the people within an area should also
be taken into big consideration. Everyone has his/her own needs and wants.
However, each person has different concepts of needs and wants. Needs in
business are the important things that an individual cannot live without in a
society. These include:
1. basic commodities for consumption,
2. clothing and other personal belongings,
3. shelter, sanitation and health, and
4. education.
Know
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
35
Basic needs are essential to an individual to live with dignity and pride
in a community. These needs can obviously help you generate business
ideas and subsequently to product development.
Wants are desires, luxury and extravagance that signify wealth and
expensive way of living. Wants or desires are considered above all the basic
necessities of life. Some examples of wants or desires are: fashion
accessories,expensive shoes and clothes, travels, eating in an expensive
restaurant, watching movies, concerts,having luxurious cars, wearing
expensive jewelry and perfume, living in impressive homes, among others.
Needs and wants of people are the basic indicators of the kind of
business that you may engage in because it can serve as the measure of
your success. Some other points that might be considered in business
undertakings are the kind of people, their needs, wants, lifestyle, culture and
tradition, and their social orientation.
To summarize, product development entirely depends on the needs
and wants of the customers. Another important issue to deal with is the key
concepts of developing a product. The succeeding topic shall enlighten you
about the procedure in coming up with a product.
Concepts of Developing a Product
Concept development is a critical phase in the development of a
product. In this stage, the needs of the target market are identified, and
competitive products are reviewed before the product specifications are
defined. The product concept is selected along with an economic analysis to
come up with an outline of how a product is being developed. Figure 3 shows
the stages of concept development of a product.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
36
Figure 3: Stages of Concept Development
The process of product development follows the following stages:
1. Identify customer needs: Using survey forms, interviews, researches,
focus group discussions, and observations, an entrepreneur can easily
identify customers‘ needs and wants. In this stage, the information that can be
possibly gathered is product specifications (performance, taste, size, color,
shape, life span of the product, etc.). This stage is very important because it
would determine the product to be produced or provided.
2. Establish target specifications: Based on customers' needs and reviews
of competitive products, you can now establish target specifications of the
prospective new product and/or services. A target specification is essentially
a wish-list.
3. Analyze competitive products: It is imperative to analyze existing
competitive products to provide important information in establishing product
or service specifications. Other products may exhibit successful design
attributes that should be emulated or improved upon in the new product or
service.
4. Generate product concepts:After having gone through with the previous
processes, you may now develop a number of product concepts to illustrate
Concept
Development
Identify
Customer
Needs
Plan
Remaining
Development
Project
Establish
Target
Specifications
Generate
Product
Concepts
Select a
Product
Concept
Analyze
Competitive
Products
Refine
Specifications
Perform
Economic
Analysis
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
37
the types of products or servicesthat are technically feasible and will best
meet the requirements of the target specifications.
5. Select a product concept: Through the process of evaluation between
attributes, a final concept is selected. After the final selection, additional
market research can be applied to obtain feedback from certain key
customers.
6. Refine product specifications: In this stage, product or services
specifications are refined on the basis of input from the foregoing activities.
Final specifications are the result of extensive study, expected service life,
projected selling price among others are being considered in this stage.
7. Perform economic analysis: Throughout the process of product
development, it is very important to always review and estimate the economic
implications regarding development expenses, manufacturing costs, and
selling price of the product or services to be offered or provided.
8. Plan the remaining development project:In this final stage of concept
development, you can prepare a detailed development plan which includes
list of activities, necessary resources and expenses, and development
schedule with milestones for tracking progress.
Finding Value
People buy for a reason. There should be something in your product or
service that would give consumers a good reason to go back and buy more.
There must be something that will make you the best option for target
customers; otherwise, they have no reason to buy what you are selling. This
implies further, that you offer something to your customers that will make
them value your product or service.
The value you incorporate in your product is called value proposition.
Value proposition is a believable collection of the most persuasive reasons
why people should notice you and take the action you‘re asking for. It is what
gets people moving, what makes people spend for your product or service.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
38
Innovation
Innovation is the introduction of something new in your product or
service. This may be a new idea, a new method, or a new device. If you want
to increase your sales and profit, you must innovate. Some of the possible
innovations for your products are change of packaging, improvement of taste,
color, size, shape, and perhaps price. Some of the possible innovations in
providing services are application of new and improved methods, additional
featured services, and possibly freebies.
Unique Selling Proposition (USP)
Unique Selling Proposition is the factor or consideration presented by a
seller as the reason that one product or service is different from and better
than that of the competition. Before you can begin to sell your product or
service to your target customers, you have to sell yourself in it. This is
especially important when your product or service is similar to your
competitors.
USP requires careful analysis of other businesses' ads and marketing
messages. If you analyze what they say or what they sell, not just their
product or service characteristics, you can learn a great deal about how
companies distinguish themselves from competitors.
Here's how to discover your USP and how to use it to increase your sales and
profit:
 Use empathy: Put yourself in the shoes of your customers. Always
focus on the needs of the target customers and forget falling in love
with your own product or service. Always remember, you are
making/providing this product not for yourself but for the target
customers to eventually increase sales and earn profit. Essential
question such as what could make them come back and ignore
competition, should be asked to oneself. Most possible answers may
be focused on quality, availability, convenience, cleanliness, and
reliability of the product or service.
 Identify customer’s desires. It is very important for you to understand
and find out what drives and motivates your customers to buy your
product or service. Make some effort to find out, analyze and utilize the
information that motivates the customers in their decision to purchase
the product or service.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
39
 Discover customer’s genuine reasons for buying the product.
Information is very important in decision making. A competitive
entrepreneur always improve their products or services to provide
satisfaction and of course retention of customers. As your business
grows, you should always consider the process of asking your
customers important information and questions that you can use to
improve your product or service.
To enhance your understanding of the topic previously presented, you
will be tasked to form a group and arrange an interview with a successful
entrepreneur or practitioner. You have to document this interview and present
this to the whole class for reflection and appreciation.
Task 3: Interview
Directions: Selecta successful entrepreneur or practitioner. Conduct an
interview using the set of questions below. Document the interview and
present it to the class. Use a separate sheet of paper.
1. How did you identify your customers?
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
2. What were your considerations in selecting your customers?
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
3. Explain how your product or service became unique to other products.
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
4. Did you consult somebody before you engaged in this business? Cite /
give sample insights that you gained from the consultation.
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
Process
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
40
5. What were your preparations before you started the actual business?
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
6. What creative and innovative techniques did you adaption the
development of your product or service? What was the effect of the
innovative techniques to the sales and profits of your business?
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
7. What strategy did you consider to create a unique selling proposition to
your product or service?
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
Task 4: Browsing the Internet
Directions: To deepen your understanding of the lesson, perform the
following tasks:
1. Browse the internet and view the topics related to:
a. customers‘ needs and wants
b. techniques in identifying customers‘ needs and wants
c. creativity or innovations in products and services
d. unique selling proposition
e. product development
2. Prepare a short narrative report about these topics and discuss it to the
class. You can highlight the aspect that intensifies your knowledge of
product development.
Reflect and Understand
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
41
Task 5: Product Conceptualization
Directions: In a separate sheet of paper or in your notebook. Develop your
own concept of your product or service by using the figures on this page.Use
bullets in every stage of product conceptualization in listing important key
ideas.
1. Identify
Customers Need
-
-
-
2. Target
Specifications
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3. Analyze a
Competitive
Product
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
4. Generate Product
Concept
-
-
-
-
5. Select a product
Concept
-
-
-
-
-
-
6. Refine Product
Specification
-
-
-
-
-
7. Prepare a
Development Plan
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Transfer
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
42
Generating Ideas for Business
The process of developing and generating a business idea is not a
simple process. Some people come upwith a bunch of business ideas thatare
not really feasible. There are two problems that arise; first is the
excessive generation of ideas that can forever remain as a dreaming stage
and the second is when they don‘t have ideas and don‘t want to become
entrepreneurs.
The most optimal way is to have a systematic approach in generating
and selecting a business idea that can be transformed intoa real business.
Here are some basic yet very important considerations thatcanbe used to
generate possible ideas for business:
1. Examine existing goods and services. Are you satisfied with the
product? What do other people who use the product say about it? How
can it be improved? There are many ways of improving a product from the
way it is made to the way it is packed and sold. You can also improve the
materials used in crafting the product. In addition, you can introduce new
ways of using the product, making it more useful and adaptable to the
customers‘ many needs. When you are improving the product or
enhancing it, you are doing an innovation. You can also do an invention
by introducing an entirely new product to replace the old one.
Business ideas may also be generated by examining what goods and
services are sold outside the community. Very often, these products are
sold in a form that can still be enhanced or improved.
2. Examine the present and future needs. Look and listen to what the
customers, institutions, and communities are missing in terms of goods
and services. Sometimes, these needs are already obvious and identified
right away. Other needs are not that obvious because they can only be
identified later on, in the event of certain development in the community.
For example, a province will have its electrification facility in the next six
months. Only by that time will the entrepreneur could think of electrically-
Know
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
43
powered or generated business such as photo copying, computer service,
digital printing, etc.
3. Examine how the needs are being satisfied. Needs for the products
and services are referred to as market demand. To satisfy these needs is
to supply the products and services that meet the demands of the market.
The term market refers to whoever will use or buy the products or
services, and these may be people or institutions such as other
businesses, establishments, organizations, or government agencies.
There is a very good business opportunity when there is absolutely no
supply to a pressing market demand.
Businesses or industries in the locality also have needs for goods and
services. Their needs for raw materials, maintenance, and other services
such as selling and distribution are good sources of ideas for business.
4. Examine the available resources. Observe what materials or skills are
available in abundance in your area. A business can be started out of
available raw materials by selling them in raw form and by processing and
manufacturing them into finished products. For example, in a copra-
producing town, there will be many coconut husks and shells available as
―waste‖ products. These can be collected and made into coco rags or
doormats and charcoal bricks and sold profitably outside the community.
A group of people in your neighborhood may have some special skills that
can be harnessed for business. For example, women in the Mountain
Province possess loom weaving skills that have been passed on from one
generation to another. Some communities set up weaving businesses to
produce blankets, decorative, and various souvenir items for sale to
tourists and lowlanders.
Business ideas can come from your own skills. The work and experience
you may have in agricultural arts, industrial arts, home economics, or ICT
classes will provide you with business opportunities to acquire the needed
skills which will earn you extra income should you decide to engage in
income-generating activities. With your skills, you may also tinker around
with various things in your spare time. Many products are invented this
way.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
44
5. Read magazines, news articles, and other publications on new
products and techniques or advances in technology. You can pick up
new business ideas from magazines such as Newsweek, Reader‘s Digest,
Business Magazines, ―Go Negosyo‖, Know About Business (KAB)
materials, and Small-Industry Journal. The Internet also serves as a
library where you may browse and surf on possible businesses. It will also
guide you on how to put the right product in the right place, at the right
price, and at the right time.
Key Concepts of Selecting a Business Idea
Once you have identified business opportunities, you will eventually
see that there are many possibilities available for you. It is very unlikely that
you will have enough resources to pursue all of them at once.
You have to select the most promising one among hundreds of ideas.
It will be good to do this in stages. In the first stage, you screen your ideas to
narrow them down to about few choices. In the next stage, trim down the
choices to two options. In the final stage, choose between the two and
decide which business idea is worth pursuing.
In screening your ideas, examine each one in terms of the following
guide questions:
1. How much capital is needed to put up the business?
2. Where should the business be located?
3. How big is the demand for the product? Do many people need
this product and will continue to need it for a long time?
4. How is the demand met? Who are processing the products to
meet the needs (competition or demand)? How much of the need
is now being met (supply)?
5. Do you have the background and experiences needed to run this
particular business?
6. Will the business be legal and not against any existing or
foreseeable government regulation?
7. Is the business in line with your interest and expertise?
Your answers to these questions will be helpful in screening which
ones among your many ideas are worth examining further and worth
pursuing.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
45
Branding
Branding is a marketing practice of creating a name, a symbol or
design that identifies and differentiates product or services from the rest. It is
also a promise to your customers. It tells them what they can expect from
your product or service and it differentiates your offerings from other
competitors. Your brand is derived from who you are, who you want to be and
what people perceive you to be.
Branding is one of the most important aspects in any business. An
effective brand strategy gives you a major edge in increasingly competitive
markets.
A good product can:
- deliver message clearly,
- confirm credibility,
- connect to target prospect,
- motivate buyers, and
- concretizeuser loyalty.
Here are simple tips to publicize your brand:
 Develop a tagline. Write a statement that is meaningful,
impressive, and easy to remember to capture the essence of your
brand.
 Design a logo. Create a logo symbolic of your business and
consistent with your tagline and displace it strategically.
 Write a brand message. Select a key message to communicate
about your brand.
 Sustain a brand quality. Deliver a promise of quality through
your brand.
 Practiceconsistency. Be reliable and consistent to what your
brand means in your business.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
46
In generating a business idea, you should first identify the type of
business suited to your business idea. You should analyze and scan the
potential environment, study the marketing practices and strategies of your
competitors, analyze strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and threats in
your environment to ensure that the products or services you are planning to
offer will be patronized and within easy reach of target consumers.
How to conduct SWOT Analysis:
 Be realistic about the strengths and weaknesses of your business
when conducting SWOTAnalysis.
 SWOT Analysis should distinguish between where your business is
today, and where it can be in the future.
 SWOT Analysis should always be specific. Avoid any gray areas.
 Always apply SWOT Analysis in relation to your competition,
i.e. better thanor worse than your competition.
 Keep your SWOT Analysis short and simple. Avoid complexity and
over analysis.
 SWOT Analysis is subjective.
Task 6: SWOT Analysis
Directions: In a separate sheet of paper or in your notebook list down all your
observations for your business idea.Categorize your observations according
to strengths, weakness, opportunities and treats. After carefully listing them
down, use the stated strategies to come up with a sound analysis, activities
and best business idea.
Process
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
47
Strategies:
 SW- Maximize on the Strengths to overcome the internal Weakness.
 OW- Capitalize on the Opportunities to eliminate the internal
weakness.
 ST - Maximize on your Strengths to eliminate the external Threats.
 OT - Take advantage of the available Opportunities to eliminate the
external threats.
Strength (S) Weaknesses (W)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Opportunities (O) Threats (T)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
48
Analysis:
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
Activities:
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
My Best Business Idea:
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
To deepen your understanding of the topics previously discussed, you
will be asked to perform the following activities:
Task 7: Extra Reading and Video Viewing
Reading books and watching videos have been considered as some of
the most effective educational activities that can help learners broaden their
understanding on a certain topic. In this particular task, you will be asked to
conduct extra reading and video viewing on the Internetwith the following
topics:
A. Steps in selecting a business idea
B. Criteria of a viable business idea
C. Benefits of a good brand
D. Ways on developing a brand
After successfully performing the assigned task, make a narrative
report about it and share it with the class.
Reflect and Understand
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
49
Task 8: Designing a Logo
Directions: In a separate sheet of paper or in your notebook draw a logo that
you will use in your business. Provide a simple statement to describe your
logo.
Transfer
Tagline
Logo
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
50
Task 9: Making My Own Vicinity Map
Directions: In a separate sheet of paper or in your notebook draw a vicinity
map reflective of potential market in Wellness Massage in your province.
Provide a simple statement to describe your map.
Vicinity Map
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
51
Overview
What does it mean to focus on wellness?
Even during the ancient times, people were aware on curing ailments.
Massage was introduced and found in the caves. Wall drawings
and paintings were shown to people massaging each other. A mixture of
artifacts also found which contain traces of fats and oils mixed with herbs.
These indicate that lubricants may have been used, perhaps for healing,
soothing or beautifying purposes.
Nowadays, the traces of these curing ailments are very visible
to us. Different massage techniques are now being practiced. The essence
of enhancing the life style of everyone is to protect ones physical well-being
and to improve his ability in coping up stressors.
Frequently, these are simple techniques that most people just don't
give attention to. How many times we said or heard others say, "I don't have
time to exercise" or "I don't have time to relax?" Thus, a very important
contributor to wellness is attitude: a thought process that influences the way a
person approaches dealing with life.
This motivated most of the health professionals focus on treating these
ailments and several wellness programs are being implemented in offices,
hotels and even schools respectively. Also, wellness massage parlors are
now sprouting anywhere. Their focus is to encourage everyone to kick
unhealthy habits as well as to develop a sustainable plan to maintain their
health and wellness. This also helps to take preventive measures to control
illnesses and unhealthy behavior in an attempt to manage the cost of health
care, reduce absenteeism and improve morale.
Having thought of busy schedule now is the time to plan your wellness
program!
QUARTER 1
PLAN THE WELLNESS PROGRAM OF CLIENTS
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
52
A. Multiple Choice
Directions:Choose the letter of the correct answer. Write the letter of your
choice in your quiz notebook.
1. This refers to the type of massage treatment commonly in some spa
and hair salons.
A. Transformational or psychotherapeutic massage
B. Pampering
C. Sports Massage
D. Relaxation/stress/ stress reduction
2. As early as 3000 BC, who among the nationalities practiced massage
to cure ailments and improve general health.
A. Chinese
B. Japanese
C. Vietnamese
D. Swedish
3. The Greek physician who used massage with oils and herbs to treat
medical conditions and diseases.
A. Herodicus
B. Abacus
C. Hepartacus
D. Eherodicus
4. The most widely used form of massage used for relaxation.
A. body massage
B. stone massage
C. sports massage
D. pregnancy massage
Pre-Test 1
Lesson Objective:
The learner demonstrates understanding of the skills and knowledge
required to consult with client/s and select and sequence a range of
wellness massage techniques as a program
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
53
5. A rapidly growing field encompasses athletic training massage, and
massage designed to help an athlete prepare for competition and
recover from competing.
A. Transformational or psychotherapeutic massage
B. Pampering
C. Sports Massage
D. Relaxation/stress/ stress reduction
6. The lymphatic drainage system removes excess _______.
A.fats
B.fluid
C. water
D. sweat from all over the body, returning it into the bloodstream
7. This can be done as an introduction to massage for clients who may not
come in for an office massage, or can be a continuing form of stress-
reduction therapy when done on a regular basis, as in the office
setting
A. Chair Massage
B. Pampering
C. Chiropractic adjunct
D. Relaxation/stress/ stress reduction
8. This details will enable you to contact the client quickly should you
need to cancel or change an appointment or for any other reason.
A. personal records
B. doctors records
C, physical records
D. school records
9. The type of massage used for stress reduction.
A. Chair Massage
B. Pampering
C. Chiropractic adjunct
D. Relaxation/stress/ stress reduction
10. Some massage therapists focus on the shifts in awareness and
psychological insight that can be brought about with massage.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
54
A. Transformational or psychotherapeutic massage
B. Pampering
C. Sports Massage
D. Relaxation/stress/ stress reduction.
11. Per Henrik Ling developed a system of passive and active exercises
knownas ‗Swedish Remedial Gymnastics‘ and also a system of
massagemovements. Ling used the terms, except one (1)
A. ‗effleurage‘,
B. ‗petrissage‘,
C. ‗vibration‘,
D. ventilation
12. These details will indicate whether massage will be helpful to this client
and will influence the type of massage to be given,
A. Past Personal Information
B. Past Medical History
C. Present Medical History
D. Present Personal Information
13. Massage that releases the chronic patterns of tension in the body.
A. deep tissue massage
B. stone massage
C. sports massage
D. hand massage
14. Different origin of the word massage are the following except one,
A. mass
B. mass’h
C. masser
D. massege
15. These details indicate whether massage would be suitable for the client.
A. Massage Analysis
B. Arabic Analysis
C. Therapeutic Analysis
D. Psychological Analysis
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
55
16. All are included in the five elements of balance except
A. water
B. metal
C. earth
D. air
17. Which statement is true?
A. metal controls wood
B. earth controls fire
C. fire controls wood
D. wood controls metal
18. _______details that will enable to contact the client quickly.
A. massage analysis
B. personal details
C. contra-indication
D. other information
19. A kind massage that uses heated stones during the treatment
A. deep tissue massage
B. sports massage
C. relexology
D. stone massage
20. The following programs can be offered in a massage salon except.
A. pedicure
B. manicure
C. weight management
D.face surgery
Got perfect?
CONGRATULATIONS! You may now proceed to the next topic.
Not perfect?
Go over your previous topic and review the content.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
56
Learning Outcome
 Discuss the concept of wellness
 Discuss the health and healing concept of wellness massage
 Explain wellness massage services and products
History and Development
Massage in Ancient Times
The earliest evidence of massage being used is found in the
cavepaintings of ancient cave dwellers. These wall drawings and paintings
show people massaging each other. Variousartifacts also found contain
traces of fats and oils mixed with herbs. These indicate thatlubricants may
have been used, perhaps for healing, soothing or beautifying purposes.
As early as 3000 BC, the Chinese practiced massage to cure ailments
and improve generalhealth. Records of this can be found in the British
Museum. Ancient Chinese books record listsof massage movements with
descriptions of their technique. One of these books, The Cong Fauof Tao-
Tse, also contains lists of exercises and massage used to improve general
health andwell-being. The Chinese found that pressure techniques were very
effective on specific pointsand they developed special techniques called
amma (see Figure 1). This was the beginningof the development of
acupressure and acupuncture.
Know
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
57
Ancient Chinese acupuncture and massagestudy figure, showing treatment points.
This ancient Persian document shows bathing and massage in a Turkish bath.
These massage techniques spread to Japan, where they were further
developed. The Japanese used similar pressure techniques on specific
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
58
points, which they called tsubo. This form of massage has been practiced
over the centuries; it has recently regained recognition and popularity and is
now known as shiatsu. Many therapists have studied these techniques, which
they combine with other forms of treatment for the benefit of their clients.
Records show that the Hindus practiced massage as part of their
hygiene routines. A sacred book called the Ayur-Veda (The Art of Life), which
was written around 1800 BC, describes how shampooing and rubbing were
used to reduce fatigue and promote well-being and cleanliness.
The Egyptians and Persians used massage for cosmetic as well as
therapeutic effects (see Figure 2). They mixed fats, oils, herbs and resins for
care of the skin and beautifying the body and face. Pots and jars containing
these creams have been found in Egyptian tombs. Cleopatra is said to have
bathed in milk and then to have been massaged with aromatic oils and
creams by her handmaidens.
The practice of massage spread from the east into Europe, where it
was well established by 500 BC.
Massage in Classical Greece and Rome
The Greeks believed in the cultivation of a healthy mind and body,
which is similar to the ‗holistic approach‘ practised by many people today.
Rituals of bathing, massage, exercise or dancing were practised by men and
women. They encouraged the pursuit of physical fitness and organised
regular sporting, gymnastic and athletic competitions. Massage was used
before events to improve performance and after events to relieve fatigue and
aid recovery. Gladiators and soldiers were massaged before battle to give
vigour and promote fitness and health, and afterwards to aid recovery,
healing and relaxation. Homer writes in the poem The Odyssey of Greek
soldiers being rubbed with oils and anointed by beautiful women to aid their
recovery and regain strength on return from battle.
Around 500 BC the Greek physician Herodicus used massage with oils
and herbs to treatmedical conditions and diseases. Hippocrates, who is now
thought of as the father of medicine,was a pupil of Herodicus. He began to
study the effects of massage on his patients. Heconcluded and recorded that
‗hard rubbing binds, soft rubbing loosens, much rubbing causesparts to waste
but moderate rubbing makes them grow‘. Hippocrates also concluded that it
wasmore beneficial to apply pressure in an upward direction, i.e. towards the
heart, as we practisetoday. In Hippocrates‘ day, the function of the heart and
the circulation of the blood were notknown. It is therefore remarkable that he
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
59
reached this conclusion only by observing the effecton the tissues of different
strokes. With our knowledge of the heart and circulating blood weunderstand
why pressure upwards is more beneficial: the condition of the tissues
improvesbecause deoxygenated blood and waste products are removed
quickly as massage speeds up blood and lymph flow. Even without the
benefit of this knowledge, Hippocrates taught his pupils that massage
movements should be performed with pressure upwards to promote healing.
The Romans followed similar routines to the Greeks. They practised
bathing, exercise andmassage for health and social relaxation. Large private
and public baths were built. Theseincluded water baths and steam rooms,
gymnasium and massage areas. The baths weremaintained at different
temperatures and progress was made from cold to hot baths. Wealthy
Romans would use these daily for cleansing, exercising, relaxing and
socialising. Servants werealways in attendance, with oils and creams to
massage their masters when required. TheRomans built similar baths in the
countries that were conquered by their armies. Many suchbaths were built
after the Roman conquest of Britain in 55 BC, and their ruins can be seen in
Britain today in towns and cities such as Bath, Caerleon and St Albans.
Massage techniquesrecorded from those times include manipulations known
as squeezing, pinching orpummelling. They relate to the petrissage and
percussion movements used today.
The Dark Ages to the Renaissance
Little is known about massage or health and beauty practices
throughout the Dark and Middle Ages, i.e. from the decline of the Roman
Empire around 500 AD until the Middle Ages around 1400 AD. Few records
remain from those days of wars, strict religions, superstition and persecution.
Little value was placed on education, the arts, physical health and fitness.
Following this period came the Renaissance (rebirth) in 1450 AD.
Interest in the arts and sciences flourished and there was renewed interest in
health practices. Once again we see massage advocated and practiced for
therapeutic purposes.
In the sixteenth century, the French surgeon Ambroise Paré (1517–90)
promoted and developed the use of massage. He was the personal physician
to four French kings. He is reputed to have successfully treated Mary Queen
of Scots with massage. Paré graded massage into gentle, medium and
vigorous. We use similar categories today, namely soothing or relaxing,
general, and stimulating. Many other physicians copied his methods and
massage was established medically.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
60
The Development of Modern Massage Techniques
Modern massage techniques have evolved mainly from a system
developed by a Swedish physiologist called Per Henrik Ling (1776–1839). He
developed a system of passive and active exercises known as ‗Swedish
Remedial Gymnastics‘ and also a system of massage movements.Ling used
the terms ‗effleurage‘, ‗petrissage‘, ‗vibration‘, ‗friction‘, ‗rolling‘ and ‗slapping‘.
Most of these terms are still used today, but some changes and modifications
have been made in the groupings and names of manipulations.
Dr Johann Mezgner (1839–1909), a Dutch physician, developed
massage for use in rehabilitation and used it successfully to treat many
diseases and disorders. He adapted massage techniques in the light of his
knowledge of anatomy and physiology. His theories, based on sound
scientific principles, became accepted as medical practice and gained him
many followers, particularly in Germany and America.
The work of Ling and Mezgner established massage as an effective
therapeutic treatment. Techniques were taught in medical schools and the
beneficial effects became widely recognized and accepted in the medical
field. In England, the eminent surgeon John Grosvenor (1742–1823) used
massage to treat joints. He recommended massage for the treatment of
rheumatism, gout and stiffness of joints.
Nurses were encouraged to train and use massage for the treatment of
patients, under the guidance of doctors. In 1894 a group of women founded
the Society of Trained Masseuses. Rules and regulations for training and
examinations for qualifying were established. These women raised standards
and fought to establish massage therapy as a reputable profession.
Twentieth-Century Developments
During the First World War the demand for massage to treat the
injured grew and many more massage therapists were trained. Membership
of the Society of Trained Masseuses grew and in 1920 it amalgamated with
the Institute of Massage and Remedial Exercise. In recognition of the
valuable work contributed by its members during the war, a Royal Charter
was granted and the title was changed to the Chartered Society of Massage
and Medical Gymnastics. The title was changed again in 1943 and became
the Chartered Society of Physiotherapy. In 1964 its members became state
registered. This protected and gave status to those qualified therapists who
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
61
were practicing in clinics and hospitals, and made it impossible for those
without a recognized qualification to practice in hospitals.
With the development of alternative electrical-based treatments, the
use of massage to treat medical conditions declined. There was rapid growth
in electrotherapy and eventually massageceased to be part of physiotherapy
training. It became little used as a therapeutic treatment in hospitals. There
was, however, a continuing demand for massage in clinics, health farms,
fitness and leisure centres.
In 1966 the City and Guilds of London Institute explored the possibility
of establishing a coursein beauty therapy to include massage. This course
would provide thorough training, backgroundknowledge and a recognized
professional qualification that ensured a high standard of practice.In 1968 the
first full-time course was offered in colleges of further education. The
BritishAssociation of Beauty Therapists and Cosmetologists, the International
Health and BeautyCouncil and other organisations also developed courses
and offered certificates and diplomas.The growth in complementary medicine
and the holistic approach to health has increased thedemands for well-
qualified practitioners, not only in massage but also in
aromatherapy,reflexology, shiatsu etc. Courses are now validated by the
Health and Beauty Therapy TrainingBoard and therapists must meet the
criteria of the National Council of Vocational Qualifications.
Time Travel:
Enhancement Activity
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
62
Let‘s create a general history of massage using the given timeline.
Let ‘s read more about...
Health Concepts of Massage
3000 B.C. 1800 B.C. 500 B.C.
1570-1590 1776-1839 1839 - 1909
1450 A.D.
500 A.D –
1400 A.D.
1894 1968
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
63
Massage therapist are trained to focus on the fact that the bodyis an
integrated organism and that in order to treat a person effectively,we must
look at the whole picture. This includes not only the physicalsymptoms but
also the way other factors such as lifestyle, diet, and activitylevel relate back
to the changes we are seeing in the body. When deciding how to treat a
client, therapists must focus on restoringbalance to the system. Gathering as
much information as possible about the client sowe can see how the body
has changed its function and work to correctthe system.
Harmony of the Three Faculties (Mind, Body, Emotion)
The International Spa Association(ISPA) Education Committee
developed the10 Elements of the Spa Experience image shown. Their
goalwas ―to help define the elusive and ever changingnature of the spa
experience‖ and to ―create a foundation,a common language, and career path
for theemerging spa professional.‖ Many concepts, importantto the practice of
spa, emerge from the ISPA‘s dialogaround the 10 Elements image. The most
importantperhaps is the idea of integration. Everything isconnected. Feeling
beautiful, feeling joyous, feeling
healthy, and feeling energetic are signs of a balancedlife. A balanced life
requires both reflection and action.Spas provide a space where clients can
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
64
experience eachelement represented in the image and reflect on itspresence
or absence in their lives.
Movement andtouch is anappreciation of beauty, it is also our
connection to the environment, cultural expression, social contribution, the
healingquality of water, and nourishment both of the bodyand the soul are the
essential concepts on which spais founded. The spa experience can be life
changing.Far from being just a luxury, spa therapy represents the bold first
step toward a better form of health care. Its future is in the hands of those
dedicated therapistsand visionary spa owners who have the ability to
providea space where clients can experience balance andcelebrate life while
receiving exceptional care.
Balance of Five Elements(Wood, Fire, Water, Metal, Earth)
Thousands of years ago, people lived in a very close and interactive way
with Nature. They were affected by seasonal changes and whether much
more than we are today. Day in and day out the patterns of the seasons were
observed and interactions between the elements were understood. If there
was a drought, there would be fire. Too much rain would bring flooding and
dampness. Springtime brought activity and planting ; winter was a time to rest
and reflect.
In China, this observation of the season and elements was also applied to
our bodies and used as a way to heal illness and understand health. This
tradition views the world as being made up of Five elements.
These five elements (also known as the Five Phases) are: Wood, Fire,
Earth, Metal and Water. Each element has many associated qualities. Each
element also has a season, color, taste and Yin/Yang Organ Meridian pair
that reflect some of those qualities.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
65
The Control Cycle balances the Creation Cycle by inhibiting or suppressing
the energy of the elements connected by lines to make a five pointed star.
 METAL controls WOOD by cutting it
 WOOD controls Earth by holding it in place with roots.
 EARTH controls WATER by containing and absorbing it
 WATER controls FIRE by extinguishing it.
 FIRE controls METAL be melting it.
Identifying the Vital Information of the Client
I. PERSONAL DETAILS - These details will enable you to contact the
client quickly should you need to cancel or change an appointment
or for any other reason. They will also enable you to seek advice
from his/her doctor should this be necessary.
 Name
 Address
 Date of birth
 Status
 Home and work telephone numbers
 Occupation
 Doctor‘s name, address and telephone number
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
66
 Vital signs/ BP Temperature
II. MASSAGE ANALYSIS - These details will again highlight contra-
indications that will indicate whether massage would be suitable for the client.
They will also provide information regarding the client‘s previous experience
of massage. Did s/he find it beneficial; are there any preferences, likes and
dislikes that should be recorded?
 contra-indications
 has client received massage in the past?
 how long ago?
III. OTHER INFORMATION - This information will help you formulate the best
treatment plan to meet the needs of the client. The plan should then be fully
explained to the client; s/he must be given the opportunity to ask questions
and given full answers to allay any concerns or fears. The long term objective,
the cost and timing must be agreed and a consent form signed by the client
reasons for requesting massage expectations from the treatment any
concerns or worries
 number of sessions
 did client benefit from the massage?
 reasons for requesting massage
CLIENT’S DATA REPORT SAMPLE:
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
67
Health History
1. PAST MEDICAL HISTORY - These details will enable you to establish
the client‘s state of health; the likelihood of any contra-indications as a
result of past illnesses; whether particular care must be taken over
certain areas and whether medical referral is necessary. If the client
suffers from a condition that is an absolute contra-indication (see page
115 on), then massage must not be given.
 surgical operations
 pregnancies
 serious illness
2. PRESENT MEDICAL HISTORY - These details will indicate whether
massage will be helpful to this client and will influence the type of
massage to be given, e.g. if the client is stressed then a relaxing
massage will be the choice. If there is pain and stiffness then the
massage will be adapted to meet these needs.
 Medication
 general health
 current treatments
 identification of stress: work, home or other sources
Let’s Try
Knowing your body and health condition would be a great help for a
massage therapist to know what kind of treatment he/she will apply to you.
Below are the lists of health conditions. Put a check in the column on the
health conditions that you have.
Yes No
Cardio vascular problem
Allergic reactions
Fragile skin
Under healing process
A pin or plate is inserted in your bone
Enhancement Activity
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
68
CONTRA-INDICATION
Understanding contra-indications
Massage must always be given to bring about improvement, either of
specific conditions, or the general well-being of each client. Clients should
always feel that the treatment is beneficial and helping them to achieve their
desired results. Massage should never be given if there is any risk of harming
the client or making any condition worse.
The effects of massage may be harmful in certain circumstances. The
following explanations will help you to understand why massage should not
be carried out if certain conditions are present. There are dangers associated
with the following:
1. Cardio-vascular problems
Massage is thought to increase blood flow, which is desirable in many
conditions, but can be dangerous in others.
2. Lymphatic drainage
The lymphatic system removes excess fluid from all over the body,
returning it into the bloodstream. Because massage
increaseslymphatic flow, the rate in which these toxic substances are
carriedand spread around the body is increased. Be particularly aware
if theclient has swollen or painful lymph glands; do not massage, and
seek
medical advice.
3. Skin contact and friction
As the hands move over the client‘s skin, any bacterial, viral or fungal
infections can be spread over the skin to a non-infected area or onto
the therapist‘s hands. Infections may be transmitted from client to
therapist or from therapist to client in this way.
4. The healing process
Any injury or damage to the tissues or fractures of bones must be
allowed to heal completely before massage is given to the area. If
massage is given before healing is complete, there is a danger of
further damage to the tissues and delaying the healing process.
5. Pins and plates
If massage is performed over an area where pins and plates have
been inserted to stabilise bones and joints, there is a danger of their
becoming loose, and also, through the pressure of massage over any
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
69
protruding parts, there is a danger of damaging the surrounding soft
tissues.
6. Allergic reactions
The oil or cream etc. used as the massage medium may cause an
allergic reaction in some clients. This will produce an excessive
erythema: the area becoming very red and hot or a rash may appear.
Remove the medium immediately and wash in warm water.
7. Fragile skin
There is always a danger of breaking down fragile, thin skin, causing
open wounds. Particular care must be taken with diabetics and anyone
on steroid treatments as the skin may be fragile and healing may be
slow. Plenty of lubrication and light pressure only must be used.
8. Infections
It is common sense to avoid touching anything infectious such as
athlete‘s foot, eczema and also to treat someone if they have a
contagious disease such as chicken fox.
9. Inflammation
Deep massage worsens any type of inflammation, whether an inflamed
injury, irritable bowels, or an inflamed arthritic joint,. Indications of
inflammation include heat, pain or discomfort, swelling, and redness.
Light, gentle stroking, however, may offer some relief and comfort.
Threat undiagnosed inflammation under the skin (any unusual lump or
bump) with caution, It may indicate a cyst that might burst or, more
worryingly, a cancerous growth.
10.Cancer
One school of thought postulates that massage can spread cancer
through the lymphatic system. While this remains unproven and there
is much evidence to dispute the theory, it is a good idea to obtain
permission from a doctor before massaging people with cancer.
11.Pregnancy and Full Stomach
During the first three months of pregnancy, do not massage with any
pressure on the abdomen and lower back, this is the most common
time period for miscarriage, and massage can stimulate contractions.
During the two or three days of menstruation, massage on the
abdomen and lower back may make bleeding heavier, check your
partners preference before giving a massage. Avoid massaging if
someone has just eaten, as the massage could make them feel
nauseated.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
70
Guess the word. This game is also called “The charade” where the
students will get the chance to remember the lesson in a fun way.
Mechanics:
1. Group the students into two (2).
2. Write down the different contra indications on a piece of paper and place it
on a ―Bowl of words‖
3. Ask the group to assign somebody who will act out the contra indications
written on a piece of paper which he/she earlier picked on a ―bowl of words‖.
4. The remaining members of each team will get the chance to say their
guess in 1 minute time.
5. If the group have not give the correct answer the contender of other group
get the chance to guess the word.
6. The group who got 3 correct answers will be announced as the winner.
How to create Inter/Intra Personal Relationship
Information Gatheringis important for the following reasons to establish
inter/intra personal relationship:
 Establishes a rapport with the client and put her/him at ease
 Develops mutual trust and gain the client‘s confidence
 to gain information on the client‘s past and present state of mental and
physical health
 to identify the client‘s needs and expectations of the treatment
 to establish the most appropriate form of treatment and to discuss and
agree this with theclient
 to explain the treatment fully to the client, including the procedure, expected
effects,
 to answer queries and questions related to the treatment and to allay
doubts and fears.
Enhancement Activity
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
71
What are 5’s Methodology
It is important to consider safety measures in the workplace. It is not
the result of cleaning up once a week or even once a day. It is the result of
keeping the workplace cleaned-up all the time. It is an essential factor in a
good safety program, promoting safety, health production and morale.
Besides preventing accidents and injuries, good housekeeping saves
space, time and materials. When a workplace is clean, orderly, and free of
obstruction, work can get done safely and properly. Workers feel better, think
better, do better work, and increase the quantity and quality of work.
Japanese companies innovated a productivity philosophy called ―5S,‖
which stands for five Japanese words that refer to a methodology not only for
cleaning, but for business. The 5S methodology is all about eliminating waste,
speeding up daily tasks, and improving the quality of the workplace. You can
use the 5S methodology to help you organize your tasks at the end of every
working day.
1. Shitsuke (Self –Discipline) – this process involves extensive training for
workers to perform their duties for proper practices and policies in their
workplace.
2. Seiri (Sort) – This is a process for identifying whether certain items are
needed, and those that are needed are immediately discarded to use
space effectively.
3. Seiso (sweep) – this is a process for keeping everything in the workplace
clean. Always keep equipments in full working order so that it can be used
at anytime.
4. Seiton (systemize) – this is a process for sorting tools and parts in an
order that facilitates their use.
5. Seiketsu (standardize) – this is a process for maintaining the seiri, seiton,
and seiso conditions in an effort to prevent every possible problem from
occurring. It is also a process for keeping your workplace clean by
classifying everything and eliminating unnecessary items.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
72
Wellness massage services and products
Massage theory and techniques are sometimes taught in isolation,
especially in the early portions of a massage training program. Students focus
on one skill at a time and then put them all together into an organized whole.
Alternately, you may have completed your massage training program so that
you can focus on specialization in spa therapies. In either case, it is helpful to
preview the big picture to better understand where and how different skills are
used during a wellness massage session—the type of massage session often
offered at spas.
The public seeks wellness massage to decrease stress, promote
relaxation, support the body‘s natural restorative mechanisms, and have an
enjoyable experience that leaves the body feeling refreshed and revitalized.
Wellness massage is also used to reduce temporary pain from overexertion
caused by activities such as weekend athletics or by unusual work stress.
This type of massage is generally viewed as a healthy activity to promote a
balanced, functional life and is regularly promoted at spas, wellness centres,
private practices, and massage clinics.
Some of the Services that may be offered in a wellness massage
Body Massage
1. Acupressure – A method of maintaining health, treating disease and
alleviating pain by applying pressure or massaging certain points on
the body surfaces. According to history , some 5000 years ago the
Chinese discover that soldiers who were wounded with arrows
recovered from chronic illnesses. Later on by rubbing pointed stones
on various parts of the body they were able to discover the
acupuncture/ acupressure points.
Fig. 1 Acupressure point area of Fig.2 Acupressure point nape Fig. 3 Acupressure point area of
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
73
2. Reflexology massage – science of body manipulation where in a
positive response is affected and brings back the body to normal by
using thumb and fingers.
 Manual therapy which makes use of the reflex points of the
body found foot and hand.
 Science deals with the principle that there are reflex areas in the
foot and hand that corresponds to all the glands, organs and
other parts of the body.
3. Swedish Massage (Our basic stress relief massage)
This is the most widely used form of massage used for relaxation.
Swedish affects the more superficial layers of muscles and connective
tissue. An example of techniques used is long strokes that stimulate
circulation.
4. Deep Tissue
A Deep tissue massage releases the chronic patterns of tension in the
body. It uses slow strokes and deep pressure with the use of fingers,
thumbs or elbows on contracted areas, either following or going across
the grain of muscles, tendons and fascia. It can be used for specific
work or full-body.
5. Stone Massage
The addition of heated stones to a massage brings another level of
relaxation to major muscle groups and enables the therapist to work at
a deeper level. The stones can either be placed on the body or used
as an extension of the therapist's hands.
6. Sports Massage
For the athlete, sports massage techniques are utilized at all stages:
pre-event, post-event, during training and to expedite rehabilitation
after injury. This involves compression and a variety of stretching
techniques.
forehead, temples and nose. and back. the shoulder.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
74
7. Pregnancy Massage
Massage can relieve fatigue, enhance sleep and calm an active baby.
Depending upon where you are in the pregnancy the therapist may
utilize reflexology, Swedish massage or very light shiatsu.
Let’s try this:
Activity 1: Minute Paper
Directions: Recall and describe in one sentence the following massage
services that may be offered in a wellness massage.
Types of Massage
The seven (7) categories described below pretty much cover the field
of massage at the present moment. Each of these types of massage attracts
its own type of client, and requires its own set of skills on the part of the
practitioner.
Acupuncture Deep Tissue Swedish
Stone PregnancySports
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
75
1. Relaxation/stress reduction. The most common kind of massage,
relaxation or stress reduction massage includes the types of
treatments common in resorts, spas, private offices and client‘s homes.
This category would also include wellness massage, or preventive
health massage.
2. Sports massage. This rapidly growing field encompasses athletic
training massage, and massage designed to help an athlete prepare
for competition and recover from competing.
3. Medical massage. Working by prescription, or in a hospital, or in a
physical therapist‘s office, the medical massage therapist works with
pathologies, pain or recovery from injury. Medical massage can also
be adapted to a non-medical clientele, and practiced in a home setting.
4. Chiropractic adjunct. Working in chiropractors‘ offices is becoming
more and more common, especially on the West coast. Some
practitioners operate relatively independently from the chiropractor,
with a cross-referral agreement. Others work by prescription of the
chiropractor, working on specific parts of the body that the chiropractor
designates.
5. Transformational or psychotherapeutic massage. Some massage
therapists focus on the shifts in awareness and psychological insight
that can be brought about with massage. These therapists often work
by referral from psychotherapists. They often combine another form of
bodywork with massage.
6. Pampering. Probably a branch of relaxation massage, pampering
refers to the type of treatment that might be found in some spa and
hair salons. This treatment is usually thought of as more of a
beautification treatment than a health treatment, and might include salt
glows, loofa rubs, and light Swedish massage.
7. Chair massage. Massage or shiatsu done with clothing on, client
seated, in any location. This can be done as an introduction to
massage for clients who may not come in for an office massage , or
can be a continuing form of stress-reduction therapy when done on a
regular basis, as in the office setting.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
76
Activity 2. Identification: Supply the answer for the following number.
__________1. The most common kind of massage, relaxation or stress
reduction massage.
__________2. A kind of massage which works with pathologies, pain or
recovery from injury.
__________3. A massage designed to help an athlete prepare for a
competition and recover competing.
__________4. A massage that refers to the type of treatment that might
be found in some spa and hair salons.
__________5. Massage done with clothing on, client seated in any
location.
Variations of Wellness Massage Programs
In the industry of wellness Massage, report shows that 80% of spas have
introduced special packages targeted at diverse clientgroups, including men,
couples, teens, families, athletes, and seniors.
Let’s put into practice...
Get a partner and perform the following procedure.
1. Press the point area of the forehead. (refer to Fig.1 ) (refer to pp. 66, Fig. 1)
2. Release.
3. Place your thumbs on point 1 and with a downward sliding stroke, massage the
forehead for 8 seconds starting from the center point (pt.1) going to the point
area of the temples (pts. 2 and 3).
4. Repeat the procedure for 3 times
Note: This simple massage can relieve headache
Enhancement Activity
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
77
In Day spas (spa that offers a full range of treatments) services are
delivered à la carte or in packages and mainly focuses on beauty and/or
wellness.
Sample Programs
a. Massage
b. Body Treatments
c. Hydrotherapy Treatment
d. Aesthetic Services
e. Weight Management
f. Yoga or Meditation
g. Hair Care
h. Manicures
i. Pedicures.
Consultation about health, diet, relationships, and exercise goals could also
be an option.
Client’s Need Assessment
In Roman times, the local spa was a focal point of the community and
enjoyed by all social classes. This is still the case in some parts of Europe
where spas are a part of the mainstream health care system. Although the
American spa industry encourages the idea that spa is for everyone and
should be a regular part of a healthy lifestyle, there is still a bias in the social
status of individuals that attend spas. In the 1960s and the 1970s, the
average American spa client was most likely to be wealthy, female, and
overweight. Her goals for visiting the spa probably included weight loss,
exercise, and pampering in the form of beauty treatments.
The ISPA Spa-Goer Survey for 2003
showed that the primary spa client was still
female (87%) but has a middle to upper
middle class income ($72,200 annual
household income). The number of men
attending spas is growing rapidly, and men
currently comprise 29% of the market.
Glittering Ideas
Clients will come on a massage spa depending on their needs.
Some of their reasons are the following:
Men
Women
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
78
 health
 fitness
 anti-aging
 increased energy
 stress reduction
I. IDENTIFICATION.
Direction: Identify the essential term or phrase that best describes the
statement. Write your answers in your quiz notebook.
________1. Refers to the type of massage treatment that can be found in
some spa and hair salons.
________2. Practiced massage to cure ailments and improvegeneral health
during early as 3000 BC,
________3. The Greek physician who used massage oils and herbs to treat
medical conditions and diseases around500 BC.
_________4. The most widely used form of massage used for relaxation.
_________5.The most rapidly growing field encompasses athletic training
massage, and massage designed to help an athlete prepare for
competition and recover from competing.
________ 6. This system removes excess of fluids sweat fromall over
thebody, returning it into the bloodstream
________7. This can be done as an introduction to massage for clients
who may not come in for an office massage, orcan be a
continuing form of stress-reduction therapy when done on a
regular basis, as in the office setting.
_________8. These details will enable you to contact the client quickly
should you need to cancel or change an appointment or for any
other reason.
________9. This is the most common kind of massage, relaxationor stress
reduction massage includes the types of treatments common
in resorts, spas, private offices and client‘s homes.
__________10. A massage therapist which focus on the shifts on
awareness and psychological insight that can be brought
about with massage.
__________11. Modern massage techniques have evolved mainly
from a system developed by a Swedish physiologist
called Per Henrik Ling (1776– 1839).
Post Test 1
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
79
________12. These details will indicate whether massage will be
helpful to the client and will influence the type of
massage to be given.
__________ 13. A massage that releases the chronic patterns of
tension in the body.
__________14. What is the origin of the word massage?
__________15. These details indicate whether massage would be
suitable for the client.
16-30Complete the evaluation sheet.
Objective Identify the acupressure point area of the forehead, nose, nape and
back.
Title: Basic Acupressure Massage
Procedure: Write down the process on how to relieve headache by using
acupressure massage. (16-19)
16.
17.
18.
19.
20-24. Draw the acupressure point area of the forehead and nose.
25-27. Draw the acupressure point area of the nape and back
Classification of massage 28. ______________
29-30. Remarks/ Evaluation
Date: __________________
Learner‘s signature: _____________________
Got perfect?
CONGRATULATIONS! You may now proceed to Lesson 2.
Not perfect?
Go over your previous topic and review the content
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
80
Overview
Two major developments in the therapeutic massage and bodywork
profession have recently brought to the forefront, in a most comprehensive
fashion, In this module, wellness services are described as those that
specifically promote health and wellbeing, (including the dimensions of
wellness: physical, intellectual, emotional/psychological, social, spiritual,
occupational and environmental) rather than diagnose and treat illness.
This could be via healthy lifestyles, psychosocial interventions for
individuals, families or groups. This might include a combination of smoking
cessation, weight management, alcohol brief interventions, physical activity
pathways, health trainers, social prescribing / referral, psychological well
being interventions, e.g. mindfulness and stress management.
There are a number of theories on the nature of wellness and a recent
review for counsellors has found the following commonalities between
authors in their interpretations:
Wellness is more than an absence of disease; it has several underlying
factors or dimensions that interact in a complex, integrated and synergistic
fashion - thus no one dimension operates independently; it is partially
dependent on personal responsibility requiring a balance between the
dimensions and a movement along a continuum towards optimal functioning.
Thus ―wellness is conceptualized as a synergistic and multidimensional
construct that is represented on a continuum, not as an end state‖. This
proposed holistic model includes seven integrated dimensions: physical,
intellectual, emotional, social, spiritual, occupational and environmental.
Wellness services that facilitate true community engagement can build
on what individuals themselves identify as supporting them to improve
QUARTER 2
Provide Pre-Service to Wellness Massage
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
81
Learning Outcome
 Conduct preliminary services to clients
 Observe good interpersonal relationship
 Evaluate the clients satisfaction
wellbeing. It recognizes people as contributing to their own health and
wellbeing and not purely as receivers of costly services/interventions and also
recognizes the skills and experience of non-clinical staff and volunteers in
supporting health improvement.
Lifestyle services providing health trainers and food workers can also
be cost-effective by saving costs on staff budgets releasing more costly
professionals to perform strategic and clinical duties. As lifestyle factors are
interconnected, providing an integrated holistic lifestyle person-centered
service is potentially more cost-effective, by aligning services thus reducing
duplication of service support structures, including buildings and staff.
Wellness services to families or groups could be more cost effective than one
to one services as well as the integrated, co-location of health and social care
teams.
This learner‘s material is updated with new standards and
requirements which provide the student with a comprehensive introduction to
massage and will also be of value to those already practicing in this field. The
broad-based information provided will guide the therapist towards safe and
effective practice. For those wanting to progress further, additional
information explaining some advanced massage techniques and the
techniques of passive movements has been included, together with the
rationale for their use.
I. Complete the statement by writing the correct word or phrase.
Choose the best answer from the box below.
1. The most basic and powerful way to connect to another person is to ____.
Pre Test 2
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
82
2. The _____ is a very important part of the treatment – sufficient time must
be allowed so that it is not rushed.
3. Look ______ – be clean, neat and tidy.
4. A _____ provides support to people to live well, by addressing the factors
that influence their health and well-being.
5.One of the best practice in dealing with clients is to _____ and politely to
everyone. Do not use improper language.
6. Always practice the _____ standards of personal and salon hygiene
7.Communication is _____ when managers are surrounded with a pool of
information which is sometimes misinterpreted by the clients.
8. It is the standards and conduct of behavior of an individual or professional
group.
9. Consider the _____ in which you answer or speak on the telephone. Be
competent, helpful and pleasant..
10. _____ is any message which is against their values is not accepted.
11. Do your utmost to deliver the most effective treatment ____ to the needs
of the client.
12. In booking clients you should preparea ____________.
13. To gain the _____ of clients and establish an excellent reputation.
14. A customer first impression of your practice is formed during their first
____ of contact over the phone or in person.
15. The exchange of feelings and attitude in the communication process is
known as ____.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
83
II. MULTIPLE-CHOICE:
Direction: Read and analyze the statement carefully. Choose the answer that
best describes the statement. Write the letter on the space
provided.
_____16. It is a pleasant tone of voice in a telephone conversation.
A. Shout
B. Speak clearly
C. Speak in a very low
D. Speak very soft
____ 17.Create a friendly working relationship with ________.
A. colleagues
B. manager
C. clients
D. all
_____ 18 Do not make false claims for treatments, but explain the benefits__.
A. fairly
B. reasonably
C.practically
D. realistically.
_____19. Before picking up the receiver, ______ any other conversation.
A. continue
B. halt
C. discontinue
D. disregard
_____ 20. It is define as simply the exchange of messages by human
ethics professional few seconds appointment card
listen. suited confidence consultation
interpersonal communication wellness service manner
perceptual and language differences. speak correctly highest
less effective
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
84
being.
A. Communication Process
B. Communication Standards
C. Communication Problem
D. miscommunication
_____ 21.Be prepared with ________ when you answer the phone.
A..tissue paper
B. calendar
C. information form
D. pen and message slip
_____22. As the communication process continues, it becomes a
communication
A. cycle
B. stroke
C.routine
D. requirement
_____ 23. It is often said that human communication consist of
A. 93% body language while only 7% of communication consists
of words themselves.
B. 95% body language while only 5% of communication consists
of words themselves
C. 90% body language while only 10% of communication
consists of words themselves
D. 80% body language while only 20% of communication
consists of words themselves
_____ 24. Smile and the world Smiles With ______.
A. Us
B. Others
C.You
D. All
_____ 25. For the consultation the client should be seated comfortably, with
the _________.
A. doctor
B. dentist
C. specialist
D. therapist
26-30 Answer the question on a paragraph form.
In your own words, define ―Ethics‖ and how are you going to use this in
your business?
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
85
_____________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________
Ethics
Ethics refers to the standards and conduct ofbehavior of an individual
or professional group. Massage therapists must undergo a course of
reputable training to enable them to acquire the understanding and skills
necessary to carry out safe and effective treatment. In addition, they must
consider their standard of behavior in relation to colleagues, clients and the
general public.
A high standard of professional conduct will gain the confidence of
clients and establish an excellent reputation, which is the basis for success.
Abide by the following code of practices:
1. Look professional. Be clean, neat and tidy.
2. Be punctual. Keep appointments, do not cancel at the last minute.
Always be on timefor work.
3. Be discreet and refrain from gossip. Remember that clients often
confide personalproblems during consultation. These facts and all
personal details must be treatedwith the utmost confidentiality. Do not
repeat information or gossip to colleaguesor others.
4. Be loyal to your employer and colleagues. Create a friendly working
relationship with all.
5. Be honest and reliable . This will gain the trust of others and establish a
high reputation.
Know
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
86
6. Do not make false claims for treatments. Explain the benefits fairly. Be
honest when advertising.
7. Speak correctly and politely to everyone. Do not use improper
language. Consider themanner in which you answer or speak on the
telephone. Be competent, helpful andpleasant.
8. Be polite and courteous at all times. There will be difficult clients to
deal with – learn to handle tricky situations with tact and diplomacy.
9. Know and abide by legal requirements and local authority by-laws,
rules and regulations for conducting your business.
10. Keep up to date with new theories, techniques and treatments.
11. Attend courses on aregular basis and keep in touch with other
professionals in your field.
12. Always practice the highest standards of personal and salonhygiene.
Professional Conduct, Ethics and Preparation
Do your utmost to deliver the most effective treatment suited to the
needs of the client. Organize yourself and your business to ensure a smooth-
running, efficient service for the benefit of all concerned.
Communication Process
It is defines as simply the exchange of messages by human
beings. It is the transmission of ideas from the sender to the
receiver through channels. Communication is not complete if there
is no feedback or response from the receiver back to the sender.
Segments in the Communication Process
The exchange of feelings and attitude in the communication process is known
as interpersonal communication.
- As the communication process continues, it becomes a communication
cycle.
Communication Barriers
1. Perceptual and language differences. Any message which is against their
values is not accepted. A same event may be taken differently by different
individuals.Perception is generally how each individual interprets the world
around him. All generally want to receive messages which are significant to
them.
2.Information Overload. Managers are surrounded with a pool of information.
It is essential to control this information flow else theinformation is likely to be
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
87
misinterpreted or forgotten or overlooked. As a result communication is less
effective.
3. Intention. At times we just not listen, but only hear. For example, a traveler
may not pay attention to one ―NO PARKING‖ sign, but if such sign is put all
over the city, he no longer listen to it.
4. Time Pressures. Often in organization the targets have to be achieved
within a specified period of time, the failure of which has adverse
consequences. In a haste to meet deadlines, the formal channels of
communication are shortened or messages are partially given, i.e. not
completely transferred. Thus sufficient time should be given for effective
communication.
5. Distraction/Noise. Communication is also affected a lot by noise to
distractions. Physical distractions are also there such as, poor lighting,
uncomfortable sitting, unhygienic room also affects communication in a
meeting
6. Emotions. While he takes differently if the communicator is happy and
jovial, in that case the message is interpreted to be good and interesting.
Emotional state at a time also affects communication. If the receiver feels that
communicator is angry he interprets that the information being sent is very
bad
TELEPHONE ETIQUETTE
Communication is an important part of our daily lives. Technology has
changed a lot of things, and the advent of telephone and mobile has meant
that we put across our ideas and thoughts without making an eye contact with
others.
Glittering Ideas
Before picking up the receiver, discontinue any other conversation or
activity such as eating chewing gum, typing etc. that may be heard by
the calling party.
Get ready for it…
 Sit up and smile
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
88
 Speak clearly and distinctly in a pleasant tone of voice.
 If the caller has reached the wrong person and/or department, be
courteous. Sometimes they have been transferred multiple times with a
simple question.
The Greeting
 A bright, cheerful greeting will lift most people‘s spirits and set the
proper tone for the call
 Speak clearly and at a conversational pace; softly audible
 Don‘t mumble or race through the greeting. This can give the
impression that you don‘t have time for the caller.
 Thank you for calling Mr. X, my name is Joanne, How may I help you
today?
Words and Phrases That Keep Callers Cool
Hello! I‘m sorry to keep you waiting.
Good morning! Thank you for waiting.
Please, It was nice talking with you.
I‘m very sorry. Thank you for coming in (for calling).
Excuse me, It‘s been a pleasure to serve you.
You‘re welcome. I‘d be happy to do that for you.
May I help you? We appreciate your business.
Taking Messages
 Be prepared with pen and message slip when you answer the phone
 When taking messages be sure to ask for:
- Caller‘s name (Ask the caller to correct spelling)
- Caller‘s phone number and/or extension including
code number
 Repeat the message to the caller
 Be sure to fill in the date, time and your initials
 Place the message slip in the called party‘s inbox or in a conspicuous
place in their office such as their chair.
 Don‘t forget that you can transfer them to voicemail instead of taking a
paper message, but don‘t forget to ask, ―Would you like me to transfer
you to ____? Don‘t assume that the caller would rather go to voicemail.
Always ask first.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
89
Why is it important?
 A customer‗sfirst impression of your practice is formed during the first
few seconds of contact over the phone or in person.
 More than 80% of your first time customers call before coming into
your practice
 It is often said that human communication consist of 93% body
language … while only 7% of communication consists of words
themselves.
 Whether answering the phone or making phone calls, using the proper
etiquette is a must in order to maintain a certain level of
professionalism.
 Proper etiquette leaves callers with a favorable impression of you, your
department and the practice in general.
Remember…
 That customers may have already been interacting with their telephone
key pad, and pre-recorded messages, so some of the initial impression
may be out of the hands of your agents.
 Remember that you may be the first and only contact a person may
have in your practice, and that first impression will stay with the caller
long after the call is completed.
 So the key moment is when the speaking starts. Engage the caller and
get them on your side.
 You need to lay the groundwork even before you pick up the phone
How to End Conversation Gracefully
There are several ways that you can end a long phone call without
making up a story sounding dismissive. Leave the conversation open.
Promise to finish your conversation at another time. Tell the person how
much you‘ve enjoyed speaking with him/her. As long as you are honest and
polite with other person, you should not have any problem ending a call or
moving on to something else.
Enhancement Activity
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
90
It’s time to act now!
This enhancement activity aims the student to have an overview of
things that may likely to happen during a phone conversation.
Let the student choose his/her partner and demonstrate the proper ways on
taking up phone calls. Use the checklist box for reference.
Use the following pointers in observing the proper way of doing the activity.
Answer the following questions with Yes or No.
1. Get ready for it.
a. Does the student sit up straight and smiled?
b. Does he/she speak with a clear and with pleasant voice?
c. Does the students offered help to the caller like answering the
caller‘s concern?
d. Does he/she refer the caller to the right person after knowing that
caller reached the wrong person?
e. Is he/she ready with a pen and paper just in case the caller would
leave messages?
d. Does he/she get the correct information given by the caller?
Smile and the world Smiles with You
There are many characteristics that come across the phone:
Body Language
- Pleasantness
- Informative
- Courteousness
- Responsiveness
Sincerity-
- Confidence
- Rate of Speech
- Smile
Good Listener
- Recallability
- Attentiveness
Greeting
- Vocal tone
Friendliness
- Articulate
- Attitude
- Helpfulness
Posture
- Demeanor
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
91
Three Myths about Callers
1. Callers try to make things difficult.
No they don‘t, even if sometimes they do spell their name two
different ways. The Callers may not always be prepared to talk to you.
They may never call your department before. They may not know
what information they need to have handy. You need to dialogue with
them. The experience should be enjoyable for both of you.
2. Callers like to complain.
Of course there are chronic complainers- those who think
everything is overpriced and that they never get good service. And
you must provide them a courteous and professional service no
matter how difficult it might be. But most callers don‘t like to
complaining, in fact they go out of their way to avoid it. Take time
seriously when they do have problems. Be attentive and
respectful.
3. Callers expect the impossible.
What seems like an impossible request maybe due to the caller‘s
ignorance about a situation? Offer brief explanations when possible
and don‘t assume the caller knows everything you do. I‘m sorry we
have no more appointments on that day. We have a limited number
of appointment time set aside for that type of service. Callers may not
always be pleased but at least they will know the limitations you
must work with.
Remember most of your practice‘s Callers are satisfied. But those
callers don‘t call. And since maybe with the unhappy minority, you
can get a lopsided view of what callers think and feel. KeepCallers in
perspective!
The most basic and powerful way to connect to anotherperson is to
listen. Just listen. Perhaps the most importantthing we ever give each
other is our attention.
Rachel Naomi Remen
Listening Skills
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
92
Listening is the ability to accurately receive and interpret messages in
the communication process. Listening is key to all effective communication,
without the ability to listen effectively messages are easily misunderstood –
communication breaks down and the sender of the message can easily
become frustrated or irritated.
Listening is so important that many top employers provide listening
skills training for their employees. This is not surprising when you consider
that good listening skills can lead to: better customer satisfaction, greater
productivity with fewer mistakes, increased sharing of information that in
turn can lead to more creative and innovative work.
Many successful leaders and entrepreneurs credit their success to
effective listening skills. Richard Branson frequently quotes listening as one of
the main factors behind the success of Virgin. Effective listening is a skill that
underpins all positive human relationships, spend some time thinking
about and developing your listening skills – they are the building blocks of
success.
Good listening skills also have benefits in our personal lives, including:
greater number of friends and social networks, improved self-esteem and
confidence, higher grades at school and in academic work and even better
health and general well-being. Studies have shown that, whereas
speaking raises blood pressure, listening brings it down.
“Listening is Not the Same as Hearing”
Hearing refers to the sounds that you hear, whereas listening requires
more than that: it requires focus. Listening means paying attention not
only to the story, but how it is told, the use of language and voice, and how
the other person uses his or her body. In other words, it means being
aware of both verbal and non-verbal messages. Your ability to listen
effectively depends on the degree to which you perceive and understand
these messages.
“If we were supposed to talk more than we listen, we
would have two tongues and one ear.”
Mark Twain.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
93
The 10 Principles of Listening
A good listener will listen not only to what is being said, but also to
what is left unsaid or only partially said.Effective listening involves
observing body language and noticing inconsistencies between verbal
and non-verbal messages.
1. Stop Talking
Don't talk, listen. When somebody else is talking listen to what they
are saying, do not interrupt, talk over them or finish their sentences for them.
Stop, just listen. When the other person has finished talking you may
need to clarify to ensure you have received their message accurately.
2. Prepare Yourself to Listen
Relax. Focus on the speaker. Put other things out of mind. The
human mind is easily distracted by other thoughts – what‘s for lunch, what
time do I need to leave to catch my train, is it going to rain – try to put other
thoughts out of mind and concentrate on the messages that re being
communicated.
3. Put the Speaker at Ease
Help the speaker to feel free to speak. Remember their needs and
concerns. Nod or use other gestures or words to encourage them to
continue. Maintain eye contact but don‘t stare – show you are listening and
understanding what is being said.
4. Remove Distractions
Focus on what is being said: don‘t doodle, shuffle papers, look out the
window, and pick your fingernails or similar. Avoid unnecessary
interruptions. These behaviors disrupt the listening process and send
messages to the speaker that you are bored or distracted.
5. Empathize
Try to understand the other person‘s point of view. Look at issues from
their perspective. Let go of preconceived ideas. By having an open mind we
can more fully empathize with the speaker. If the speaker says
something that you disagree with then wait and construct an argument to
counter what is said but keep an open mind to the views and opinions of
others.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
94
6. Be Patient
A pause, even a long pause, does not necessarily mean that the
speaker has finished. Be patient and let the speaker continue in their own
time, sometimes it takes time to formulate what to say and how to say it.
Never interrupt or finish a sentence for someone.
7. Avoid Personal Prejudice
Try to be impartial. Don't become irritated and don't let the person‘s
habits or mannerisms distract you from what they are really saying.
Everybody has a different way of speaking - some people are for example
more nervous or shy than others, some have regional accents or make
excessive arm movements, some people like to pace whilst talking - others
like to sit still. Focus on what is being said and try to ignore styles of
delivery.
8. Listen to the Tone
Volume and tone both add to what someone is saying. A good
speaker will use both volume and tone to their advantage to keep an
audience attentive; everybody will use pitch, tone and volume of voice in
certain situations – let these help you to understand the emphasis of what is
being said.
9. Listen for Ideas – Not Just Words
You need to get the whole picture, not just isolated bits and pieces.
Maybe one of the most difficult aspects of listening is the ability to link
together pieces of information to reveal the ideas of others. With proper
concentration, letting go of distractions, and focus this becomes easier.
10. Wait and Watch for Non-Verbal Communication
Gestures, facial expressions, and eye-movements can all be important.
We don‘t just listen with our ears but also with our eyes – watch and pick
up the additional information being transmitted via non-verbal communication.
Activity 1: Enumerate the 10 Principles of Listening
1. 6.
2. 7.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
95
3. 8.
4. 9.
5. 10.
HOW TO BOOK CLIENTS
Got a vendor fair to go to?
Don‘t waste the time and money just getting a few more names on
your email list. You really don‘t need more names. You
need customers!Using this simple technique, you can use the same
2-3 hours to get actual confirmed appointments!
Here‘s how to get customers to book right there on your table.
STEP 1: Prepare appointment cards (do this exactly). Each card
represents an appointment slot with
Your Name _______________________________
Your Concern _____________________________
Your Email _______________________________
Your Phone ______________________________
Your Chosen Appointment Timeslot ___________
Print out fifteen of these ―information collection forms‖ for people to fill
out.At the bottom of each information collection form (where it says ―Your
Chosen Appointment Timeslot‖), use a pen to write a date and time that
corresponds to what you have already written on one of your business cards.
Enhancement Activity
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
96
For instance, if you wrote ―June 12th at 3PM‖ on one of your business
cards – then you should also write ―June 12th at 3PM‖ at the bottom of one of
your forms.
Repeat this procedure on all your forms until you have one to match
each business card.
Now, using a paperclip, clip the paired cards and the forms together so
that you have 15 matching sets.
STEP 2: Prepare the Collection Box
Find or make an attractive, professional looking bag or box with an
opening on the top.This will serve as your appointment collection box.
STEP 3: Prepare the Instructions
Cut and paste the following into Word. Adjust the wording as needed
to suit your own business and special offering.Make it eye-catching. Print it
out.
STEP 4: Getting the Appointments
Set up all your brochures and fliers on the tabletop as usual.But you
should also dedicate about 1/3rd of the table space to laying out the
appointment cards in an attractive grid-like pattern. Put the instructions
and the collection box just behind the appointment cards, so that
everything is clearly visible.When the prospect comes to your booth and
says, ―What‘s this?‖, use the following script (tailored to your own
busi
nes
s)…
The business card will be for your customer’s records.
The information form will be for your copy.
Enhancement Activity:
Study and practice with your partner:
YOU: ‖My name‘s Tracy, I do Thai massages for muscle pain and stress relief.
I have had really amazing results especially with all kinds of pain and stress
conditions.‖
CUSTOMER: ‖Oh that sounds great … I have X, Y, Z Condition‖
YOU: ‖Well, I‘m sure I could help you with that. Tell you what. I‘m actually
running a special exhibition-day offer – you can get a free 30-minute massage
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
97
Client Consultation
Initial Consultation
The consultation is a very important part
of the treatment – sufficient time must be
allowed so that it is not rushed. This is
the time to gather and exchange information.
The initial consultation will be the longest and
provide detailed information, which must be
accurately recorded on a treatment card.
This must be filed in a safe and accessible place and used each time the
client attends for treatment. Before subsequent treatments, a brief
consultation is usually sufficient to establish the effects and outcomes
of the previous treatments and whether any changes are to be made or
further action is to be taken
For the consultation the client should be seated comfortably, with the
therapist positionedalongside or opposite. The environment should feel warm
and private.
Detailed consultation is important for the following reasons:
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
98
1. To introduce yourself and get to know the client
2. To establish a rapport with the client and put her/him at ease
3. To develop mutual trust and gain the client‘s confidence
4. To gain information on the client‘s past and present state of mental and
physical health
5. To identify any contra-indications
6. To gain insight into the client‘s lifestyle, responsibilities, work
environment, leisureactivities etc
7. To identify the client‘s needs and expectations of the treatment
8. To establish the most appropriate form of treatment and to discuss
andagree this with theclient
9. To explain the treatment fully to the client, including the procedure,
expected effects,timing and frequency
10.To agree a treatment plan, the timing and cost with the client so that
s/he fully understands the financial commitment, and obtain a signed
consent form
11.To answer queries and questions related to the treatment and to allay
doubts and fears.
The information gathered will provide a baseline from which the
appropriate treatment isplanned, the effectiveness of the treatment
canbejudged and any necessary changes oradjustments made.
It is recommended that you give away a free appointment. Almost nobody signs
up for an expensive service. People go for freebies. You should market accordingly.
Activity 2: Minute Paper
List down the importance of detailed consultation
All the information given must be recorded
and treated in confidence
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
99
ESSENTIAL NFORMATION
The following personal, medical and environmental factors should be
recorded on theconsultation card:
A. Personal Details
- Name
- Address
- Date of birth
- Home and work telephone numbers
- Occupation
- Doctor‘s name, address and telephone number
These details will enable you to contact the client quickly if you need to
cancel or change an appointment or for any other reason. It will also enable
you to seek advice from your doctor if necessary.
B. Past Medical History
- Surgical operations
- Pregnancies
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
100
- Serious illness
These details will enable you to establish the client‘s state of health;
the likelihood of anycontra-indications as a result of past illnesses; whether
particular care must be taken overcertain areas and whether medical referral
is necessary. If the client suffers from a conditionthat is an absolute contra-
indication (see page 115 on), then massage must not be given.
C.Present Medical History
- Medication
- General health
- Current treatments
- Identification of stress: work, home or other sources
These details will indicate whether massage will be helpful to theclient
and will influence the type of massage to be given, e.g. if the client is stressed
then a relaxing massage will be the choice. If there is pain and stiffness then
the massage will be adapted to meetthese needs.
D. Massage Analysis
- contra-indications
- has client received massage in the past?
- how long ago?
- number of sessions
- did client benefit from the massage?
- reasons for requesting massage
These details will again highlight contra-indications that will indicate
whether massage would be suitable for the client. They will also provide
information regarding the client‘s previous experience of massage. Did
she/he find it beneficial, are there any preferences, likes and dislikes that
should be recorded?
E. Examination
- Posture
- Height
- Weight
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
101
F. Skin Condition
- Skin type: smooth/supple; dry/flaky;
- Loose/stretched
- Stretch marks
. - Areas of hard fat/cellulite
- Areas of soft fat
- General muscle tone
- Bony protuberances
- Fluid retention
- Disfiguration or distortion of surface anatomy
- Other factors that may affect massage
These details will enable you to select the appropriate massage and
massage medium to beused for the client, e.g. clients with dry flaky skin will
require a suitably lubricating medium;thin creepy skin and bony
protuberances will require lighter manipulations. They will alsoindicate the
depth and adaptations necessary to suit the client, e.g. hard fat can take
morepressure than soft fat, but areas of cellulite can be painful if pressure is
too great.
Well-tone clients often prefer a brisker, deeper massage than clients
with poor muscle tone. Details ofposture, height and weight must be
recorded at the beginning of the treatment and comparedthroughout the
course.
Other Information
- Reasons for requesting massage
- Expectations from the treatment
- Any concerns or worries
This information will help you to formulate the best treatment plan to
meet the needs ofthe client. The plan should then be fully explained to the
client; s/he must be given theopportunity to ask questions and given full
answers to allay any concerns or fears. The longtermobjective, the cost and
timing must be agreed and a consent form signed by the client.
WELLNESS SERVICE STANDARDS
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
102
A Wellness Service provides support to people to live well, by
addressing the factors that influence their health and well-being and building
their capacity to be independent, resilient and maintain good health for
themselves and those around them.
These standards provide a benchmark for the provision of a Wellness
Service.
A. Improving Outcomes
1. The Service measures the achievement of outcomes in relation to:
* Population health, well-being and inequalities
* Customer defined health & well-being
* Cost effectiveness
2. The Service has been developed following consultation with the public on
their needs and preferences for delivery and assets for healthy living.
3. An equity audit has been undertaken to ensure that services are targeted
at and accessed by those in greatest need.
4. Services are provided and tailored to particular excluded groups or those
facing multiple challenges e.g. people with severe and enduring mental
health conditions.
5. The service supports broader skills and capacity building for health and
well-being, beyond individual risk factor management, to enable
independence and resilience in individuals, families and communities to
live well and care for themselves.
6. The service builds the role, skills and knowledge of all practitioners to
affect the health and well-being of individuals, families and communities, so
that every patient/ client contacts is a health promoting opportunity.
I. LOOP A WORD
Direction: Read and analyze the statement carefully and loop the word that
corresponds to your answer.
s p e a k c o r r e c t l y a n
Post Test 2
TEST
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
103
w e l l n e s s s e r v I
h
c e t
p e r c e p t u a l e t i c s
p r o f e s s i o n a L m y t h
c o r r e c t s p e a k I n g s
f I h y g i e n e w a y s a t e
o d e n c o n s u l t a t i o n
o s c o m m u n i c a t i o n a
d o u l a n o s r e p r e t n i
1. The standards and conduct of behavior of an individual or professional
group.
2. The most basic and powerful way to connect to another person
3. Always practice the highest standards of personal and salon hygiene
4. A very important part of the treatment – sufficient time must be allowed so
that it is not rushed.
5.It should be considered in which you answer or speak on the telephone. Be
competent, helpful and pleasant.
6. The exchange of feelings and attitude in the communication process
7. Being clean, neat and tidy is looking __
8.Provides support to people to live well, by addressing the factors that
influence their health and well-being.
9.One of the best practice in dealing with clients is to _____ and politely to
everyone. Do not use improper language.
10. Less effective when managers are surrounded with a pool of information
which is sometimes misinterpreted by the clients.
Test II. II. MULTIPLE CHOICE:
Read and analyze the statement carefully. Choose the letter of the correct
answer on the separate Sheet space provided.
_____ 11. For the consultation the client should be seated comfortably, with
the_______ positioned alongside or opposite. The environment should
feel warm and private.
a. doctor b. dentist c. specialist d. therapist .
_____ 12. It is often said that human communication consist of
a. 93% body language while only 7% of communication consists of
words themselves.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
104
b. 95% body language while only 5% of communication consists of
words themselves
c. 90% body language while only 10% of communication
consists of words themselves
d. 80% body language while only 20% of communication consists of
words themselves
_____13. Do not make false claims for treatments, but explain the benefits
______. Be honest when advertising this characteristic is known to
be_____
a. fairly c. reasonably
b. practically d. realistically.
_____ 14. Before picking up the receiver, __________ conversation or
activity such as eating chewing gum, typing etc. that may be heard
by the calling party.
a. continue c. halt
b. discontinue d. disregard
_____ 15. It is define as the exchange of messages by human beings.
a. Communication Process
b. Communication Standards
c. Communication Problem
d. miscommunication
_____ 16. Be prepared to have_______ when you answer the
phone
a. tissue paper
b. calendar
c. information form
d. pen and message slip
_____ 17. As the communication process continues, it becomes a
Communication __________.
a. cycle b. stroke c.routine d. requirement
_____ 18. Smile and the world Smiles With _______.
a. Us b. Others c.You d. All
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
105
_____ 19. A pleasant tone of voice in a telephone conversation
a. Shout c. Speak in a very low
b. Speak clearly d. Speak very soft and distinctly in
_____ 20. Create a friendly working relationship with _______.
a. colleagues c. clients
b. manager d. all
III.Enumeration
Direction: Supply the answer.
5‘s Methodology in Japanese words
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
Types of Massage
26.
27.
28.
29.
30
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
106
Overview
Demonstration of acquired knowledge and skills is the main target in
the succeeding topics. Alongside of the discussions are the precautionary
measures focusing on the hygienic and safety practices in performing the
wellness massage. Step-by-step instructions to be assisted by video clippings
of different techniques are provided.
As a learner, you will be exposed to the different needs of clients.
Thus, policies and other procedures in handling clients are highlighted. In the
end, skilled and confident wellness massage practitioners shall be expected
to see in you!
So explore and enjoy the rest of the suggested activities ahead!
Learning Outcome:
QUARTER 3
WELLNESS MASSAGE TECHNIQUES
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
107
 Observe health and safety procedures in wellness massage
 Prepare client for wellness massage techniques, methods,
massage pressure areas
 Perform wellness massage technique
Test I. Multiple Choice
Direction: Choose the letter that best describes the statement. Write the
answers on your quiz notebook.
1. What do you call the type of drape used to protect the client hair?
a. Facial drape b. Gluteal drape c. Breast drape d. Turban drape
2. It is the very common precautionary measure we oftentimes read in
labels of any supplies used in cleaning or disinfecting.
a. Risk b. Danger c. Hazard d. Warning
3.What is thesafest substance found in spa salon ?
a. oil b. disinfectant c. powders d. water
4. What is the technique of using a large towel or sheet to keep you covered
while getting a massage?
a. Draping b. Massage c. Cupping d. Hygiene
5. What do you call the massage stroke wherein the hands skim over the
surface of the skin?
a. Effleurage b. Percussion c. Petrissage d. Vibration
6. It is a massage stroke wherein the hand is placed and vibrated over the
target area.
a. Vibration b. Pounding c. Frictions d. Cupping
7. A kind of massage stroke that uses pressure to the tissues.
Pre Test 3
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
108
a. Vibration b. Knead c. Beating d. Petrissage
8. What is the regular time duration for back massage?
a. 20 mins b. 5 minutes c. 7 minutes d. 6 minutes
9. What is the kind of manipulation that pinches and moves the muscle from
side to side in a rocking manner?
a. Vibration b. Effleurage c. Muscle rolling d. Petrissage
10. The massage stroke where the hands strike the target area is known as
______.a. Vibration b. Effleurage c. Taponement d. Petrissage
Test II. True or False:
Direction: Write the word TRUE on the remarks column if massage is
appropriate with the stated condition and FALSE if it is
inappropriate. Use your quiz notebook to accomplish this task.
Test III. Matching Type
Direction: Match Column A with Column by identifying the pictures below. Write
the letter of the answer.
Conditions TRUE FALSE
1 Blood clots
2 Bleeding
3 Fever
4 Fracture
5 Heart disease
6 Infectious disease
7 Kidney or liver disease
8 Pregnancy-induced diabetes
9 Severe cold
10 Menstrual Period
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
109
Column A Column B
1. face towel a
2. thermometer b.
3. basin c.
4. sphygmomanometer d.
5. sanitizer e.
f .
1-5. Write a five-sentence paragraph describing the phrase ―Wellness
Massage‖. Use your quiz notebook to accomplish this task.
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
Rubric:
Clarity and Accuracy of Concept: (3 pts)
Grammar Composition (2 pts.)
Total 5 pts
Let’s try this. Open-Ended Statement
Directions: Complete the open-ended statements below with your
perception, opinion on the concepts on wellness massage. (10
points)
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
110
Rubric for grading:
Concept: (5pts)
Articulation (5 pts.)
Total 10 pts
Let’s Begin
Observe Health and Safety Procedures in Wellness Massage.
Health and Safety Procedures in Wellness Massage
All health care practitioners must follow all public health and safety
regulations to ensure the protection and well-being of each patient. Massage
therapists are no exception. Client welfare is the foundation of an ethical and
professional practice for the massage practitioner.
Creating and defending a secure environment for our clients to receive
treatment ultimately is based on the practitioners' routines in the clinic, office
or spa. These healthy habits prevent accidents from taking place.
Can you still recall?
Direction: Find the 5‘s methodology (in english word) inside the puzzle. Once
you find it, loop the word and write the answers on the opposite of each
Japanese word. (2 points each).
a s t a n d a r d i z e s d
s v d b n w e r s d x v y t
d n b c f d t y u s d o p S
S h j k b n d m e r w c d w
o d g s y s t e m a t i z e
Topic: Wellness Massage
Before, I thought that___________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
But now, ____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
I can ________________________________________________________
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
111
1. Shitsuke _______________ 4. Seiton ___________________
2. Seiri __________________ 5.Seiketsu __________________
3. Seiso _________________
Review these guidelines to guarantee the safety of your clients:
 Adhere to a schedule for the cleaning and maintenance of your office,
materials and supplies
Some examples of Personal Protective materials and supplies
gloves
disposable facemask thermometer
towel lotion and massage oil
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
112
 Consistently wash hands thoroughly between clients and prior to resuming
treatment.
 Wash all linens in soap and hot water. Store and transport them in a
sanitary manner.
 Always thoroughly sterilize table, headrest, equipment and other tools
between clients.
 Know all local ordinances and health department regulations regarding the
type of clinic you operate or work in.
A general maintenance and cleaning schedule must be adhered to in
the treatment room, bathroom and all waiting and admittance areas. The
bathroom must be easily accessible and consistently stocked. Hand washing
is the simplest, most effective way to prevent transmission of any diseases.
Prior to resuming patient care, hands should be washed after using the toilet
and after touching eyes, nose, ears or mouth. Keep fingernails neatly trimmed
and remove all jewelry. Always apply soap to wet hands, wash for 10 to 15
seconds, scrubbing webs, palms and fingertips, from the wrists to the elbows.
Moreover, avoid reusing any towel or sheet that has come into contact
with a client. Linens must be washed in hot water and stored properly in a
labeled cabinet with closed doors. All dirty linens must be put into a separate
linen basket for washing. A consistent order in sanitation procedures before
admitting your next client will prevent accidents from occurring. Avoid cross-
contamination during treatment by always using a new or sterilized applicator
wand for all application of lotion and creams.
A major preventative action we can take to protect any transfer of
disease is the sterilization of all table surfaces, especially the headrest. The
table and headrest should be wiped down with a germicidal wash, as should
any tool or lotion bottle. There should be sufficient and reasonable space for
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
113
clients to change and to get on and off the table safely. Always make sure the
table, chairs and other equipment are in good condition. This includes all
emergency and safety equipment, such as fire extinguishers and clearly
marked exits.
Additionally, check out the neighborhood in which you are planning to
open your office for good lighting and adequate space for all treatment
procedures. The location of a therapeutic office should be in a pleasant area
where clients can feel free from harm. Make sure the parking lot is accessible
and well-lit so that clients can get in and out safely.
Furthermore, local ordinances and health department regulations
regarding the type of clinic you operate can be attained through the city and
should be referenced. Know how to accommodate the elderly and disabled
persons. They may require your assistance getting on and off the table, as
well as special accessibility to the restroom. Be aware of emergency
procedures for your building, including how to use the nearest fire
extinguisher.
Overall, the way your clinic runs and looks is proof of your concern for
your clients and ultimately leaves a lasting impression on each person you
treat. A first impression cannot be repeated. Maintain all health and safety
guidelines taught in training and incorporate them with state and local laws to
keep your clients safe.
RELEVANT LAWS, WORKPLACE POLICIES and PROCEDURES
Health and safety is about preventing any person sustaining injury,
being harmed in any way or becoming ill at work. It involves following correct,
safe procedures and taking every possible precaution to protect everyone in
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
114
the workplace. Health and safety laws and regulations apply to everyone
whether they are employers, managers, employees, self-employed, full- or
part-time, paid or unpaid workers. Health and safety issues refer to hazards
and risks in the workplace and how to eliminate them.
Republic Act 8423
TRADITIONAL & ALTERNATIVE MEDICINE ACT OF 1997
An act creating the Philippine Institute of Traditional and Alternative
Health Care (PITAHC) to accelerate the development of traditional and
alternative health care in the Philippines, providing for a Traditional and
Alternative Health Care Development fund and for other purposes
Section 3b : To promote and advocate the use of traditional,
alternative, preventive, and curative health care modalities that have
been proven safe, effective, cost effective and consistent with
government standards on medical practice.
Section 3c: To develop and coordinate skills training courses for
various forms of traditional and alternative health care modalities.
Health and Safety at Work Act 1974
This is the main legislation covering health and safety in the workplace;
other safety regulations and codes of practice come under this main Act. This
Act states that employers/managers have a legal duty to ensure, so far as is
reasonablypracticable, the health, safety and welfare of all persons at work,
i.e. all employees and otherpersons on the premises, such as contractors and
clients.
The Health and Safety Executive provides information and publications
on all aspects of Health and safety regulations, implementing directives from
the European
Commission that used to be known as the six packs. These cover a
wide range of health, safety and welfare issues.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
115
Those relevant to the therapist are dealt with in this text. The Act of
1974 and the new regulations mean that employers must, by law, provide a
safe working environment for all members of the workforce, including those
with disabilities and other persons using their premises.
The Therapist’s Role in Maintaining Health and Safety in their Place of
Work
The employer/manager is responsible for the management and control
of health, safety and welfare issues, which will ensure a safe environment for
all persons working in or attending the salon/clinic. However, all therapists at
work also have a duty under the Act.
Employees are required to:
 Take reasonable care to avoid harm to them or to others by their
behaviour or working practices cooperate with and help
employers/managers to meet the statutory requirements refrain from
misusing or interfering with anything provided to protect the health,
safety and welfare of all persons as required by the Act.
 To comply with these requirements you must: not put yourself or others
at risk by your actions abide by salon rules and regulations know who is
responsible for what in the salon and to whom you should report
problems always adopt good working practices and follow correct
procedures
 Be alert to any hazard that may pose a risk to you or to others and
promptly take the appropriate action to minimize or eliminate the risk.
 If you are unable to, or unsure of how to deal quickly with a hazard,
then you must report the situation to someone else immediately. Seek
advice from a supervisor or someone qualified to deal with the situation
 Be competent in selecting appropriate treatments and in administering
them correctly and safely to the clients
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
116
 Follow the correct technique for all treatments, understand the effects,
and be alert to contra-indications and contra-actions.
 Adopt high professional standards of dress and appearance.
 Maintain the highest standards of personal and salon hygiene.
 Report faulty equipment to the person responsible for dealing with these
issues
 Do not ignore any hazard or risk; make sure that corrective action is
taken.
 Keep a record of client and report any problems that you have identified
and cured.
 Inform your supervisor and colleagues and be prepared to discuss
issues of health and safety with all other workers, as shared knowledge
makes for a safer working environment.
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS ABOUT BODY STRUCTURE AND
FUNCTION
Endangerment site:
An endangerment site is a region of the body in which nerves, arteries,
or veins lay close to the body's surface. These areas are not well protected by
muscle or connective tissue, and have the potentially to be damaged. Deep
pressure either sustained or through friction, would be contraindicated for the
vessels and nerves in these areas. These areas may contain bony projections
that are fragile and may be broken. Massage therapists should exercise
extreme caution when working in or close to these endangerment areas.
A medical error in execution may occur when a massage therapist or
body worker does not exhibit extreme caution when working in one or more of
these areas and injury results from treatment.
6. Eyes
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
117
Endangerment Sites of the Face and Neck
1.Antecubit
al
2. Axilla
3. Brachial Plexus
18. Umbilical
5.Cervical 4. Carotid Artery
19. Xiphoid Process
16. Sternum10. Liver
17. Temporal
8. Inguinal
11. Median Nerve
13. Radial Pul
12. Popliteal
14. Sciatic Nerves
9. Kidneys
15. Spine
7. Floating Ribs
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
118
 Anterior Triangle of the Neck . The anterior triangle of the neck
consists of the medial border of the sternocleidomastoid (SCM)
muscle, the inferior border of the mandible and the trachea. It
contains the jugular vein, the carotid artery, and the vagus nerve,
which are located deep to the SCM.
 Posterior Triangle of the Neck. The posterior triangle of the neck
consists of the posterior border of the SCM, the superior border of the
clavicle, and the anterior border of the upper trapezius muscle. This
area contains the brachio-cephalic artery and vein superior the
clavicle, the sub-cephalic vein, and the nerves of the brachial plexus.
(redraw)
 Posterior to the Mandible. The area posterior to the mandible
contains the facial artery and nerve, and the styloid process of the
temporal bone. The styloid process is the bone that can be broken
from extreme pressure.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
119
(redraw)
 Sternal Notch and Anterior Throat. The area of the sternal notch
and anterior throat consists of the medial heads of the right and left
clavicle, and their attachment at the superior edge of the sternum. This
area contains the vagus nerve, and nerves and vessels to the thyroid
gland.
(redraw)
 Axillary Triangle of the Under Arm. The axillary triangle of the
under arm consists of the anterior edge of the pectoralis major, the
posterior edge of the latissimus dorsi, the superior head and medial
shaft of the humerus, the upper ribs and the medial aspect of the
serratus anterior. This area contains the nerves of the distal brachial
plexus, and the brachial artery, the axillary nerve, vein, and artery, and
the cephalic vein.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
120
(redraw)
 Deltoid-Pectoral Triangle. The deltoid-pectoral Triangle is a narrow
area between the medial aspect of pectoralis major, the lateral aspect
of the anterior deltoid, and the superior border of the clavicle. This
area contains the cephalic vein.
Endangerment Sites of the Elbow
 Medial Elbow. The area between the medial epicondyle of the
humerus and olecranon process of the ulna. This area contains the
ulnar nerve.
 Lateral Elbow. The area between the lateral epicondyle of the
humerus and the olecranon process of the ulna. This area contains
the radial nerve.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
121
.
Endangerment Sites of the Abdomen
 Umbilicus Area. The umbilicus area, to either side, contains the
descending aorta and the abdominal aorta.
 Dorsal Body Area, 12th Rib. The dorsal area in the region of the 12th
rib, is located over the kidneys, in the lower back.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
122
Endangerment Sites of the Lower Extremity
 Femoral (Inguinal ) Triangle. The femoral or inguinal triangle consists
of the lateral aspect of the sartorius muscle, the superior aspect of the
inguinal ligament, and the medial aspect of adductor longus muscle.
This area contains the femoral nerve, the femoral artery and vein, the
great saphenous vein, external iliac artery, and the inguinal lymph
nodes.
Sciatic Notch. The sciatic notch is located in the area in which the
sciatic nerve passes out of the pelvis through the greater sciatic
foramen, under the pirformis muscle.
 Popliteal Fossa. The popliteal fossa is a diamond-shaped area at the
posterior knee. The superior area consists of the lateral tendon of the
biceps femoris, and the medial tendons of the semitendinosus,
semimembranosus and the sartorius muscles. The inferior area
consists of the two heads of the gastrocnemius muscle. This area
contains the popliteal artery and vein and the tibial and common
peroneal nerves.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
123
 Deep Calf. The deep calf region of the lower extremity can be located
between the two heads of the gastrocnemius muscle. This area
contains the posterior tibial artery and vein.
Tarsal Tunnel. The tarsal tunnel is located in a groove on the medial
aspect of the calcaneus and inferior to and posterior to the medial
malleolous. This area contains the posterior artery and vein, deep to
the flexor retinaculum.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
124
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS WHEN DEALING WITH HAZARDOUS
SUBSTANCES
The Control of Substances Hazardous to Health Act 2002 (COSHH)
requires employers to control exposure to hazardous substances to prevent ill
health.It protects everyone in the workplace from exposure to hazardous
substances.
Hazardous substances found in the salon include:
 cleaning agents
 disinfectants
 massage products
 powders or dust
 micro-organisms
 parasites
 ozone.
Hazardous substances can enter the body via many routes, for example:
 broken or damaged skin
 eyes and ears
 nose and mouth
 hair follicles.
Substances hazardous to health may cause the following:
 skin burn
 skin allergic reaction such as dermatitis
 skin irritation
 irritation of nasal passages and lungs or allergies to products,
especially fine
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
125
 powder or dust, resulting in the development of asthma
 breathing difficulties
 nausea and vomiting if swallowed
 eye damage.
COSHH requires the following to control exposure to hazardous
substances to prevent ill health.
Assess the risk from exposure to hazardous substances to anyone
using your workplace. You will need to examine all the
substances stored and used in your salon and identify the ones
that could cause damage or injury.
Decide what precautions need to be taken. Check the manufacturers‘
advice on use, storage and disposal. Read the label carefully.
Consider whether the substance can enter the body or damage
any part of the body. Take action to protect employees and
others. Consider the use of gloves, masks and other protective
clothing. Ensure that your control systems are in place and
effective.
Control or reduce the exposure to hazardous substances. Consider the
use of other, safer, products. Store all products safely and label
them clearly to reduce any error in handling. Wear gloves when
handling cleaning agents. Take care when handling and using
fine powders such as talc; avoid releasing the fine particles into
the air and avoid inhaling any powders; also protect your client.
Ensure that control measures are in place and regularly monitored for
effectiveness. Keep records of all control measures and any
tests or problems arising. These records should be kept for at
least five years.
Prepare procedures to deal with accidents, incidents and emergencies.
Immediate steps must be taken to minimise the harmful effects
and damage. These procedures should be clearly written and
placed in a prominent and accessible place.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
126
Train and supervise all staff. Ensure that all employees understand the
risks from all the hazardous substances they have to deal with.
Inform them of the rules and regulations for using, storing and
transporting or disposing of hazardous substances.
Ensure that all employees understand the importance of reporting any
problems or shortcomings when dealing with hazardous
substances.
The following are precautions and responsibilities when dealing with
hazardous substances.
1. Consider any hazardous substances in your workplace. For the therapist
these will include any fine powders such as face powder or talcum
powder, oils, creams or lotions, cleaning agents, sterilising agents, micro-
organisms, blood.
2. Read the labels and manufacturers‘ instructions on all the products that
you use. Manufacturers are required by law to state the dangers and issue
guidelines on storage, use and disposal.
3. Ensure that products are clearly labelled and stored correctly and safely.
4. Ensure that the highest standards of hygiene are implemented to prevent
cross-infection(this is dealt with later in the chapter).
5. Avoid blood contamination. Cover any broken skin with a plaster and wear
gloves.
6. Ensure the safe disposal of ‗sharps‘ into a ‗sharps box‘ and dispose of in
accordance with the correct procedure.
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS WHEN USING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
The following are precautions and responsibilities when using electrical
equipment.
 Annual testing of electrical equipment is required by law.
 Ensure that people using electrical equipment are trained and
competent to do so.
 Follow the correct procedures when using electrical equipment.
 Purchase equipment from a reputable dealer who will provide an after-
sales service.
 Ensure that all equipment is regularly maintained and in a safe
condition for use.
 Examine leads and cables regularly to ensure that they are without
splits or breaks that may expose bare wires.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
127
 Use proper connectors to join wire and flexes; do not use insulating
tape.
 Examine all connections making sure that they are secure.
 Ensure that the cable is firmly clamped into the plug to make certain
that the wires, particularly the earth wire, cannot be pulled out of the
terminal.
 Do not overload the circuit by using multiple adaptors. If you find others
overloading the circuit, explain to them that this is dangerous practice.
 Plug the machine into a near and accessible identified socket so that it
can be switched off or disconnected easily in an emergency.
 Keep electrical equipment away from water; do not touch any electrical
part with wet hands.
 Ensure that flexes and cables do not trail over the working area: fix
them along the wall.
 Examine all equipment regularly, especially portable machines, as they
are subjected to wear and tear.
 Remove faulty equipment from the working area and label clearly
‗FAULTY DO NOT USE‘ and inform others that it is faulty.
 Keep a dated record of when checks were carried out, including all
findings and maintenance.
Multiple Choice.
Direction: Read and analyze each statement carefully. Choose the nearest
answer and write the letters before the number. Justify your answer. 2 points
each.
1. Plug the machine into a near and accessible identified socket so that,
a. it can be switched off or disconnected easily in an emergency.
b. It will lessen your time from walking from time to time if you want
to unplug it
c. You can sleep anytime you want and confident that it is safe
d. It is easy for you to just reach out if you want to unplug it.
Justify:
2. Follow the correct procedures when using electrical equipment,
a. to avoid accident
b. to show your expertise
Enhancement Activity
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
128
c. to boost your capacity to operate the equipment
d. to play safely
Justify ____________________________________________
3. Ensure that people using electrical equipment are trained and
competent to do so
a. They can easily be hired abroad
b. They can operate the equipment without reading the
procedure
c. They can prove that they are trained operators
d. Keep safe in using the equipment
Justify: _________________________________________
4. Training and supervision to all staff will
a. Ensure that all employees understand the risks from all
the hazardous substances they have to deal with.
b. Inform them of the rules and regulations for using,
storing and transporting or disposing of hazardous
substances.
c. They can be easily be accepted in their field of
training to other salon
d. Keep your salon clean and orderly
Justify: _____________________________________________
5. Prepare procedures to deal with accidents, incidents and emergencies.
Immediate steps must be taken to minimize the harmful
effects and damage. These procedures should be
a. clearly written and placed in a prominent and
accessible place.
b. clearly written and placed inside the cabinet
c. clearly written and placed at the back door
d. clearly written and placed on the table
Justify: __________________________________________
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
129
APPLICATION OF PROPER DRAPING
Perform the Proper application of Draping
Draping is the technique of using a large towel or sheet to keep you
covered while you're getting a massage. This allows you to be totally
nude under the sheet or towel and still feel safe, warm, and unexposed.
Using draping, the massage therapist only works on the part of the
body that is exposed -- your back, one arm or one leg, for instance. The rest
of the body is covered.
Draping Methods
1. Posterior Leg - To drape the posterior leg,
o Gather the drape at the greater trochanter and at the ankle.
o Fold the bottom end of the drape at an angle across the
opposite leg while holding the drape at the greater trochanter as
a pivot point.
o With the lower, grab the fold of the drape and tuck it under the
opposite thigh.
o Fold the top section of the drape across the back, leaving the
gluteals exposed. With practice, this draping can be
accomplished in three moves and provides a clean line for the
application of spa products from the toes to the top of the
posterior superior iliac spine (PSIS).
2. Anterior Leg- To drape the anterior leg,
a. Gather the drape at the anterior superior iliac spine (ASIS) and at
the ankle. b.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
130
b. Fold the bottom section of the drape at an angle across the
opposite leg using the upper hand to hold the drape at the ASIS as
a pivot point.c.
c. With the lower hand, grab the fold of the drape and tuck it under
the opposite thigh.
d. Fold the top section of the drape across the belly, leaving the ASIS
exposed.
3. Breast Drape - Align the top edge of the main drape with the bottom edge
of a hand towel or pillowcase. As the main drape is pulled down, the hand
towel or pillowcase becomes a breast drape and takes its place.
4. Anterior Pelvic Drape - After the breast drape is in place, continue to pull
the main drape down until the abdominal muscles are uncovered. Align the
fold of the main drape with the bottom edge of a hand towel or pillow case. As
the main drape is pulled down, the hand towel or pillow case will become a
pelvic drape. Tuck the bottom section of the pelvic drape between the legs
leaving a safe distance between the tucking hand and the genitals.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
131
5. Turban Drape - This type of drape protects the client‘s hair from spa
products and prevents heat loss during a treatment.
a. Put a bath towel on the table before the treatment.
b. Bring the bath towel up over the client‘s head to cover the forehead or
the eyes.
c. Using the hand as a wedge on each side of the drape, bring the side
portions around the neck and tuck them into the top of the body drape.
6. Gluteal Drape
a. Uncover the back and fold the drape down to the gluteal cleft.
b. Grasp the folded edge of the main drape and the bottom edge of the
hand towel or pillow case.
c. As the main drape is pulled down to expose the gluteals, the hand
towel or pillow case replaces it.
d. Tuck the bottom of the gluteal drape between the legs, leaving a safe
distance between the tucking hand and the genitals.
e. Fold the edges of the gluteal drape to create clean lines for product
application.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
132
7. - Because spa products are applied to the clients while they are
in a side-lying position, this drape is different than it would be for a
massage. It is important to ask clients to wear disposable
undergarments to preserve their modesty. The sheet is kept over the
client until he or she is moved into the side-lying position. Undrape the
client‘s upper body ( females should either wear a disposable bra or
hold a towel over their breasts) and place a bath towel across the
client‘s hip. Grasp the folded edge of the main drape and the bottom
edge of the bath towel. As the main drape is pulled down to expose the
gluteals, the bath towel will replace it, and the sheet is removed
completely.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
133
Draping is the technique of using a large towel or sheet to keep you
covered while you're getting a massage.
Draping allows you to be totally nude under the sheet or towel and still
feel safe, warm, and unexposed.
SCORING RUBRICS FOR CLASS DEMONSTRATION
Criteria Percentage
Proper. 50 %
Proper application of the use of cleaning solutions and
materials
30 %
Appropriate and effective selection of cleaning tools and
materials
20 %
TOTAL 100 %
Activity 1. Return Demonstration
Direction: Group yourselves into groups with 10 members Perform the
following draping methods in groups.
1. Posterior Leg
2. Anterior Leg
3. Breast Drape
4. Anterior Pelvic Drape
5. Turban Drape
6. Gluteal Drape
7. Side-Lying Drape
Enhancement Activity
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
134
Using draping, the massage therapist only works on the part of the
body that is exposed -- your back, one arm or one leg, for instance. The rest
of the body is covered.
APPLICATION OF PROPER DRAPING
This is your chance for you to show off your skills, technique and
talents in each of the required procedures you have spent in practices then
ultimately mastering. This practicum requires groundwork to assure that you
are adequately prepared and organized.
Suggestions for draping:
1. Use mannequin as your model
2. Use kiddie cape rather than a regular sized cape, because they are easier
to manipulate. They fit more securely around the mannequin‘s neck and will
not hang over your work area this allowing you maximum movement while
working on your mannequin
3. Divide the class into groups with 10 members.
4. Prepare the Packing List for draping such as:
a. clean towels
b. clean folded cape (plastic, cloth or comb-out)
c. neck strips
d. clips to secure outer towel
e. antiseptic hand wipes, spray bottle of alcohol or alcohol gel
Group # 1: Posterior Leg
Group # 2: Anterior Leg
Group # 3: Breast Drape
Group # 4: Anterior Pelvic Drape
Group # 5 Turban Drape
Group # 6: Gluteal Drape
Group # 7: Side-Lying Drap
Let’s Do it!
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
135
Group performance will be evaluated using the scoring rubrics below:
Direction:
Let the teacher
assess your
performance in
the following
critical task and
performance
criteria.
OVER ALL EVALUATION
Level
Achieved
PERFORMANCE LEVELS
10 - Can perform this skill without supervision and
with initiative and adaptability to problem situations.
7 - Can perform this skill satisfactorily without
assistance or supervision.
5 - Can perform this skill satisfactorily but requires
some assistance and/or supervision.
3- Can perform parts of this skill satisfactorily, but
requires considerable assistance and/or supervision.
Instructor will initial level achieved.
PREPARATION of WELLNESS MASSAGE PRODUCTS, FURNISHINGS,
and PARAPHERNALIA
Let’s try this!
ACTIVITY 1. Knowing the Center
Direction: Study the picture below. Find as many equipment,
paraphernalia and materials that can be found in a Wellness
Massage Center. Use your quiz notebook to accomplish this
task.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
136
WORKING ENVIRONMENT/ SPA ROOM
1. Room should be peaceful and quiet and calm.
2. Room should be warm, well ventilated and draught free
3. Lightning is subdued.
4. Use fragrance, potpourri or vase of flowers.
5. Play soft relaxing music.
6. Use clean towels or blanket to cover cushion to support legs and
neck
7. Massage table, mattress must be firm on the floor.
ACCESSORIES/ TOOLS/ EQUIPMENT
Tools Picture/Illustration Description/Function
1. Thermometer
2. Stethoscope
an instrument for
determining
temperature
an instrument for
listening to the
sounds made within
the body, typically
consisting of a
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
137
3. Sphygmomanometer
Digital
Sphygmomanometer
4. Massage Bed
hollow disc that
transmits the sound
through hollow tubes
to earpieces.
an instrument, often
attached to an
inflatable air-bladder
cuff and used with a
stethoscope, for
measuring blood
pressure in an
artery.
an instrument, often
attached to an
inflatable air-bladder
cuff and used with a
stethoscope, for
measuring blood
pressure in an
artery.
is used by massage
therapists to position
the client to receive
a massage.
L = 1.8M x W = 0.8M
x H = 0.7 M
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
138
5. Shower Room
6. Lounging chair
a place in which a
person bathes under
a spray of water.
gives comfort to the
client while waiting
for their massage.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
139
Optional Furniture and
Equipment for a Spa.
Picture/Illustration Description/Function
CD/DVD Player
Television Set
Overhead Projector
Massage belt
head massage
is a device that plays discs produced
under both the DVD-Video and DVD-
Audio technical standards, two
different and incompatible standards.
Some DVD players will also play audio
CDs. DVD players are connected to a
television to watch the DVD content,
which could be a movie, a recorded TV
show, or other content.
a system for transmitting visual
images and sound that are
reproduced on screens.
a device that projects an enlarged
image of a transparency placed on
the wall or screen by means of an
overhead mirror
The massaging motion of this belt is
reportedly designed to stimulate and
sooth the muscles
―soothing head massager with
music,‖ which uses “a combination
of patented air pressure technology,
vibration massage, magnetic
therapy, gentle heat and soothing
music” to do whatever it is a good
head massage does.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
140
SUPPLIES AND
MATERIALS
Picture/Illustration Description/Function
Bath Towels
Face towel/hand towel
Bed Sheets
Short/disposable
undergarment
This is used to cover the body while
doing the massage
This is used to wipe and cover
the body
This is used to cover the
massage bed
To be wear by the clients during
the massage
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
141
Lotion
Oil
Basins
Pillow
Used to rub all throughout the
body during the massage
This is also applied to the clients
body
Used to put water, warm or cold
Used by the client while lying
down
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
142
Alcohol (Ethyl)/
Sanitizer
Plants/ Herbs/ oils/
essences
This is being rubbed by the
massage therapist before
starting massage
Are applied to the clients.
Depends what essence is being
requested by the clients.
Activity 1: Mix and Blend
Instruction: Create your own aromatherapy massage oils. Make sure that all
these are readily available.
Relaxing Massage Oil Detoxifying Massage Oil
50 ml carrier oil 50 ml carrier oil
12 drops lavender essential oil 8 drops cypress essential oil
8 drops clary sage essential oil 8 drops juniper essential oil
5 drops ylang-ylang essential oil 5 drops lavender essential oil
4 drops orange essential oil
Energising Massage Oil Sensual Massage Oil
50 ml carrier oil 50 ml carrier oil
16 drops geranium essential oil 10 drops patchouli, sandalwood
7 drops rosemary essential oil rose or ylang-ylang essential
2 drops peppermint essential oil
*essential oils may be bought from “The Body Shop” outlet.
Enhancement Activity
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
143
Activity 2. Investigate or Interview
Direction: Visit a Wellness Massage Center. Then, Interview an owner/
employee of a wellness massage spa. Ask equipments,
materials and supplies other than those mentioned in the
previous discussion. Include the function of each item. Be ready
to present your output in class. Write your answers in your
notebook.
Equipments/Materials/Supplies Function/Uses
Rubrics for Evaluation: (30 points)
Item 25 15 10 Score
Tools
Has additional
equipment
aside from
what has been
discussed
.
Lack one
equipment
used.
Lack two or
more
equipment,
Materials Has additional
materials
aside from
Lack one or
two materials
Lack three or
more
materials
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
144
what has been
discussed
being used being
Supplies Has additional
supplies aside
from what has
been
discussed
Lack one or
two supplies
being used
Lack three or
more
materials
being
PREPARING CLIENT for WELLNESS MASSAGE SESSION
Before starting your massage, require your customer to complete a
short health history. This will help you tailor a needed specific massage. You
will briefly discuss what your customer is looking for in the session and how
that may be achieved.
Once in the massage room, you will exit, allowing time and privacy so
for the customer undress to his/her level of comfort. Give a clean sheet and
blanket in which the customer will cover himself/herself with and lay on the
massage area. You will knock and enter to begin the session.
Customer massage time is his/hers. Whether you want to talk or relax
by getting lost in the soft music, follow as requested. Keep in mind,
communication is a key to a great massage. If your customer needs lighter or
more intense pressure, ask so it can be adjusted. To find one that will meet
his/her expectations. During your session, the body of the customer will
remain covered with the sheet except for the part that is being massaged.
At the conclusion of the massage, you will leave the room to allow your
client to change their clothes.
After the massage, it is important to tell the customer to drink water to
hydrate the body and help flush out the toxins that have been released.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
145
The following are some pointers on what to do.
1. The greeting - As the client walks through the door, you or the
receptionist should be on hand with a warm greeting. Step out from
behind the reception desk to shake the client‘s hand and smile while
making eye contact.
2. The tour - Escort the client into the treatment area. Point out where
the bathroom is located and any amenities such as the steam room or
sauna the client might use on his or her next visit. Let the client know if
a shower is available before or after the massage. Show the client into
the treatment room and explain where to undress and hang clothing.
It‘s a good idea to remind clients to remove jewellery before the
session because lubricants can cause jewellery to look tarnished and
delicate pieces may be damaged during massage strokes. Use a small
dish to hold personal items so that jewellery is not lost or forgotten.
3. The Interview - The client interview does not need to be a complex
process, but each of the items we preview here should be discussed to
ensure the safety of both client and therapist.
4. Transition to Massage - Before you leave the treatment room, show
the client the massage table and explain the position you would like the
client to take on the table after undressing. Because clients may feel
very nervous about how they need to undress, it‘s important to
reassure them. You might say something like this: ―Undress to your
level of comfort. Some clients choose to remove all of their clothing
and this is fine, and others prefer to leave on some of their
underclothing, which is also fi ne. You will always be draped during the
session, and I will only undrape the area where I am working. This is to
keep you warm but also to preserve modesty.‖ This is also a good time
to check if the client needs to use the restroom before undressing.
Unless the client needs assistance getting on the massage table, leave
the room while the client undresses. Because some clients feel
nervous that the therapist may walk back in while they are partially
undressed, it helps to say that you will knock and wait to hear they are
ready before you enter.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
146
5. Prepare Yourself for the Massage - Usually, clients need no more
than 5 minutes to undress and situate themselves on the massage
table. Use this time to warm up your hands and to ground and center
your energy for the session. Use the restroom if you need to and wash
your hands carefully before returning to the treatment room.
DEMONSTRATING HYGIENE PRACTICES in PRE-WELLNESS
Let’s try this:
Activity 1: Minute Paper
Directions: Fill out this survey form to evaluate how far you have gone with
the lesson.
( _________________________________________ )
T o p i c / L e s s on
Name of Student : __________________ Date : _____________
Year and Section ___________________ Teacher: __________________
After the lesson / activity/ discussion on ________, I have learned that:
1. ______________________________________________________
2. ______________________________________________________
3. ______________________________________________________
But I‘m a little bit confused about:
1. ______________________________________________________
2. ______________________________________________________
3. ______________________________________________________
I still want to learn more on:
1. ______________________________________________________
2. __________________________________________________________
3.__________________________________________________________
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
147
After the lesson / activity / discussion, I feel ______________ because of the
following reasons:
1. _________________________________________________________
2. _________________________________________________________
3. ____________________________________________________________
PERSONAL HYGIENE PRACTICES
Massage therapists are required by health standards and professional
ethics to provide a clean environment for clients that ensures they don‘t pick
up any diseases while they are at a spa or massage clinic.
On the side of the therapist the following must be observed to ensure
proper hygiene practice.
a. A daily bath or shower should be taken to maintain cleanliness of
the skin, hair and nails, and to remove stale sweat odor.
b. An antiperspirant should be used to prevent excessive sweating and
the odor of sour sweat.
c. Hair should be clean and neat; it should be kept short or tied back
from the face. Hair must never fall forward around the therapist‘s face and
shoulders or touch the client
d. Nails must be well manicured and kept short; nails should not
protrude above the fleshy part of the finger tip. Massage movements cannot
be correctly performed if the nails are long, and long nails may harbour dirt or
bacteria. Nail enamel should not be worn as some clients may be sensitive to
the product and an allergic reaction may result.
e. Hands must be well cared for; they must be smooth and warm for
massage. Therapists should protect the hands with rubber gloves when doing
chores. A good-quality hand lotion should be used night and morning. Gloves
should be worn in cold weather.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
148
f. Therapists should not massage with cuts or abrasions on the hands.
g. Jewellery should be removed or kept to a minimum of wedding ring
and small ear studs. Rings, bracelets and watches can harbour micro-
organisms or can injure the client if dragged on the skin. Long earrings and
necklaces may jangle, producing a noise that is disturbing to the client.
h.Underwear and tights should be changed daily and washed in hot
soapy water.
i. White, short-sleeved overalls should be crisp, well laundered and
changed frequently (e.g. every other day). The style should allow free
unrestricted movement of the arms during massage.
j. Feet should be well cared for and washed and dried thoroughly once
a day, using foot powder if necessary.
k. A clean pair of tights should be worn each day; support tights will
help prevent tired legs and varicose veins. Well-fitting low-heeled or flat
shoes without holes or peep toes will protect the feet and avoid pressure
points.
l. Working uniform should not be worn out of the salon. Outdoor
clothing worn to work should be changed in a cloakroom to prevent micro-
organisms being brought into the salon.
m. Therapists suffering from colds and infections should not treat
clients if possible, but the wearing of a surgical mask will greatly reduce the
risk of cross-infection.
n. Therapists must wash their hands before touching a client and after
cleaning the feet prior to the massage.
Activity 2:
True or False: Write T if the statement is correct and F if false.
_____1. Working uniform can be worn out of the salon.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
149
_____2. Underwear and tights should be changed daily and washed in hot
soapy water.
_____3. Wedding ring and small ear studs can be worn during the massage.
_____4. A daily bath or shower should be taken to maintain cleanliness of the
skin, hair and nails, and to remove stale sweat odours
_____5. Therapists must wash their hands before touching a client and after
cleaning the feet prior to the massage
PRE-WELLNESS MASSAGE PROCEDURE
Let‘s try this:
Activity 1.
Directions: Write three sentences answering each question if you have any
idea on how to perform body massage written inside the box. Use your quiz
notebook to accomplish this task.
What do you think is the most
important reason why we need to
have body massage??
Have you observed/learned one or
two of your family members
experienced having body massage?
Did they share it to you? Share it to
us.
What do you expect to learn in body
massage?
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
150
Let’s Begin:
For many treatments, caring hands are all you need to get started. For
others, sheets, blankets, pillows, towels and massage oils, lotions or creams
help you make the most of your massage time.
The goal of a massage is for both giver and receiver to feel good, so
while working, keep your body, mind and soul relax.
Preparations before the actual massage services
1. Preparation of client
a. Speak to the client in a polite and friendly manner.
b. Maintain client privacy at all times.
c. Take the client‘s outdoor clothes or show her/him where to
hang them.
d. Show the client the treatment area and shower room.
e. Ask the client to undress and give her/him a robe or towel to
wear.
f. Ask the client to remove all jewellery and place it in a bag for
safe keeping.
g. Instruct the client how to use the shower.
h. Bring the client back to the treatment area.
i. Carry out a client consultation and discuss the treatment. As
previously explained, the first consultation will be the longest but a
short consultation should take place before every treatment.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
151
j. Explain fully and ask if the client has any queries. Allow time for
the client to discuss problems and ask questions, and answer these
fully.
k. If the client has long hair, ask her/him to tie it up, or provide a
protective cover.
2.Psychological preparation of the therapist
Preparing the mind enhances concentration and co-ordination and
contributes to expertise and effectiveness of the massage.
a.Develop a calm, tranquil but positive attitude. It is important to
feel secure, confident and relaxed yourself as this is transmitted to
the client both by your attitude and through your hands.
b. Develop co-ordination between mind and body. The hands and
body must move as a whole – think of your foot position, posture,
arm/hand positions, speed, pressure and rhythm. Remember that
massage is a skill that must be learned and requires constant
practice to perform it well. It is very similar to learning to play a
musical instrument.
c. Develop sensory awareness, i.e. the ability to sense and visualize
structures through the hands. Through the sensory receptors in the
hands you learn to identify bony points, degrees of tone or tension in
muscles, and variations found on different tissues and different clients.
This ability only comes through practice and the experience of treating
a variety of different types of client, e.g.young, old, thin, obese, well
toned, poorly toned, tense or relaxed.
d. Learn to synchronize speed, rhythm and depth so that these
remain consistent throughout the treatment. These will vary
depending on the effects required (see page 174). Maximum
effectiveness of the treatment will occur only if these factors are
coordinated.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
152
3. Preparation of working area
Ensure that the working area affords the clients total privacy to change
and receive treatment without being overlooked by others.
a. The area may be a curtained section in a large salon, an individual
walled cubicle or a small massage room.
b. The therapist should ensure there is enough space to walk around
bed and work from all sides, and that there is room for a trolley with
commodities, and a stool.
c. The area should be warm, well-ventilated and draught free.
d. It should be quiet, peaceful and free from distracting noise. Soft
relaxing music may be played, but check with the client – some
clients prefer to be quiet.
e. The lighting should be soft and diffuse, not directed above the client
and shining into her/his face.
f. The colour scheme should be pale but warming, using pastel rather
than harsh bold colours.
g. The area must be spotlessly clean and tidy.
h. Items required during the massage must be neatly arranged on the
trolley shelf and protected with clean paper tissue or a small sheet.
i. A plentiful supply of clean laundered towels and linen should be to
hand.
j. Extra pillows, small support pillows or rolled towels should also be
onthe hand.
k. Shower and toilet facilities for the client‘s use should be accessible
and regularly cleaned.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
153
l. A hand basin or sink should be available for the therapist to wash
her/his hands.
m. Disposable towels or hot air dryers should be used to dry the
hands. These must all be scrupulously clean.
n. A lined bin should be on hand for disposal of waste.
4. Preparation of massage couch
a. Cover the entire surface with a towelling or cotton sheet – the fitte
types are best as they stay neat and tidy.
b. Next cover this with a large bath towel or cotton sheet. This must be
removed and boil-washed after each client and a clean one re-applied.
Many salons and colleges use disposable paper sheets (bed roll) to
save on the laundry – these are quite acceptable, but they can tear
and crumple during the massage and may interfere with some
movements.
c. Use one or two pillows for the head. Cover these with pillow slips
and then a towel.
d. Fold two large towels and place them at the foot of the bed. These
will be used to cover the client.
e. Place extra pillows, large and small, and a rolled towel on the trolley
for use if extra support is required during the massage.
5. Preparation of trolley or table
The following items should be laid out on the top shelf of the trolley:
a bottle of cologne – for cleaning the skin if the client has not takena
shower
b)a bottle of surgical spirit – to clean the feet
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
154
c)a good quality oil, lotion or cream – used as a medium for the
massage
d)talcum powder or corn starch – these powders may be used instead
of oil or cream as a massage medium. They work well for very
hairy clients.
e)a bowl containing tissues and balls of cotton wool
f )a bowl for placing the client‘s jewellery is sometimes used, but it is
much safer to ask the client to place jewellery in her/his bag and
place this under the couch.
Group demonstration on the preparations to be done before the
actual massage services
Divide the class into five groups. Ask each group to demonstrate the following
activities:
Group # 1: Preparation of client
Group # 2: Psychological preparation of the therapist
Group # 3: Preparation of working area
Group # 4 Preparation of massage couch
Group # 5: Preparation of trolley or table
Performance of the group will be evaluated using the scoring rubrics below:
Let’s Do it!
Enhancement Activity
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
155
Direction:
Let the teacher
assess your
performance in
the following
critical task and
performance
criteria.
OVER ALL EVALUATION
Level
Achieved
PERFORMANCE LEVELS
10 - Can perform this skill without supervision and
with initiative and adaptability to problem situations.
7 - Can perform this skill satisfactorily without
assistance or supervision.
5 - Can perform this skill satisfactorily but requires
some assistance and/or supervision.
3- Can perform parts of this skill satisfactorily, but
requires considerable assistance and/or supervision.
Instructor will achieve initial level.
Activity 1. Short Quiz
Direction: Put a check (√) mark if the statement is correct and a
Cross (X) mark if incorrect. Write your answer on a quiz
notebook.
_____1. A lined bin should be to hand for disposal of waste.
_____2. Cover the entire surface with a towelling or cotton sheet – the fitted
types are best as they stay neat and tidy.
_____3. The therapist should ensure there is enough space to walk around
the bed and work from all sides, and that there is room for a trolley
with commodities, and a stool.
_____4. Talcum powder or corn starch may be used instead of oil or cream
as a massage medium. They work well for very hairy clients.
_____5. Shower and toilet facilities for the client‘s use should be accessible
and regularly cleaned.
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES FOR WELLNESS MASSAGE
SESSION
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
156
Things sometimes are left undone when employees are confuse on
who is responsible for carrying out certain activities. Who has not heard the
excuses such as “It’s not my job. I thought so-and-so was supposed to do
that. That’s our responsibility‖. And the worst is when no one bothers to take
the responsibility.
Well explained job descriptions can make people work with ease and
confidence especially when dealing with clients. This reduces the chances of
errors, keeps employees focused, takes pride, and does work professionally.
1. Staff Appearance - All spas should have a clear policy that
describes the acceptable dress code and physical appearance for
staff members. Many spas prohibit certain items of clothing, such
as tank tops, jeans, cut-off shorts, flip flops or mini-skirts.
Management may also request that staff members wear clothing
that follows current fashion trends. Some spas may issue staff
uniforms to eliminate issues or institute a dress code that calls for
all employees to wear the same color clothing. Female staff
members may be required to wear makeup and have their hair
pulled back.
2. Telephone Procedure - All spa staff members must answer
telephones in a courteous, friendly manner. Most spas require that
phone calls be answered in a certain number of rings, so customers
are not kept waiting. They may also have an office greeting that
staff members are required to say when answering the phone. Staff
is usually instructed not to place calls on hold without asking for the
caller‘s permission or keep customers on hold for longer than a
minute. Before hanging up a call, staff members must repeat
pertinent information, such as the scheduled appointment date,
time and service.
3. Client Consultation - During consultations, spa employees should
learn exactly what clients hope to get out of a spa treatment. They
must read the client‘s record prior to the consultation to see what
previous services have been performed. Spa staff should then
discuss details that are pertinent to the specific service, such as the
client‘s skin or hair type, if they are prone to allergic reactions or if
they have physical conditions that might be aggravated by certain
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
157
types of massage. Spa employees should then explain the client‘s
options and help her make an informed decision about what
treatment she should have performed. Once a service has been
chosen, the procedure should be explained to the client in detail so
she knows what to expect.
4. Service Procedures - Each service provided by the spa should
have an established procedure when administered to clients.
Guidelines vary based on the specific treatment. Manicure and
pedicure workers must be sure to sterilize all equipment.
Aestheticians must monitor clients to ensure that they are not
having an allergic reaction. Massage therapists must make sure
that clients are comfortable with the manner in which they are
draped by towels or sheets.
5. Housekeeping Procedures - One of the most critical aspects of a
spa‘s standard operating procedures is their housekeeping policy.
Clients will be turned off by dirty, unsanitary conditions, and the spa
may face health code violations as well. Laundry must be done on
a daily basis so there is a plentiful stock of clean towels and sheets
in service areas and changing rooms. Floors should be swept
throughout the day and mopped at the close of business each
night. Carpeting should be vacuumed as well. Trash must be
thrown out throughout the day, and any hazardous materials must
be disposed of immediately. In addition, spa equipment and
supplies must be sanitized after use on each client.
Activity 1. Concept Mapping
Direction: Discuss with your group mates and choose a certain area to
draft Standard Operating Procedure using Concept Mapping. Be
ready for a class presentation. Use the pattern to construct your
idea.
Enhancement Activity
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
158
Rubrics for Evaluation:
Area Presentation Very Good
(15)
Good
(10)
Needs
Improvement
(5)
Hygiene and Infection Control Practices
Reporting of Injuries, Diseases and Dangerous Occurrences
Regulations 1985 (RIDDOR)
 By law the following incidents must be reported:
Procedure
Details
Details
Details
Details
Details
Details
Details
Details
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
159
 deaths
 Major injuries or poisonings
 Any accident where the person injured is away from work for more
than three days
 Injuries where members of the public are taken to hospital
 Diseases contracted at work
 Dangerous occurrences that did not result in reportable injury but might
have done.
Tasks to Ensure a Clean, Sanitary, and Safe Facility
END OF BUSINESS DAY
1. Wash all bowls, implements, application brushes, trays, and other
equipment with hot, soapy water and wipe with a disinfectant before
storing them in closed containers.
2. Wash cloth products such as massage sheets, blankets, robes,
slippers, hand towels, bath towels, and shower mats in hot water with
detergent and dry using heat before storing in a closed container.
3. Deep clean and disinfect bathrooms.
4. Clean floors, clean and disinfect items in the reception area, clean any
beverage service items, clean common areas, and disinfect items such
as handrails and doorknobs.
5. Empty and disinfect trash bins.
WEEKLY
1. Clean windows, window frames, and window ledges.
2. Deep clean the reception area and wipe down chairs, the beverage
service, magazines, and decorative side tables.
3. Wipe down shelving used to hold retail items and dust retail items.
4. Dust light fixtures, picture frames, the music system, shelving, and
decorative items in the treatment room.
5. Organize CDs, storage cabinets, and supplies.
6. Check smoke detectors to ensure they are in good working order.
7. Check and replace light bulbs both inside and outside the facility.
8. Water and dust plants.
Activity 1:
Direction: Group the following task in its specific time table. Write the letter
on the table below. Use your quiz notebook to accomplish this
task.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
160
a. Check smoke detectors to ensure they are in good working order.
b. Deep clean and disinfect bathrooms.
c. Disinfect the lubricant container or bottles used to hold spa product.
d. Organize CDs, storage cabinets, and supplies.
e. Change bath mats and towels if shower or tub has been used.
f. Deep clean the reception area and wipe down chairs, the beverage
service, magazines, and decorative side tables.
j. Open doors and windows to ventilate room.
h. If a hydrotherapy tub or foot basin with jets has been used, the jets
must be flushed with bleach or the manufacturer's recommended
cleaner and dried.
i. Wash cloth products such as massage sheets, blankets, robes,
slippers, hand towels, bath towels, and shower mats in hot water with
detergent and dry using heat before storing in a closed container.
j. Clean floors, clean and disinfect items in the reception area, clean
any beverage service items, clean common areas, and disinfect items
such as handrails and doorknobs.
End of Business Day Weekly
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
PERFORM SELF-ASSESSMENT FOR WELLNESS MASSAGE SESSION
The consultation is a very important part of the treatment.
Sufficient time must be allowed so that it is not rushed. This is the time to
gather and exchange information. The initial consultation will be the longest
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
161
IMPORTANT:
Before doing the actual massage, get client‘s
body temperature and blood pressure.
and provide detailed information, which must be accurately recorded on a
treatment card. This must be filed in a safe and accessible place and used
each time the client attends for treatment. Before subsequent treatments, a
brief consultation is usually sufficient to establish the effects and outcomes of
the previous treatments and whether any changes are to be made or further
action is to be taken.
METHODS OF SCANNING
Importance of doing detailed consultation prior to massage
 to introduce yourself and get to know the client
 to establish a rapport with the client and put her/him at ease
 to develop mutual trust and gain the client‘s confidence
 to gain information on the client‘s past and present state of mental and
physical health
 to identify any contra-indications
 to gain insight into the client‘s lifestyle, responsibilities, work
environment, leisure activities etc
 to identify the client‘s needs and expectations of the treatment
 to establish the most appropriate form of treatment and to discuss and
agree this with the client
 to explain the treatment fully to the client, including the procedure,
expected effects, timing and frequency
Activity 1.
Direction: Create a simple Client‘s Information Sheet.
Rubrics for Evaluation:
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
162
25% 15% 10%
A. Communication Skills
B. Self Confidence
C. Establishing Rapport
D. Clients Response to
information asked
PERFORM WELLNESS MASSAGE TECHNIQUES
Let’s try...
Activity 1. TV Presentation
Direction: View this download presentation through your television set
(https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2jTIIFhFi-o). Write a five-
sentence-reaction about the documentary you have just
watched. Use the following guide questions. Use your activity
notebook to accomplish this task.
Let’s start...
TAWAS: Traditional Alternative/Asian Wellness Analytic System
Our ancestors are well-known when it comes to wellness massage.
TAWAS is a Filipino Traditional spiritual diagnostic system used by Hilot in
determining the cause of illness of the patient.
Now-a-days, PJHA re-develop TAWAS as Hilot modality in determining
illness through Traditional Alternative/Asian Wellness Analytic System.
Hilot Wellness Modern Tawas consist of the following:
a. Palpation of hot and cold syndrome (Pagkapa)
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
163
Hilot Pagkapa is done with the palm at surface of the hand palpating
the body surface of the patient in determining balance of hot and cold.
b. Palpation of skin tissues/ and stiff muscles (Pagsasalat)
Hilot Pagsalat uses tips of the fingers in determining stiffness and
knotting of muscles and tissues. The objective of this procedure is to
palpate parts of the body for presence of lumps, protuberances, swelling,
c. Palpating the activities of the internal organs through pulse
(Pagpupulso)
Hilot Pagpupulso is a traditional Asian/ oriental way of determining the
activity of internal organs by observing the characteristics of the pulse.
d. Use of banana leaf strip in determining energetic balance (Pagsasala/
Panghihila)
Uses banana leaf strip coated in virgin coconut oil and heated through
a candle flame and apply to the body of the patient to determine energetic
balance.
Massage Pressure Areas
Learning the basics
You don‘t need to be a massage therapist to give a massage. You can
use simple touch techniques to help heal and soothe your friends and loved
ones – and even yourself and relieve pain, to give pleasure or simply to
express love.
Basic Massage Pressure Areas
Hands
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
164
(Redraw
The body has lines of energy that end in specific zones in your hand
HANDS
FOOT
Zone 1 – connects to the
head and neck
Zone 4 – links to the
digestive tract and the
area below the navel.
Zone 2 – links with the
chest and lungs
Zone 3 – corresponds to
the organs above
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
165
Interpretation
Face
Zone 1 – link with the head and neck and
the ball of thefoot
Zone 2 – links to the chest and shoulders.
Zone 3 – connects to the organs beneath
the ribs butabove the navel
Zone 4 – corresponds to the lower
abdomen and pelvis
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
166
Body
Activity 1. Practice
Ask a partner to press the following pressure points as instructed by the
teacher.
Rubrics for Scoring:
Enhancement Activity
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
167
Time Duration 25%
Pressure 25%
Effect 50%
PERFORM THE PRE-MASSAGE OPERATION THROUGH HANDS AND
FINGERS
Effects of Massage Strokes
When massage techniques are applied to the body, they can affect it
through two different response pathways. Mechanical responses to
techniques occur as a direct result of the manipulation of the tissues from
components such as pressure, range of motion, and the pushing, pulling,
lifting, compressing, and twisting of the tissue.
Changes to the body as a result of these effects include increased
circulation to the area, changes in fluid movement, increased pliability of the
tissue, and reduction of adhesions.
The other type of response is called a reflexive response and is the
result of changes directed through the nervous system. When the nerves in
the area are stimulated, they create a response either locally or systemically.
Examples of reflexive responses include the reduction of blood
pressure through the increased diameter of blood vessels, the decreased
arousal of the sympathetic nervous system, and changes in hormone levels.
While these responses are discussed separately, they are closely related and
often occur simultaneously.
THE FOUR MAIN GROUPS OF MASSAGE STROKES
1. Effleurage
2. Petrissage
3. Percussion or Tapotement
4. Vibrations
1. Effleurage
It is where the hands skim over the surface of the tissues The word
‗effleurage‘ comes from the French verb effleurer, which means ‗to skim over‘.
There are two manipulations within this group:
 effleurage
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
168
 stroking.
Differences between effleurage and stroking
EFFLEURAGE Stroking
 Effleurage must always follow
the direction of venous return
back to the heart and the
direction of lymphatic
drainage towards the nearest
group of lymphatic nodes
 Stroking may be performed in
any direction. The pressure
during effleurage may be
light, moderate or heavy, but
always increases at the end
of the stroke towards the
lymphatic nodes. The
pressure of stroking is
selected at the
commencement and is
maintained throughout. It also
may be light, moderate or
heavy pressure depending on
the type of massage given.
 When performing effleurage,
hand contact is maintained
during the return of the stroke,
although little pressure is
applied.
 When performing stroking, the
hands may maintain contact
or may lift off the part on
return.
Effleurage Technique
1. Ensure that the client is warm and
comfortable.
2. Take up a walk standing position
with the outside foot forward:
make sure you can reach all
parts.
3. Remember to bend the front knee
as the movement progresses and
use body weight to apply pressure
(pressure must not be applied
through the arms and shoulders
alone). Keep your back straight.
4. Ensure that your hands are warm,
relaxed and supple – they must
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
169
mould and adapt to the body contours.
5. The hands must move in the direction of venous return back to the
heart, beginning distally and working proximally.
6. The strokes must be directed towards, and end at, a group of
lymphatic nodes wherever possible.
7. The pressure should increase slightly at the end of the stroke.
8. The hands maintain contact on the return of stroke but apply little
pressure.
9. The movement must be smooth and rhythmical, with continuous
flow and even pressure.
10.The whole of the palmar surface of the hand, fingers and thumb
should maintain contact with the body in a relaxed manner. (Do not
extend, abduct or link the thumbs, and do not spread the fingers
out, as these habits will give uneven pressure.)
11.The hands usually work together with even pressure and rhythm.
However, the hands may be used alternately when care must be
taken to maintain an even pressure under each hand and to
synchronise the flow and rhythm.
12.On small areas, one hand may work while the other supports the
tissues. On very small areas such as the face, fingers or toes, the
thumbs only may be used in a sweeping action.
StrokeTechnique
1. The therapist‘s stance
depends on the direction of
movement – walk standing
(one foot in front of the
other) if working top to
bottom, stride standing (feet
apart) if working from side to
side.
2. The hands must be
warm, relaxed and supple;
they may mould and adapt
to the contours of the body
but this is not always so.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
170
3. The wrists must be very flexible and loose.
4. The movement can be performed in any direction.
5. The pressure is selected at the commencement of the stroke and
maintained throughout the stroke. This pressure may be light to
moderate for a relaxing massage, or firm and heavy for a vigorous
massage.
6. The movements must be rhythmical with continuous flow. The hands
may or may not be lifted off the part at the end of the stroke.
7. The whole of the palmar surface of the hand, fingers and thumb may
remain in contact with the part, or the fingers only may be used.
8. The hands usually work alternately, one hand commencing a stroke
as the other reaches the end.
9. The hands may work in opposite directions if working across the
back, one beginning on the right side, the other on the left side, then
crossing the back. Stroking is frequently performed from the nape of
the neck to
the base of the spine, or transversely across the abdomen, back or
thigh.
AREA FOR MANIPULATION
A. Head - use pinching, sliding and pressed release manipulation
- pinching – is to squeeze between your thumb and finger often in a
painful way
- sliding -
- pressed release -
 Shoulder – use figure of eight tech-kneading or gliding
 Forearm – use sliding and thumb walking
 Hand – use press release, slide and rotate
B. Back Area
Procedure in Massaging Back Area
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
171
Step 1: Starting on the back use a smooth stroking movement ―gliding‖
downwards with thumb on either side of the spine ( do not press the
bones – outside them) and then take the hands to the side and glide
back up the shoulders
Step 2 : From kneeling position at your partner‘s side use the whole of
your hand and a smooth stroking movement to pull up steadily. One
hand at a time working all the way up and down one side of partners
back few time then repeat to other side.
Step 3: Squeeze the muscles from one hand to the others, to knead
the muscles of the back of the shoulder and release deep selected
muscles tension, make sure you knead generously, rather than using
pinching movement, repeat to the other side.
Step 4: Stretch the back using forearm to glide in different direction, try
to keep a constant, steady pressure. Lift off the arm when they reach
the neck and buttocks. Return to the centre of the back and repeat
a few times.
C. Leg Area
Procedure in massage of the leg area
Step 1: moving down to the lower extremities – foot area, press the
muscles of the scalp then protect the tendon area.
Step 2: Do not put over pressure on the area behind the knee, but
glide over knead the back of the thigh, then stroke all the way up leg
handover hand, always moving in an upward direction repeat on leg.
D. Foot Area
Procedure in massaging the foot area.
Step 1. . Use the stroke of press on, release, rotate and slide, repeat
these movement to the other side of the foot
After Care – end of Manipulation
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
172
Use the mild warm-up, massage for the ending manipulation, sliding
from the back of shoulder up to the buttock then up to the channel of leg and
foot.
Activity1. Get your pair and perform the following manipulation. Use the
rating below:
Time Duration 25%
Pressure 25%
Effect 50%
2. Petrissage
This comes from the French verb pétrir meaning ‗to knead. There are
five manipulations in this group, but some can be further subdivided:
1. kneading
2. wringing
3. picking up
4. skin and muscle rolling
5. frictions.
All the manipulations in this group apply pressure to the tissues, but
each manipulation differs in technique. The true kneading manipulations
apply pressure to the tissue and move them over underlying bone in a circular
movement. However, other manipulations have evolved where the tissues are
lifted away from the bone, squeezed and then released. Some of the
manipulations in this group are quite difficult to perform and much practice is
needed to perfect them.
2.1 Kneading
There are many forms of kneading. The terminology used for each one
will tell you what should be done, so study them carefully.
Enhancement Activity
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
173
2.1.a Palmar kneading: this is kneading with the palmar surface of the
hand. There are different forms of palmar kneading.
2.1.b Digital kneading: this is kneading with the digits (i.e. the fingers)
index, middle and ring fingers are usually used.
2.1.c Thumb kneading: this is kneading with the thumbs.
2.1.dUlnar border kneading: this is kneading with the ulnar border of
the hand (ulnar bone or little finger side).
Activity 1: Demonstration
Student will find a partner and perform effleurage. Ask your partner to
give you his/her rating.
Time Duration 25%
Pressure 25%
Effect 50%
2.2 Wringing
Wringing is a manipulation where the tissues are lifted away from the
bone, and pushed and wrung from side to side as the hands move up and
down. It must not be used on over-stretched muscles or those with poor tone.
Technique
1. The stance is usually stride standing.
2. The hands must be warm, relaxed and supple.
3. The tissues are grasped in the palm of the hand and held between the
fingers and thumb (taking care not to pinch).
Enhancement Activity
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
174
4. The tissues are lifted away from the bone. The tissues are moved
diagonally from side to side by pushing the fingers of one hand
towards the thumb of the opposite hand.
5. Keeping the tissues in the palm and lifted away from the bone, the
hands move up and down along the length of the part, pushing the
flesh from side to side. Do not pinch with the thumbs and fingers of the
same hand.
6. The hands work up and down until the area is well covered and return
to starting point.
2.3 Picking Up
Picking up is also a manipulation where the tissues are lifted away
from the bone, squeezed and released. It may be performed with one hand or
with both hands. It must not be used on stretched muscles or those with poor
tone.
2.3.a Single-handed picking up: technique
This method is performed with one hand grasping the muscle.
1. The stance is walk standing.
2. Spread the thumb away from the fingers, i.e. abduct the thumb.
3. Place the thumb on one side of the muscle or group and the fingers
together on the other side.
4. Grasp and lift the muscle in the palm of the hand, squeezing with the
thumb and fingers (do not pinch).
5. Release the muscle and move the hand forward, pushing upward with
the palm and web of the abducted thumb. Slight flexion and extension
of the wrist accompanies this movement.
6. The hand moves upwards in this manner, picking up, squeezing,
releasing and moving on.
7. The hand may work up and down, or it may work up and slide back
down.
8. Use the other hand to support the tissues.
2.4 Skin Rolling
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
175
This manipulation presses and rolls the skin and subcutaneous tissues
against underlying bone.
Technique
1. The stance is stride standing.
2. Place the hands flat over the area with the
3. Thumbs abducted.
4. Lift and push the flesh with the fingers towards the thumbs.
5. Roll this flesh, using the thumbs moving across towards the fingers.
6. Move smoothly onto a lower area and then work back.
2.5 Muscle Rolling
This manipulation lifts the muscle away from the bone and moves it
from side to side in a rocking manner.
Technique
1. The stance is stride standing.
2. Place the thumbs nail to nail in a straight line on one side of the muscle
and place the fingers over the other side.
3. Grasp and lift the muscle away from the bone.
4. Push the muscle with the thumbs towards the fingers, which give
slightly as the muscle moves.
5. Push the muscle back towards the thumbs, using the fingers in the
same way.
6. Push the muscle backwards and forwards, applying pressure into the
muscle and using a rocking action.
7. Move along the muscle by sliding the hands.
2.6. Frictions
These are much localized manipulations performed with the fingers or
thumb. They may be applied transversely across muscle fibres or in a circular
movement. They are deep movements performed with much pressure. The
pressure may be selected at the commencement and kept constant
throughout, as is usual with transverse frictions, or the pressure may get
progressively deeper, as with circular frictions. The pressure must, however,
be completely released before moving on to a new area. Frictions are
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
176
performed on dry skin, free of oil or talcum powder, so that the fingers move
the skin and do not slip over it.
Remember these are specialised movements, used when localized
depth and pressure is required. They should not be confused with digital or
thumb kneading, which applies constant upward pressure using a circular
movement.
Fast stroking is also sometimes referred to as brisk friction because
the hands do apply friction to the area, but this covers a large area and is not
localised
2.6.a Circular Frictions
These are small circular movements performed by the fingers or
thumb.
Technique
1. The stance is usually walk standing.
2. Select and examine the small localised area where frictions are
required.
3. Stroke it gently with the sweeping thumb or palm.
4. Use the thumb or the fingers: the middle finger is usually used to
reinforce the index and ring fingers.
5. Do not hyper-extend any joints when applying pressure, as this will
strain and damage the joints. Keep the fingers straight.
6. Circular frictions are performed in small circles, moving deeper and
deeper into the tissues to a maximum depth, then released. Repeat
three to four times over the same spot and then move to another area
as required.
7. The fingers or thumb must not slide or rub over the surface of the skin,
but the superficial tissues must move with the fingers over the deeper
ones.
8. Areas requiring frictions may be tender and care must be taken not to
cause unnecessary pain through excessive pressure.
9. Effleurage or stroke the area frequently between friction manipulations
and at the end of the treatment.
3. Percussion or tapotement: where the hands strike the tissues
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
177
There are four manipulations in this group, named according to the
position of the hands and the way in which they strike the part:
1. Hacking
2. Cupping
3. Beating
4. Pounding
3.1. Hacking
This manipulation uses the ulnar border of the hand and the
little finger, ring and middle fingers to strike the tissues in a light, springy,
brisk manner. The forearm must alternately pronate and supinate to allow
the fingers to strike the part. The hands strike alternately.
Technique
1. The stance should be stride standing, with the feet a good distance
apart and the knees relaxed or bent, keeping the back straight.
2. Place the hands together with the fingers straight as in prayer, thumbs
against chest.
3. Take the elbows away from the sides, i.e. abduct the shoulder joint.
The wrists will now be extended at an 80–90° angle.
4. Place the arms parallel and just above the part to be worked on.
5. Supinate and pronate the forearm so that the little fingers strike the
part lightly and then lift away.
6. Practice this action until the arms roll easily.
7. Now practice the whole procedure. Part the hands and strike the part
alternately(remember to keep the elbows out and wrists extended).
8. Relax or slightly flex the fingers and, keeping the same action, strike
the part alternately with the ulnar border of the little, ring and middle
fingers.
9. Strike lightly, briskly and rhythmically with alternate hands.
10.Work up and down or across an area – cover thoroughly.
11.The hands may also diverge – the heels of the hand stay close but the
fingers diverge forming a ‗/‘ shape. This is useful over the upper fibres
of the trapezius, below the nape of the neck.
3. 2. Cupping
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
178
Cupping (also known as clapping) is performed using the cupped
hands to strike the part alternately. The movements are light and brisk,
producing a hollow sound.
Technique
1. The stance is stride standing, as for hacking.
2. Make a hollow shape with the hand by flexing themetacarpo-
phalangeal joints (knuckle joints). Keepthe thumb in contact with the
index finger.
3. Straighten the elbows – they may flex and extend slightlywith the
movement.
4. Place the hands on the part.
5. Flex and extend the wrist as the hands lift up and
downalternately; keep the wrists loose and flexible.
6. Strike the part lightly and briskly with the fingers, part of the palm
and heel of the hand.
7. The hands should clap the area, making a hollow sound. Avoid a
slapping noise, whichwill occur if the hands are too flat. This will
sting and be uncomfortable for the client.
8. Work up and down or across the area. Cover it thoroughly four to
six times until anerythema is produced.
3. 3 Beating
This is a heavier percussion movement that is useful on very large
heavy areas of adipose tissue, particularly over the buttocks and thighs. The
manipulation is performed by striking the area with a loosely clenched fist.
The back of the fingers and heel of the hands strike the part as the hands
alternately drop heavily onto the area.
Technique
1. The stance is stride standing.
2. Loosely clench the fingers; keep the thumb against the hand.
3. Straighten the elbows.
4. Place the loosely clenched hands on the part so that the back of the
fingers and heel of the hand lie in contact with the part.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
179
5. Extend and flex the wrist and lift the arms slightly so that the hands fall
alternately and heavily on the part.
6. Work up and down or across the area and ensure that you cover it
thoroughly four to six times.
7. The movement should be brisk and rhythmical. The pressure can vary
from light to heavy, depending on the required outcome and the type of
tissue being worked on. Well-toned bulky muscles or a depth of
adipose tissue (fat) will be suitable for heavier pressure.
8. It is usual to work with both hands striking the part alternately, but it is
possible over small or awkward areas to use one hand only, supporting
the tissues with the other.
3.4. Pounding
This, again, is a heavy percussion movement, performed by the ulnar
border (little finger side) of the loosely clenched fist. The side of the hands
strikes the part alternately.
Technique
1. The stance is stride standing.
2. Loosely clench the fingers.
3. Place the ulnar border of the hands on the part, with one hand slightly
in front of the other.
4. Lift the front hand and strike behind the back hand as the back hand
lifts off the part.
5. Continue to circle the hands over each other, striking the part
alternately with each hand.
6. The movement should be brisk and rhythmical. The pressure can vary
from light to heavy, depending on the desired effect and density of
tissue.
7. Cover the area thoroughly four to six times, or until the desired
erythema reaction is achieved.
Activity 2: Demonstration
Student will find a partner and perform effleurage. Ask you partner to
give you his rating.
Enhancement Activity
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
180
Time Duration 25%
Pressure 25%
Effect 50%
4.Vibrations
There are two manipulations in this group: shaking and vibration. Both
produce vibrations or tremors within the tissues. Shaking is a much bigger,
coarser movement and produces shaking of the muscle, while vibrations are
fine movements that merely produce a tremor.
4.1Vibration
This manipulation is usually performed with one hand. However, on large
areas both hands can be used. The hand is placed over the area and vibrated
either up and down or from side to side. The action produces vibrations in the
underlying tissue.
Technique
1. The stance is walk standing or stride standing.
2. Support the part with one hand.
3. Place the other hand on the part.
4. Keep the fingers straight and the thumb adducted.
5. Vibrate the hand up and down or from side to side to produce a
tremor in the tissues. The hand maintains contact throughout.
6.Avoid tension developing in the working hand, arm and shoulder.
Activity 1: Demonstration
Student will find a partner and perform effleurage. Ask you partner to
give you his rating.
Time Duration 25%
Pressure 25%
Enhancement Activity
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
181
Effect 50%
Customized Amount of Pressure Applied
Manipulations should be selected to suit the client and personal
preference or expertise. There are, however, basic rules and guidelines.
 Comfort: massage must always be comfortable. It must not hurt or
injure the client, even the vigorous and stimulating techniques.
 Direction: pressure must be applied in the direction of venous drainage
towards the heart and the direction of lymphatic drainage to the
nearest lymphatic nodes. (Do not pull back what you have pushed
along as this is counter-productive.)
 Order: begin with effleurage, follow with applicable petrissage
manipulations then percussion if suitable, and complete with
effleurage. Effleurage and stroking may be interspersed among any of
the other manipulations.
 Continuity: massage should be continuous – the transition between
strokes should be barely perceptible. The hands should not be lifted off
the area once treatment has commenced until that area is completed.
Move smoothly from one stroke to another.
 Speed: this must be selected according to the type of massage required
– slow for relaxing, moderate for a general massage, and faster for a
vigorous, stimulating massage.
 Depth: this must be selected according to the type of massage, as
described – moderate depth for a relaxing and general massage,
deeper for a vigorous massage. Depth must also be adjusted to suit
the client and the desired outcome of the treatment. For example,
young, fit clients will take greater depth than older clients; well-toned
clients will take greater depth than those with loose, flabby muscles or
thin clients; obese clients or those with specific areas of hard adipose
tissue will require greater depth. Those accustomed to massage
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
182
generally prefer a deeper massage than new nervous clients. (Always
ask the client if manipulations are too deep or not deep enough.)
 Rhythm: this must be consistent regardless of the type of client. The
rhythm is selected at the beginning of the massage and maintained
throughout, e.g. slow rhythm for a relaxing massage, moderate for a
general, and a faster rhythm for a vigorous massage.
 Stance: protect yourself from strain and injury by adopting the correct
posture. There are two standing positions used in massage:
a) walk standing (i.e. with one foot in front of the other) is used when
massaging up and down the length of the body
b) stride standing (i.e. with the feet apart) is used when working
across the body. Always keep the back straight and the shoulders
relaxed.
c) Allow the knees to bend when necessary to apply body weight and
to reach all areas. Increased depth and pressure must come from
body weight transmitted through the arms, but not by pushing with
the arms. Use a slight swaying body movement to achieve this.
Keep the feet apart – this improves balance and provides stability,
as it gives a wider base.
 Concentration: maintain your concentration throughout the massage.
Although massage movements become semi-automatic as expertise
develops, it is still important to concentrate fully on the task in hand.
Continuity and rhythm will suffer if there is a lapse in concentration,
and this is transmitted to the client.
 Coverage: cover the whole area thoroughly. Do not neglect small areas
as this will result in uneven coverage.
Duration of Application of Pressure
The timing of a body massage is usually one hour but may be
longer. The order of covering the body is usually:
➛right leg 7 minutes
➛left leg 7 minutes
➛left arm 5 minutes
➛right arm 5 minutes
➛décolleté 5 minutes
➛abdomen 5 minutes
➛back of legs 6 minutes
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
183
➛back 20 minutes
Activity 1.Multiple-Choice
Direction: Choose the letter that best describes the statement. Write the
answers on your quiz notebook.
1. The hand is placed over the area and vibrated either up and down or from
side to side. The action produces vibrations in the underlying
tissue.
b. Vibration b. Pounding c. Frictions d. Cupping
2. This massage strokes apply pressure to the tissues.
a. Vibration b. Knead c. beating d. Petrissage
3. Massage strokes that skim the surface of the tissues.
a. Vibration b. Effleurage c. beating d. Petrissage
4. This manipulation lifts the muscle away from the bone and moves it from
side to side in a rocking manner.
a. Vibration b. Effleurage c. Muscle rolling d. Petrissage
5. Massage strokes where the hands strike the tissues.
a. Vibration b. Effleurage c. Taponement d. Petrissage
Activity 2. Pair Activity
Direction: Work in pairs - one will play as a client/customer and the other
will be the therapist. Demonstrate all massage manipulations at various
speeds, depths and rhythms. Change roles after performing. Rate one
another using the checklist below. After the task, submit the checklist to your
teacher for interpretation.
Rubrics for Evaluation:
Massage
Manipulations
Time Duration
25%
Pressure
25%
Effect
50%
Effleurage
Taponement
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
184
Petrissage
Vibration
OBSERVE POLICIES AND STANDARDS OF THE WORKPLACE.
Health, Safety and Welfare Regulations Applicable to the
Massage/Beauty Therapist
The Workplace (Health, Safety and Welfare) Regulations 1992
This regulation covers health, safety and welfare in the workplace.
Workplace means any place where people are employed or are self
employed; it includes the outdoor areas such as paths, etc
Health issues under this Act include:
A) ADEQUATE VENTILATION
Premises must be well ventilated, removing stale air and drawing in fresh
clean air without draughts.
B) COMFORTABLE WORKING TEMPERATURE
It is difficult to select the temperature to suit everybody: around 16°C is
recommended. The temperature should be comfortable for working but the
client will usually be inactive and may feel cold; make sure that she/he is
also warm enough.
C) ADEQUATE LIGHTING
Lighting must be adequate to enable people to work and move around
safely. It should be suitable for the treatment in progress; low soft lighting
is desirable for some massage routines.
D) CLEANLINESS AND HYGIENE
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
185
Premises must be cleaned regularly to the highest standard. Floors, walls
and ceilings together with furnitures and fittings should be washed and
disinfected when possible. All towels and sheets used should be boil-
washed after each client. Hygiene is discussed later in this chapter.
E) WASTE
Waste must be stored in suitable, covered bins and disposed of in
accordance with regulations. Disposable needles must be placed in a
‗sharps box‘ for collection.
F) ADEQUATE SPACE FOR WORKING
Cubicles containing a couch, trolley, chair, stools and waste bin should be
large enough for the therapist and client to move around easily. There
should be adequate space for all staff to move around easily in the salon
without having to negotiate obstacles.
G) MAINTENANCE OF EQUIPMENT
Everything in the workplace, the equipment and systems, should be
maintained in efficient working order. If a fault occurs in any machine or
other equipment, it must be taken out of use immediately. It must be
clearly labelled ‗FAULTY, OUT OF USE‘ and stored away from the
working area. The fault must be reported and the appropriate action taken
to repair it.
H) FLOORS AND TRAFFIC ROUTES
a. Floors should be sound and even, with a non-slippery surface and
must be kept free of obstacles. Any spillages such as water, oil,
powder etc, should be wiped up immediately because they will make
the floor slippery, which may result in someone slipping and falling.
b. Doors should be wide enough for easy access and exit; stairs should
be sound and well lit. A handrail should be provided on at least one
side of the stairs.
I) FALLS AND FALLING OBJECTS
a. Every effort must be made to prevent anyone falling on the premises.
b. Sound, even, non-slip floors will help. Leads should not trail across the
floor but should lie along the wall; stools and bins should be stored
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
186
under couches; other equipment must not be left around but must be
stored correctly.
c. Every effort must be made to prevent objects falling and injuring
people. Storage shelves must be checked regularly and examined for
any damage that may weaken them.
d. Objects should be stored and stacked safely in such a way that they
are not likely to fall. Shelves should not be overloaded and should
have maximum load notices.
J) WINDOWS
These should be clean and open easily. Ensure that people cannot walk
into them if they are open.
K) SANITARY CONVENIENCES
Toilets and washing facilities should be available to all persons. These
rooms should be clean (cleaned and disinfected regularly), well lit and
ventilated. There should be hot and cold running water, soap (preferably in
a dispenser), and drying facilities such as paper towels or dry air
machines (to prevent the spread of micro-organisms).
L) DRINKING WATER
An adequate supply of fresh drinking water must be provided, either direct
mains water, a chilled water dispenser or bottled water.
M) CHANGING ROOMS
These rooms must be clean, suitable and secure, where outer garments
can be removed and uniforms put on. Changing rooms are also desirable
for clients although the cubicles too may be used if privacy for the user
can be ensured.
N) FACILITIES FOR RESTING AND EATING
Food and drink should not be consumed in the treatment cubicles or in the
salon. A clean room should be allocated for eating. Adequate comfortable
chairs should be provided as well as a table or tables on which to place
food and drink.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
187
Activity 1: Visit a Massage Parlor nearest to your place and make an
interview if these policies and standards of the workplace on Health, Safety
Regulations are being observed. Rate all these according to
POLICIES 15 10 5
A. ADEQUATE VENTILATION
B. COMFORTABLE WORKING TEMPERATURE
C. ADEQUATE LIGHTING
D. CLEANLINESS AND HYGIENE
E. WASTE
F. ADEQUATE SPACE FOR WORKING
G. MAINTENANCE OF EQUIPMENT
H. FLOORS AND TRAFFIC ROUTES
I. FALLS AND FALLING OBJECTS
J. WINDOWS
K. SANITARY CONVENIENCES
L. DRINKING WATER
M. CHANGING ROOMS
N. FACILITIES FOR RESTING AND EATING
ASSIST CLIENTS SATISFACTORY RESPONSE
Client Responses
Assessing your client‘s satisfaction with all aspects of the Wellness
Massage services, you provide valuable input to guide modifications and
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
188
improvement in service delivery. The tool specifically develops for this
growing sector/industry provides some background on why it is important to
collect client satisfaction feedback. Furthermore, this tool discusses the
timing, frequency, and options for data collection. Additionally, the tool
describes how to analyze and use client satisfaction results to plan
improvements in client services.
Why Conduct Client Satisfaction Assessments?
Conducting client satisfaction activities can help you to:
 Identify opportunities for service improvements;
 Identify what clients want as opposed to what you or your staff think they
want; and
 Provide feedback to service delivery staff, management, and others about
program effectiveness.
Steps in the Process
In order to carryout successful client satisfaction activities, the following
steps should be completed:
1. Decide what you want to look at and learn. Research shows there are six
basic areas of the most concern to clients. Those areas are: Amenities;
People Skills; Environment; Medical Expertise; Affordability and Systems.
2. Choose which method you want to use to collect information from clients
about their satisfaction with your services.
3. Select who will be involved in collecting information from clients and
prepare them for that role.
4. Interpret the data you obtain from clients so you can use it to improve
services.
5. Share the results with staff and get them involved in planning
improvements.
Activity. Assess Your Skill
Direction: Look 2 clients and conduct Client Satisfaction Assessments.
They will rate your performance using the scale below.
Name: _____________ Gender:_____________
Age: ________________
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
189
5 4 3 2 1
1. Massage therapist appearance
a. The therapist wear clean garment
b. Therapist has short hair or neatly tied
c. Has short nails
2. Communication
a. Instructions are being given from time to time
b. My queries were all answered well
3. Preparing clients for body massage
a. A short interview was carried out
b. A short orientation was done
4. Massage technique
a. I feel secure during the session.
b. use of oils and other essences were used
c. Pressure in every strokes suits to my need
Over all Rating ________
Test I. Multiple Choice
Direction: Choose the letter that best describes the statement. Write the
answers on your quiz notebook.
1. What do you call the type of drape used to protect the client hair?
a. Facial drape b. Gluteal drape c. Breast drape d. Turban drape
2. It is the very common precautionary measure we oftentimes read in labels
of any supplies used in cleaning or disinfecting.
a. Risk b. Danger c. Hazard d. Warning
3. What is the safest substance that can be found in spa?
a. Oil b. Disinfectant c. Powders d. Water
4. What is the technique of using a large towel or sheet to keep you covered
while getting a massage?
a. Draping b. Massage c. Cupping d. Hygiene
Post Test 3
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
190
5. What do you call the massage stroke wherein the hands skim over the
surface of the skin?
a. Effleurage b. Percussion c. Petrissage d. Vibration
6. A massage stroke wherein the hand is placed and vibrated over the target
area is called as _____.
a. Vibration b. Pounding c. Frictions d. Cupping
7. A kind of massage stroke that uses pressure to the tissues.
a. Vibration b. Knead c. Beating d. Petrissage
8. What is the regular time duration for back massage?
a. 20 mins b. 5 minutes c. 7 minutes d. 6 minutes
9. What is the kind of manipulation that pinches and moves the muscle from
side to side in a rocking manner?
a. Vibration b. Effleurage c. Muscle rolling d. Petrissage
10. The massage stroke where the hands strike the target area is known as
______.
a. Vibration b. Effleurage c. Taponement d. Petrissage
Test II. True or False:
Direction: Write the word TRUE on the remarks column if massage is
appropriate with the stated condition and FALSE if it is
inappropriate. Use your quiz notebook to accomplish this task.
Conditions TRUE FALSE
1 Blood clots
2 Bleeding
3 Fever
4 Fracture
5 Heart disease
6 Infectious disease
7 Kidney or liver disease
8 Pregnancy-induced diabetes
9 Severe cold
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
191
Test III. Matching Type
Direction: Match Column A with Column by identifying the pictures below. Write
the letter of the answer.
Column A Column B
1. face towel a
2. thermometer b.
3. basin c.
4. sphygmomanometer d.
5. sanitizer e.
10 Menstrual Period
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
192
f .
1-5. Write a five-sentence paragraph describing the phrase ―Wellness
Massage‖. Use your quiz notebook to accomplish this task.
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________
Rubric:
Clarity and Accuracy of Concept: (3 pts)
Grammar Composition (2 pts.)
Total 5 pts
Let’s try this. Open-Ended Statement
Directions: Complete the open-ended statements below with your
perception, opinion on the concepts on wellness massage. (10
points)
Topic: Wellness Massage
Before, I thought that___________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
But now, ____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
I can ________________________________________________________
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
193
Rubric for grading:
Concept: (5pts)
Articulation (5 pts.)
Total 10 pts
Overview
One feels relax and takes pleasure every after treatment. But some
mild reactions such as muscle pains, tiredness, and dizzinessare being
experienced by the client due to toxins released from the body. So, it is very
important to have some follow up or after care body massage. Balanced diet
is one to be considered also.
QUARTER 4
POST-ADVICE AND POST-SERVICES TO CLIENTS
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
194
This unit covers the knowledge, skills and attitudes required to advise
on post wellness services. In this part, introducing products and services
should also be given. Keeping the client informed about all the possible
treatments and products available within your salon is vitally important. Not
only is it enlightening for the client, allowing her to make informed choices,
but it is also essential if your business is to survive in a very competitive
market.
This unit covers the knowledge, skills and attitudes required to advise
on post wellness services.
Learning Outcome:
1. Perform after care service
2. Identify and explain products
3. Enumerate and explain other services
4. Suggest quality and acceptable massage products
Multiple Choice: Read the statement carefully. Choose the best answer and
write it in your answer sheets.
1. The ______helps eliminate the toxins from the body.
a. juice b. tea c. water d. wine
2. A person must maintain a ______
a light healthy meal
b heavy healthy meal
c more vegetables
d juicy fruits
3. If possible avoid __________ before performing aftercare services.
Pretest: 4
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
195
a. alcohol
b. exercise
c. too much eating
d. drinking plenty of water for about 24 hours
4. After treatment has been given to a client, he/she feels
a. startle b. creepy c. canny d. relaxed
5. The most common body reactions in the aftercare services,
a. aching/soreness of muscles,
b. tiredness,
c. heightened emotional state
d. dizzy
6. The backbone of any successful business is customer service and
meeting clients‘ needs and expectations in terms of
a. both product use and beauty therapy services
b. products services
c. beauty therapy services
d. supplies
7. In preparation of a room to be used in services, which is more appropriate?
a. warm, well-ventilated area
b. a quiet area, away from distracting noise
c. low and diffused lighting
d. a spotlessly clean environment
8. What is the best after care products to be advised to clients?
a. Pre-blended aromatic plant oils
b. Exfoliates
c. Herbal teas and beverages
d. Mud/clays
9. It helps to increase the intake of oxygen and the elimination of carbon
dioxide
a. deep breathing exercises
b. weights
c. dancing .
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
196
d. travelling are helpful to everyone as they
10. One of the after care services given to client is,
a. eating a light healthy meal
b. taking variety of soups
c. eating more fruits
d. drinking litres of water so the body can concentrate on healing.
II. TRUE or FALSE.
Direction: Read and analyze carefully the statements. Write the word TRUE if
it is correct and FALSE if it is wrong. Write your answers in your quiz
notebook.
_______1. Making the clients feel welcome and at home with a friendly
―Hello is a nice gesture or strategy used in rebooking clients
_______2. After any massage, spa or holistic treatment, try to rest and relax
for the rest of the day, if not, for a few hours at least.
_______3. Deep breathing exercises are helpful to everyone as they increase
the intake of oxygen and the elimination of carbon dioxide.
_______4. Overworked client may be advised to reduce workload, that she
makes time to rest, takes a relaxing bath and goes to bed early
_______5. Eat light, easy to digest meals
_______6. Aftercare products may include but is not limited herbal products
and body oils.
_______7. Immediate bathing should be avoided, at least 6 hrs. after the
service is advised.
______ 8. Home care advice is very beneficial for the client, as it involves
them in the treatment and encourages them to take control of their
condition.
_______9. You may feel a little light headed after the hot stone massage &
body massage aftercare
_______10. Drink plenty of water to hydrate & flush toxins
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
197
II. IDENTIFICATION: Write your answer on the space provided each number.
_____________1. It means being free from tension and anxiety.
_____________2. It involves visualizing pleasantly, suiting situations.
_____________3. It allows the client short time to settle and let go of tension.
_____________4. It is a technique used which means pull the feet up hard
and let go.
_____________5.It is a term used to push the feet down hard and let go.
III. Classify the following massage product or supplies , tools and
equipment. Write A if supplies and B if tools and equipment
_______1. massage oil
______ 2. shiatsu foot warmer
______ 3. food supplement
______4. neck and shoulder massager
______5. massage cream
PERFORM AFTERCARE SERVICES
Massage After Care Advice
1. Drink plenty of water or herbal teas to help eliminate the
toxins from the body.
2. Cut down on drinks containing caffeine so the body can begin
to heal
3. Eat a light healthy meal so the body can concentrate on
healing
4. Rest as much as possible
5. If possible avoid alcohol for about 24 hours.
6. If aroma therapy oils were used, try to avoid a bath/shower
for at least 2 hours
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
198
After treatment you will usually feel relaxed and enjoy the benefits of
the treatment. Occasionally, you may experience a reaction from the
treatment, however these are mainly due to the toxins being released from
the body, as the body is rebalancing and cleansing itself.
More common reactions can include: aching/soreness of muscles,
tiredness and heightened emotional state. Less common reactions can
include : headache, dizziness or nausea. excessive urination, increase in
bowel movement, Irritation, skin changes, fatigue, hyperactivity and change
of appetite.
Hot Stone Massage & Body Massage Aftercare
You may feel a little light headed
Drink plenty of water to hydrate & flush toxins
Eat light, easy to digest meals
Drink herbal teas or fresh juice
Avoid alcohol, caffeine and cola
Avoid heat and direct sunlight
Take time out for relaxation
Reschedule for 4-6 weeks time
1. Identify products and services
1. Products - May include but are not limited to:
1.1 Pre-blended aromatic plant oils
1.2 Exfoliates
1.3 Herbal teas and beverages
1.4 Mud/clays
1.5 Herbal baths and poultices
1.6 Minerals (alum, incense, etc.)
2. Services - May include but are not limited to:
2.1. Herbal baths and scrubs
2.2. Body Services
2.3. Wellness and relaxation techniques
2.4. Exercise programs
2.5. Diet and nutrition programs
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
199
2.6. Detoxification programs
3. Aftercare products - May include but is not limited to:
3.1 Herbal products
3.2 Body oils
4. Aftercare services - Must include but are not limited to:
4.1 Rest period after service
4.2 Immediate bathing should be avoided (at least 6 hrs.
after the service)
4.3 Offering warm tea
❖Home advice ❖
Home care advice is very beneficial for the client, as it involves them in
the treatment and encourages them to take control of their condition. It
also provides linkage between one treatment and the next. The advice given
will obviously depend on the client‘s need and condition, e.g. the overweight
client or a client with cellulite will need dietary advice. For the tense,
overworked client you may suggest that s/he tries to reduce her/his workload,
that s/he makes time to rest, takes a relaxing bath and goes to bed early.
You may also teach relaxation techniques and advise her/him to
practice these at home. Those with poor posture can be taught corrective
exercises. Deep breathing exercises are helpful to everyone as they increase
the intake of oxygen and the elimination of carbon dioxide. These techniques
are explained in the following text
❖Diet ❖
Advice to clients
It is important that clients are made aware of the factors that are
thought to contribute to the build-up of fat and cellulite. They should be
encouraged to follow a self-help, daily regime that will increase the efficiency
of the treatment.
The following home advice should be given:
A. Eat a well-balanced diet:
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
200
Include all the nutrients necessary for health such as:
- a little fat
- proteins
- carbohydrates
- vitamins
- minerals
- water and fiber
- eat plenty of fresh fruit and vegetables (5
portions/day is recommended)
- do not overcook vegetables
- eat oily fish such as herring, trout, mackerel and
salmon/
- eat whole meal foods such as whole meal bread,
pasta, rice, cereals, pulses, beans, nuts and seeds
- reduce intake of saturated fat found in butter, dairy
products and red meat
- reduce intake of sugar and salt
- reduce intake of alcohol – 7 to 14 units per week only
- drink around 3 liters of water per day
B.Relaxation
Relaxation means being free from tension and anxiety, which are
normally caused by the stresses of life, which upset the body balance. It
is impossible to remove all the stressors in life. A certain amount of stress is
desirable as it can produce feelings of thrill and excitement. The ability to
relax is extremely important as it combats stress and reduces harmful effects
such as fatigue, lethargy, illness and psychological problems.
Clients who live very busy lives or are coping with worries or dealing
with unhappy situations may find it very difficult to relax. Advising them and
showing them ways of reducing stress and promoting relaxation can form an
important part in the treatment. Once they have recognized the difference
between the tense state and the relaxed state they can continue to practice at
home.
C. Preparation
The first consideration is to prepare the room or cubicle and create the
right conditions to promote the relaxation response. These will be the same
conditions required as those for massage treatment, namely:
➛ a warm, well-ventilated area
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
201
➛ a quiet area, away from distracting noise
➛ low and diffused lighting
➛ a spotlessly clean environment
➛ soothing décor in pastel colours
➛ a comfortable couch or mattress on the floor
➛ clean linen and towels for every client; these to be boil-
washed after each use
➛ light blankets for additional warmth
➛ very soft, slow-moving music may be played if the client
dislikes absolute quietness.
D. Relaxation Techniques
There are many techniques that may be used to encourage the client
to relax. They may be combined for maximum effect.
The relaxation response involves the client‘s response to a quiet
soothing environment: total concentration on a particular object while trying to
let go of all tension. This is sometimes sufficient to promote the relaxed state
and can be practiced anywhere.
Visualization or imagining involves visualizing pleasantly soothing
situations conducive to relaxation, e.g. lying on a beach, looking at a tranquil
scene etc.
Progressive relaxation aims to develop an awareness of the difference
between feelings of tension and relaxation. Contraction followed by relaxation
of all the muscle groups is performed, working around the body. This is a very
effective method of promoting relaxation.
Progressive Relaxation Technique
The client should lie on a mattress and be fully supported. The
client may choose to lie on the back, in the recovery position or half lying if
the client has difficulty in lying flat. The client must be well supported using
plenty of pillows under the head, knees or as required. Allow the client a short
time to settle and let go of tension. During this time encourage her or him to
breathe deeply and let go as s/he breathes out.
The technique is then practiced as follows, beginning with the feet and
repeating each movement three times:
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
202
 Pull the feet up hard (dorsi-flexion), and let go
 Push the feet down hard (plantar flexion), and let go
 Push the knees down hard against the floor, and let go
 Push the leg down hard against the floor, and let go
 Tighten the buttock muscles hard, and let go
 Pull the abdominal muscles hard, and let go
Massage and Holistic Aftercare
After any massage, spa or holistic treatment, please follow our
aftercare advice.
 Try to rest and relax for the remainder of the day, if not, for a few hours
at least.
 You may feel relaxed and sleepy after your treatment. Take care if you
are driving or working.
 Keep warm as massage and relaxation treatments can make you feel
more sensitive to the cold.
 Drink plenty of water after your treatment to rehydrate your body,
reduce fatigue and help eliminate toxins from your body.
 Avoid alcohol and minimize tea and coffee, try to stick with water
and/or herbal teas.
 Try to avoid eating a heavy meal, eat light for the rest of the day to
allow your body to concentrate on the natural healing and encourage
detoxification.
 Sometimes people experience some tenderness for 24 hours or so
after a massage. If you do feel a little sore, do some light gentle
stretches or take a warm bath with salts. And remember to tell your
therapist about your experience so that it can be taken into
consideration in your next session.
 If you have had a treatment with aromatherapy oils: To gain maximum
benefit from the healing oils, try to avoid washing/showering the oils off
for a few hours as they will continue to be absorbed by the skin after
your treatment has ended.
Hot Stone Massage & Body Massage Aftercare
You may feel a little light headed
Drink plenty of water to hydrate & flush toxins
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
203
Eat light, easy to digest meals
Drink herbal teas or fresh juice
Avoid alcohol, caffeine and cola
Avoid heat and direct sunlight
Take time out for relaxation
Reschedule for 4-6 weeks time
Once Leaving the Salon
 Try to relax and take it easy for the rest of the day – if you can and
feel the need to, nap.
 Drink plenty of water for 24 hours after your massage as your lymph
nodes, which have been stimulated, are removing toxins from the
body. Your urine might be much darker than usual – this is due to the
toxins leaving your body
 Avoid heat treatments (hot baths / showers, body wraps, saunas,
sunbeds) for 24 hours.
 Avoid alcohol, smoking, caffeine and fizzy drinks as they can
dehydrate your body and add more toxins to your body. This would
reverse the effects of the massage, since the massage is in-turn aiding
the body in removing the accumulation of toxins.
 Avoid eating a heavy and especially spicy meal so your body can focus
on natural healing and detoxifying itself.
 Healing Reactions‘ may take place after your massage and are
completely normal-showing that the massage is working well and your
body is responding to the treatment. Indications of this may result in
the following:
 Fatigued or tired (although this could be a sign of deep relaxation,
especially if you are usually always on the go)
 Increased sweating, thirst or urination
 Irritable or energised
 Heightened emotions (low or high)
 Runny, stuffy or blocked nose
 sound sleeping and vivid dreams
Maintaining your Results
Massages are recommended often, especially due to the fast-paced and
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
204
stressful lives that we are living. To maintain the results, you can try the
following:
 Take a warm bath once a week – this will help to loosen up your
muscles.
 Relax and distress – listen to music, burn some essential oils, etc.
• Find time to exercise (especially strength training) and stretch (yoga
is excellent).
 Exfoliate and moisturize your body regularly.
 Stand up and walk around and stretch – especially if sitting a long time
at a desk and / or on the computer.
 Throughout the day, massage your shoulders, and other areas that
feel stiff.
 Sit in a correct position and you might want to raise your legs..
Popularity: 2% [?]
- See more at: http://myskinandco.com/before-and-after-care-advice-for-the-
massage-client#sthash.rbSJHfG6.dpuf
Rebooking a Client
Rebooking a client to create a relationship is the key to a successful
practice.
To do this, I allow an extra 30 minutes per client. We name goals,
notechanges since the last session, and become clear what brought the client
into my studio each visit. Having all of this information prior to working allows
me to check in with progress, determine my course of action, and follow up.
From there, I am able to create future goals that complement the client‘s goal
that session. For example, if my client came in with sciatic pain, I can discuss
the importance of growing support for the pelvis through other areas of the
body, as well as explaining the relationships of the participating muscles. By
outlining what we might accomplish by addressing those areas, the client
knows I am interested in her personal wellness. People seeking relief in
the body do so because they are in need of change. When I suggest my
strategy of change for the client, the client often returns (Heather Corwin.
Altadena, California).
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
205
Strategies Used in Rebooking Clients
1. Making them feel welcome and at home with a friendly ―Hello, so
good to see you‖ as they arrived, as well as ―I really appreciate you
being here,‖ as they were leaving.
2. Asking them to set future appointments before leaving the office.
(Always assuming they wanted to return).
3. Providing effective, quality massage therapy sessions.
4. Timely service, including not shorting their time (an hour in my office
meant 60 or more minutes).
5. Being diplomatic.
6. Fresh, clean linens and lotions.
7. Letting clients know we really cared about them.
8. Keeping talk to a minimum; learning to listen.
9. A refreshing, warm, cheerful atmosphere
10. Reasonable fees
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
206
Glittering Ideas
- Balance energy intake with energy output: if the diet provides just enough
energy to meet body requirements, there is no surplus to be stored,
therefore no fat to be deposited.
- To reduce fatty tissue, energy input must be less than energy output. Only
then will fat be utilized from body stores to provide required fuel reducing
the diet and increasing aerobic activity is the best regime for reducing fat
(e.g. walking, jogging, swimming or cycling for 20–30 minutes, twice to
three times per week, is excellent).
- Avoid wearing tight clothes that apply pressure and restrict the circulation,
such as tight jeans or trousers, tight belts, underwear and corsets.
- Take plenty of exercise and keep mobile during the day. If in a sedentary
occupation, it is advisable to walk around, swing the legs and stretch at
regular intervals.
- Breathe correctly and deeply: practice deep breathing, thus using all areas
of the lungs. Breathe in deeply and feel the sternum move forwards, the
ribs move outwards and the diaphragm move downwards, pushing the
abdomen out. Breathe out and feel the sternum move back, the ribs move
in and down and the abdomen pull in when sitting or lying, breathing is
shallow and uses mainly the upper chest. Deep breathing uses the chest
capacity to the full and increases the intake of oxygen. The alternating
pressure in the thoracic and abdominal cavities also stimulates the
circulation around the body.
- Eat plenty of roughage and drink 2–3 litres of water per day. This will aid
digestion, prevent constipation and facilitate the elimination of waste
products from the body.
.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
207
Wellness Massage Tools and Equipment
Tools and Equipment
electric foot massager
Massage sticks
Shiatsu foot warmer
single thumb savers massage
Spiky Massage Balls
IIlustrations
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
208
WELLNESS MASSAGE PRODUCT SUPPLIES
Massage soothes the body and soul. You can intensify these effects by
choosing the right massage product. Different skin types require different
media.
Hydro-therapy foot massager
Neck & Shoulder Massager
Deep-kneading Shiatsu massager
MASSAGE
LOTIONS
Paraffin – better than its reputation
massage lotions are based on
pharmaceutical white oil, also called
liquid paraffin. It does not penetrate
the skin and ensures long lasting
gliding effects and optimal conditions
during massage, while guaranteeing
the best skin tolerability.
WELLNESS
MASSAGE
LOTIONS
Massage Lotion Urea for extremely
dry skin and problem skin
Massage Lotion Alkaline to support
the acid-alkali balance
Massage Lotion Q 10, which also
prevents premature skin aging and
oxidative stress.
In this way, every massage becomes
a feel-good experience.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
209
MASSAGE
CREAMS AND
BODY
BUTTERS
For a soothing and relaxing massage,
the rich massage creams offer all
advantages of the proven SCHUPP
massage lotions.
Body butter
Recipes with natural ingredients such
as cocoa butter, almond and thistle oil
as well as additional moisturizers
nourish and spoil the skin during the
massage or pack.
MASSAGE
OILS
The proven massage oils with vitamin
E and jojoba oil are free of
preservatives and colours. As a
neutral massage oil or enriched with
essential oils, our massage oils offer
the opportunity to specifically address
customers‘wishes. They range from
neutral or fruity oils to naturally pure
bio ayurveda massage oils.
AROMATIC
MASSAGE
OILS
This special series is based on
nourishing plant oils. They are free
of preservatives, emulsifiers and
colours. Our aromatic massage
and body oils are also highly
valued after scrubs or as daily,
gently scented skin care
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
210
Natural Soap
Our original vegetable based
glycerin soap recipes are each unique
& handmade in the traditional cold
process method, producing a silky,
creamy lather for healthier, softer skin.
In all of our vegetable-based bar
soaps, the fat comes from palm, olive,
coconut, rice bran and other select
vegetable oils.
Soap products are 100% natural
skin & beauty care treatments. We
use the best quality wild crafted
rainforest herbs, fresh tropical fruits,
and select floral essences to hand
craft some of the finest premium
grade 3 1/2 oz natural facial & body
cleansing bars available
Food
supplement
Coconut Palm
Oil
for Heart Health, Immune Support,
and Weight Loss
Mangoosteen
fruit
Mangoosteen contains all the
phytonutriment xanthones with
over forty free radical scavenging
anti-oxidants which prevent cardio
vascular disease
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
211
How to Promote Additional Products or Services to Clients
The backbone of any successful business is customer service and
meeting clients‘ needs and expectations in terms of both product use and
beauty therapy services. Keeping the client informed about all the possible
treatments and products available within your salon is vitally important. Not
only is it enlightening for the client, allowing her to make informed choices,
but it is also essential if your business is to survive in a very competitive
market.
Good Communication to introduce products and services
Spotting opportunities for offering clients additional products or
services is easy if you are receptive and have your ears and eyes open. Very
often they will ask. Either they have heard about a treatment from another
client, or they see something going on that they want to know more about. A
special day or occasion will trigger extra interest.
If the client does not ask directly, it could be that she is shy about
asking, or does not know you offer a certain treatment. Tell her all about it –
and use the current treatment to start the discussion. The consultation always
provides a good opening to talk through alternative options to the client‘s
normal treatments,
.
2. Giving accurate information
Do try to be as accurate as you can when giving information. Not only
is your professional reputation at stake, but you also have a legal obligation
not to give any false or misleading information to the client. As a consumer,
your client has legal rights to protect her, and you, or your salon, will be liable
for prosecution if found to be in breach of the law. Not only that, you will lose
your clients very quickly if they have no faith in the information you are giving
them, and if the products you recommend are unsuitable for their needs.
3. Salon and legal requirements
Underpinning all the product knowledge and treatment skills you have
to pass onto your clients the legal aspects of promotion, selling and client and
consumer rights.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
212
4. Timing your discussion
It is important to give the client the time to ask questions, so choose an
appropriate moment to discuss her queries. During a treatment is fine if it is
one where you can maintain a conversation and have lots of eye contact. A
manicure, pedicure or waxing is ideal for this, as the client is awake, upright
and alert. Talking during a facial will detract the quality of the treatment and
all relaxation properties will be lost. Do not pick moments when the client is
distracted, i.e. when she is trying to get dressed or pay for her treatment.
If possible, keep the question and answer session quiet and
confidential – not everyone in the salon should hear about her future bikini
wax! It is important to hold the client‘s attention and focus entirely on her
questions. This will give her the confidence of knowing that your suggestions
really are in her best interests.
post-advice and post-services to clients
- Identify products and services and their benefits and comparative
advantage*
- Explain, maintain and convey products and services to clients and other
staff members*
- Apply comparisons on competitors‘ products and services*
- Recommend specialized products and services*
- Monitor client according to workplace policies and procedures*
- Perform aftercare services in accordance with client‘s wellness program,
workplace policies and procedures *
- Administer service
Once Leaving the Salon
 Try to relax and take it easy for the rest of the day – if you can and feel
the need to, nap.
 Drink plenty of water for 24 hours after your massage as your lymph
nodes, which have been stimulated, are removing toxins from the
body. Your urine might be much darker than usual – this is due to the
toxins leaving your body.
 Avoid heat treatments (hot baths / showers, body wraps, saunas, sun
beds) for 24 hours.
 Avoid alcohol, smoking, caffeine and fizzy drinks as they can
dehydrate your body and add more toxins to your body. This would
reverse the effects of the massage, since the massage is in-turn aiding
the body in removing the accumulation of toxins. Avoid eating a heavy
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
213
and especially spicy meal so your body can focus on natural healing
and detoxifying itself.
 ‗Healing Reactions‘ may take place after your massage and are
completely normal-showing that the massage is working well and your
body is responding to the treatment. Indications of this may result in
the following:
 Fatigued or tired could be a sign for deep relaxation, especially if you
are usually always on the go
 Increased sweating, thirst or urination
 Irritable or energised
 Heightened emotions (low or high)
 Runny, stuffy or blocked nose
 Sound sleeping and vivid dreams
Maintaining your Results
Massages are recommended often, especially due to the fast-paced
and stressful lives that we are living. To maintain the results, you can try the
following:
• Take a warm bath once a week – this will help to loosen up your muscles.
• Relax and distress – listen to music, burn some essential oils, etc.
• Find time to exercise (especially strength training) and stretch (yoga is
excellent).
• Exfoliate and moisturize your body regularly.
• Stand up and walk around and stretch – especially if sitting a long time at a
desk and / or on the computer.
• Throughout the day, massage your shoulders, and other areas that feel stiff.
• Sit in a correct position and you might want to raise your legs a bit.
Activity. Salon Planning
Direction: Plan a spa salon as your own business. Be able to illustrate all
the necessary requirement and be ready for advertisement.
Make use of this sample format.
______________________
Name of Business (should be unique , not existing)
_______________________
Type of Business (Sole/ Partnership/ Corporate)
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
214
Put some additional da
Multiple Choice: Read the statement carefully. Choose the best answer and
write it in your answer sheets.
1. The ______helps eliminate the toxins from the body.
a. juice b. tea c. water d. wine
2. A person must maintain a ______
a light healthy meal
b heavy healthy meal
c more vegetables
d juicy fruits
3. If possible avoid __________ before performing aftercare services.
a. alcohol
b. exercise
c. too much eating
d. drinking plenty of water for about 24 hours
4. After treatment has been given to a client, he/she feels
a. startle b. creepy c. canny d. relaxed
5. It is the most common body reactions in the aftercare services.
Post Test 4
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
215
a. aching/soreness of muscles,
b. tiredness,
c. heightened emotional state
d. dizzy
6. The backbone of any successful business is customer service and
meeting clients‘ needs and expectations in terms of
a. both product use and beauty therapy services
b. products services
c. beauty therapy services
d. supplies
7. In preparation of a room to be used in services, which is more appropriate?
a. warm, well-ventilated area
b. a quiet area, away from distracting noise
c. low and diffused lighting
d. a spotlessly clean environment
9. What is the best after care products to be advised to clients?
a. Pre-blended aromatic plant oils
b. Exfoliates
c. Herbal teas and beverages
d. Mud/clays
9. It helps increase the intake of oxygen and the elimination of carbon dioxide.
a. Deep breathing exercises
b. Weights
c. Dancing .
d. travelling are helpful to everyone as they
10. One of the after care services given to client is,
a. eating a light healthy meal
b. taking variety of soups
c. eating more fruits
d. drinking litres of water so the body can concentrate on healing.
II. TRUE or FALSE.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
216
Direction: Read and analyze carefully the statements. Write the word TRUE if
it is correct and FALSE if it is wrong. Write your answers in your quiz
notebook.
_______1. Making the clients feel welcome and at home with a friendly
―Hello is a nice gesture or strategy used in rebooking clients
_______2. After any massage, spa or holistic treatment, try to rest and relax
for the rest of the day, if not, for a few hours at least.
_______3. Deep breathing exercises are helpful to everyone as they increase
the intake of oxygen and the elimination of carbon dioxide.
_______4. For the tense, overworked client she may be advised to reduce
workload, that s/he makes time to rest, takes a relaxing bath and goes
to bed early
_______5. Eat light, easy to digest meals
_______6. Aftercare products may include but is not limited herbal products
and body oils.
_______7. Immediate bathing should be avoided, at least 6 hrs. after the
service is being advised.
______ 8. Home care advice is very beneficial for the client, as it involves
them in the treatment and encourages them to take control of their
condition.
_______9. You may feel a little light headed after the hot stone massage &
body massage aftercare
_______10. Drink plenty of water to hydrate & flush toxins
II. IDENTIFICATION: Write your answer on the space provided for each
number.
_____________1. It means being free from tension and anxiety.
_____________2. It involves visualizing pleasantly, suiting situations.
_____________3. It allows the client short time to settle and let go of tension.
_____________4. It is a technique used which means pull the feet up hard
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
217
and let go.
_____________5.It is a term used to push the feet down hard and let go.
III. Classify the following massage product if supplies , tools or equipment.
Write A if supplies and B if tools and C if equipment.
_______1. massage oil
______ 2. shiatsu foot warmer
______ 3. food supplement
______4. neck and shoulder massager
______5. massage cream
I. TRUE OR FALSE. Write T if the statement is true and F if false.
_______1. Drink plenty of water to hydrate & flush toxins
_______2. You may feel a little light headed after the hot stone massage &
body massage aftercare
_______3. Home care advice is very beneficial for the client, as it involves
them in the treatment and encourages them to take control of their
condition.
_______4. Immediate bathing should be avoided, at least 6 hrs. after the
service is being advised.
_______5. Aftercare products may include but is not limited herbal products
and body oils.
_______6. Eat light, easy to digest meals
________7. For the tense, overworked client she may be advised to reduce
workload, that s/he makes time to rest, takes a relaxing bath and goes to
bed early.
SUMMATIVE
TEST
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
218
_______8. Deep breathing exercises are helpful to everyone as they increase
the intake of oxygen and the elimination of carbon dioxide.
_______9. After any massage, spa or holistic treatment, try to rest and relax
for the rest of the day, if not, for a few hours at least.
_______10. Making the clients feel welcome and at home with a friendly
―Hello is a nice gesture or strategy used in rebooking clients.
II. Multiple Choice. Read each question carefully. Encircle the letter of
your choice.
1. Some massage therapists focus on the shifts in awareness and
psychological insight that can be brought about with massage.
a. transformational or psychotherapeutic massage
b. pampering
c. sports Massage
d. relaxation/stress/ stress reduction.
2. Modern massage techniques have evolved mainly from a system
developed by a Swedish physiologist called Per Henrik Ling (1776–
1839). He developed a system of passive and active exercises known
as ‗Swedish Remedial Gymnastics‘ and also a system of massage
movements. Ling used the terms, except one (1)
a. ‗effleurage‘,
b. ‗petrissage‘,
c. ‗vibration‘,
d ‗ventilation
3. These details will indicate whether massage will be helpful to client
and will influence the type of massage to be given,
a. past Personal Information
b. past Medical History
c. present Medical History
d. present Personal Information
3. This refers to the type of massage treatment that might be found in
some spa and hair salons.
a. Transformational or psychotherapeutic massage
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
219
b. Pampering
c. Sports Massage
d. Relaxation/stress/ stress reduction
4. As early as 3000 BC, the_______practiced massage to cure
ailments and improve general health
a. Chinese
b. Japanese
c. Vietnamese
d. Swedish
5. This is the most widely used form of massage used for relaxation.
a. body massage
b. stone massage
c. sports massage
d. pregnancy massage
NO. 6 AND 7 LACKING
8. It is defined as the exchange of messages by human beings,
a. Communication Process b. Communication Standards
c. Communication Problem d. miscommunication
9. As the communication process continues, it becomes a communication
__________.
A. cycle B. stroke C.routine D. requirement
10. It is often said that human communication consist of
A. 93% body language while only 7% of communication consists of
words themselves.
B. 95% body language while only 5% of communication consists of
words themselves
C. 90% body language while only 10% of communication consists of
words themselves
D. 80% body language while only 20% of communication consists of
words themselves
11. For the consultation the client should be seated comfortably, with the
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
220
________ positioned alongside or opposite. The environment should
feel warm and private.
A. doctor B. dentist C. specialist D. therapist
12. Do not make false claims for treatments, but explain the benefits
________ . Be honest when advertising.
A. fairly B. reasonably
C. practically D. realistically.
13. Before picking up the receiver, _______ or activity such as eating
chewing gum, typing etc. that may be heard by the calling party.
A. continue B. halt
C. discontinue D. disregard any other conversation
14. The hand is placed over the area and vibrated either up and down or
from side to side. The action produces vibrations in the underlying
tissue.
a. vibration b. pounding c. frictions d. cupping
15. This massage strokes apply pressure to the tissues.
a. Vibration b. Knead c. beating d. Petrissage
16. Massage strokes that skim the surface of the tissues.
a. Vibration b. Effleurage c. beating d. Petrissage
17.This manipulation lifts the muscle away from the bone and moves it
from side to side in a rocking manner.
a. Vibration b. Effleurage c. Muscle rolling d. Petrissage
18. Massage strokes where the hands strike the tissues.
a. Vibration b. Effleurage c. Taponement d. Petrissage
. 19. _____ helps eliminate the toxins from the body.
a) juice b) tea c) water d) wine
21. . Eat _____so the body can concentrate on healing
a) light healthy meal c) more vegetables
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
221
b) heavy healthy meal d) juicy fruits
22. If possible avoid ____________ water for about 24 hours before
performing aftercare services.
a) alcohol b)exercise c) too much eating d) drinking plenty of 22.
23. After treatment you will usually feel ________.
a) startle b) creepy c) canny d) relaxed
24. The most common body reactions in the aftercare services,
a) aching/soreness of muscles, c) heightened emotional state
b) tiredness, d) dizzy
25. Massage was introduced and found in the _______________.
a. harbor b. caves c. mountains d. forest
26. It is the safest substance found in spa salon
a. Oil b. Disinfectant c. Powders d. Water
27. In the %‘s methodology Seiketsu is the Japanese term for
a. standardize c. seiri - sort
b. self-discipline d. sweep
28. The translated English word for seiri is ________.
a. sort b. sweep c. self-discipline d. systematize
29. This can be done as an introduction to massage for clients who may not
come in for an office massage, or can be a continuing form of stress-
reduction therapy when done on a regular basis, as in the office
setting
a. Chair Massage
b. Pampering
c. Chiropractic adjunct
d. Relaxation/stress/ stress reduction
30. Different origin of the word massage are the following except one,
a. mass
b. mass’h
c. masser
d. massege
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
222
31. This details will enable you to contact the client quickly should you
need to cancel or change an appointment or for any other reason.
a. personal details
b. doctors record
c. physical records
d. school records
III. Fill in the blanks. Choose your answer from the box and write it in the
space provided.
32._______ is the chance, great or small that someone will be harmed by the
hazard.
33._______ is technique of using a large towel or sheet to keep you covered
while you‘re getting a massage.
34.An ______ is a region of the body in which nerves arteries, or vein lay
close to the body‘s surface.
35.The time to gather and exchange information with the client is called
________________.
36.__________refers to standards and conducts of behaviour of an individual
or professional group.
37.__________refers to the type of massage treatment that might be found in
some spa and hair salons.
38.Massage is thought to increase _____ which is desirable in many
conditions.
39._________ is the name of a workplace organization method that uses a
list of five Japanese words.
40.To gain the _____ of clients and establish an excellent reputation,
41. A customer first impression of your practice is formed during their first
____ of contact over the phone or in person
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
223
SYNTHESIS
SYNTHESIS
One of the roles of teachers is to recognize in developing health
behaviours of learners. We certainly know that much of the health habits later
in life can be traced back to the things that children learned in school.
This module aims to assist teachers and prepare learners in focusing
on certain topics relevant in their health being. This is organized in four
lessons showing the holistic concept of wellness massage which include the
following:
Planning a wellness massage program gives emphasis on the history
of massage which is visible nowadays. How these massage discoveries came
and play a very relevant practice in the modern world has to do with the
information, understanding and the skills required have to do with its
effectiveness.
In providing pre-service wellness massage it has something to do with
how behavior is being promoted which is very essential. How an individual
live a healthy life and promote quality of life both for the clients and the
therapist. As what we believe, wellness is more than an absence of diseases.
These services one can give to the family and community as a whole will
build a healthy being. The application of the different techniques in massage
is a challenge that everyone should experience.
The surroundings that directly affect health and safety to clients should
also be considered. Part of this module also elaborates on the massage
techniques and some Health Acts for the therapist to understand and
practice, so with the careful techniques to be applied to clients is the most
important.
draping endangerment site risk ethics pampering
blood flow 5‘s methodology consultation confidence
interpersonal communication
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
224
And in performing after care services, care should be done. Giving
advices with what to be and how it should be maintained is another concern
of both the therapist and clients.
Glossary:
Communication Process is simply the exchange of messages by human
beings. It is the transmission of ideas from the sender to the receiver through
channels. Communication is not complete if there is no feedback or response
from the receiver back to the sender.
Consultation- is a very important part of the treatment – sufficient time must
be allowed so that it is not rushed. This is the time to gather and exchange
information.
Ethics refers to the standards and conduct of behavior of an individual or
professional group.
Hazard – means anything that can cause harm.
Hearing refers to the sounds that you hear, whereas listening requires more
than that: it requires focus. It means being aware of both verbal and non-
verbal messages.
Hygiene requirements the hygiene standards specified by an organisation or
laid down by law
Information Overload. surrounded with a pool of information.
Interpersonal Communication is the exchange of feelings and attitude in
the communication process
Listening is the ability to accurately receive and interpret messages in the
communication process. Listening is key to all effective communication,
without the ability to listen effectively messages are easily misunderstood
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
225
communication breaks down and the sender of the message can easily
become frustrated or irritated.
Massage – the application of touch by one person to another, using manual
techniques of rubbing, stroking, kneading or compression, when done to
produce relaxation, pain relief, injury, rehabilitation, athletic preparedness or a
career at your fingertips)
Massage Therapists – A massage practitioner who has received
training in the theory and practice of massage, and is competent to use
massage as a means if promoting pain relief, injury rehabilitation or health
improvement. ( Massage a career at your fingertips)
Personal details - includes the basic information. These details will enable
you to contact the client quickly should you need to cancel or change an
appointment or for any other reason. They will also enable you to seek
advice from his or her doctor should this be necessary. Essential oils -
Volatile plant oils extracted from certain aromatic plants that have both
physiological and psychological effects on the human body.
Policies – set of basic principles and associated guidelines, formulated
and enforced by the governing body of an organization, to direct and limit its
action in pursuit of long term – goals.
Procedures – A fixed, step-by-step sequence of activities or course of
action (with definite start and end points) that must be followed in the
same order to correctly perform a task.
Risk – is the chance, great or small, that someone will be harmed by the
hazard.
Safety – the state of being safe; freedom from the occurrence or risk of
injury, danger, or loss
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
226
Bibliography
Books:
 Williams, Anne, 2007, Spa Body Work A Guide for Massage
Therapists,
 Mo, Rosser , 2004 , Body Massage Therapy Basics (2nd
Edition),
Anatomy, Physiology and First Aid
 Borg, John. Body Language; 7 Essay Lessons to Master/Silent
Language, Prentice hall Life, 2008
 Communication with Clients – Wendy S. Mayers, (Step-by-Step, Guide
to Diagnosis and Treatment) 2014, Educational Concept
 Lifestyle wellness Coaching (2nd
edition), James Gavin and Madelein
Mcbrearty, copyright 2013
 Wellness Services – Evidence Based Review and Examples) Good
Practice, Final Report, Lyn Winter Armatage, Stanfield et al, Observatory
Report Series No. 76, Published 2010.
 Williams, Anne E. , Spa Bodyworks, Guide for Massage Therapist,
2015
 Rosser, Mo, Body Massage Therapy Basics, Second Edition 2004
Roseberry, Monica, The Body Shop Massage, 2005
 Ashley, Martin, Massage a career at your fingertips, 3rd
Edition,
Internet Resources:
http://spas.about.com/od/spaglossary/g/Massage-Draping.htm
http://www.skillsyourneed.com/ips/listening skill:htm (#ixzzz2ve/smnpS)
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
227
http://www.skillsyourneed.com/ips/listening skill:htm (#xzzz@ve2ATJP
http://www.apas.org.uk/index.php/complementary-therapy-service/massage-
after-care-advice/
http://www.baranduda-beauty.com.au/massage_aftercare.ph
Magazines/Newsletters/Journals
 Body Shop Business, March 2007, Newsletter
 Telephone Etiquette and Customer Service
Illustrations/ Pictures:
- https://www.hartsport.com.au/products/8-091
- http://www.asia.ru/en/ProductInfo/1254660.html
- http://www.cccme.org.cn/products/detail-3046110.aspx
- http://frank8188.en.made-in
- china.com/product/sqyQLPWxHlhR/China-Metal-Massage-Table-
MT-002-.html
- http://cowboyfitzone.com/some-many-kinds-of-bedroom-antique-
chairs/images-of-lounge-chairs-for-bedrooms-with-reclaimed-
wood-bedroom-furniture/
- http://www.dovemill.co.uk/luxury_500gsm_latte_cotton_4_piece_
bath_towel_sets
- http://www.rightway.com.my/index.php?route=product/category&
path=147
- http://www.ebay.com/itm/NWT-Mens-Nautica-Sz-Small-100-
Cotton-Navy-Blue-Tropical-Print-Boxer-Underwear-
/251461293121?pt=US_CSA_MC_Underwear&hash=item3a8c42d4
41
- http://bumpyboo.com/best-lotions-for-acne-prone-skin/
- http://www.holistic-guide.com/massage-oils/
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
228
- http://www.amazon.com/Optimum-Copper-Tub-Ionic-
Detox/dp/B002TKPRXE/ref=pd_sim_sbs_hi_4?ie=UTF8&refRID=0
X8PQCT6VRJZPJ2RPESH
- http://frank8188.en.made-in-
china.com/product/abFmeGXPbHhl/China-Massage-Cushion-
Face-Pillow-Special-Design-for-Woman.html
- http://angelskiss777.blogspot.com/2013/02/kates-magik-review-
massage-body-oils.html
-
- http://reikimasterthailand.com/images/12-meridians.jpg
-
(http://teachmeanatomy.info/upper-limb/areas/axilla/+
Video:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2jTIIFhFi-o
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iunPc0IJsCU
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1XL8t7FRnbU
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rK4Z72CCog4
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DN_mz6FbJbg
http://www.massagenerd.com/endangerment_sites_massage.php
http://www.missouristate.edu/recreation/Wellness/169420.htm
http://karmajello.com/postcont/2013/06/Reflexology-FOOT1.jpg
http://healthsciencedegree.info/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/acupuncture-
hand-chart.jpg
http://lifepositive.com/Body/Health/images/right-diagnosis1.jpg
http://www.familypact.org/Files/Provider/Provider%20Resources/Quality%20I
mprovement%20Tools/2011-
0927_ClientSatisfactionQIToolandSampleSurveys_508.pdf
http://www.ohgizmo.com/2009/12/21/osim-ucrown-2-enables-your-crazy-head-massage-
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
229
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
230
.
LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10
231

More Related Content

DOCX
1st week wellness massage
PPTX
Intro Wellness Massage
PDF
TLE/ HE Wellness Massage Curriculum Guide
PPTX
WELLNESS MASSAGE Q3W1.pptx
PPTX
History and development of massage
PPTX
Hilot wellness massage JHS
PPTX
grade 9 hands spa.pptx
DOC
Cbc hilot-(wellness-massage)-nc-ii
1st week wellness massage
Intro Wellness Massage
TLE/ HE Wellness Massage Curriculum Guide
WELLNESS MASSAGE Q3W1.pptx
History and development of massage
Hilot wellness massage JHS
grade 9 hands spa.pptx
Cbc hilot-(wellness-massage)-nc-ii

What's hot (20)

PDF
Commercial cooking-learning-module
DOCX
TABLE OF SPECIFICATION-NAIL CARE
PDF
K to 12 commercial cooking learning module
PPTX
T.L.E. Grade 9 Cookery Lessons
PDF
TLE/HE Handicraft Curriculum Guide
PDF
Nail Care Learning Module K-12
PDF
TLE/ HE Cookery Curriculum Guide
DOCX
Detailed Lesson Plan inT.L.E. BEAUTY CARE: Nail Care Services - Nail Care Tools
PDF
K to 12 nail care teacher's guide
PPTX
Basic-Concepts-in-Cookery.pptx
PDF
Learning Module Cookery Grade 10
PDF
Lm household services g10
PDF
LM Cookery G9
PDF
Learning Module Cookery G9
PDF
K to 12 TLE Curriculum Guide for Agricultural Crop Production
PDF
K to 12 commercial cooking techer's guide
PDF
K-12 Module in T.L.E. Grade 8 Second Grading (Handicrafts)
PDF
TLE 7-8 ICT-CSS Q1_M3 for printing.pdf
PDF
DLL-BEAUTY CARE-BALIBAGO-BIGA NHS new.pdf
PDF
K-12 Module in TLE - ICT Grade 10 [All Gradings]
Commercial cooking-learning-module
TABLE OF SPECIFICATION-NAIL CARE
K to 12 commercial cooking learning module
T.L.E. Grade 9 Cookery Lessons
TLE/HE Handicraft Curriculum Guide
Nail Care Learning Module K-12
TLE/ HE Cookery Curriculum Guide
Detailed Lesson Plan inT.L.E. BEAUTY CARE: Nail Care Services - Nail Care Tools
K to 12 nail care teacher's guide
Basic-Concepts-in-Cookery.pptx
Learning Module Cookery Grade 10
Lm household services g10
LM Cookery G9
Learning Module Cookery G9
K to 12 TLE Curriculum Guide for Agricultural Crop Production
K to 12 commercial cooking techer's guide
K-12 Module in T.L.E. Grade 8 Second Grading (Handicrafts)
TLE 7-8 ICT-CSS Q1_M3 for printing.pdf
DLL-BEAUTY CARE-BALIBAGO-BIGA NHS new.pdf
K-12 Module in TLE - ICT Grade 10 [All Gradings]
Ad

Viewers also liked (10)

PDF
K to 12 nail care learning module
DOC
Cblm massage-core1-new
PDF
DOC
PPT
Grade 10 arts Quarter 1
PPTX
Risk and Protective Factors for Drug Use, Misuse, Abuse and Dependence (Lesso...
PPTX
Isyung Moral tungkol sa Seksuwalidad
PPTX
The Six Classifications of Drugs of Abuse (Grade 9 (Mapeh) Health Lesson)
PPTX
Grade 10 arts q2
PPTX
K to 12 nail care learning module
Cblm massage-core1-new
Grade 10 arts Quarter 1
Risk and Protective Factors for Drug Use, Misuse, Abuse and Dependence (Lesso...
Isyung Moral tungkol sa Seksuwalidad
The Six Classifications of Drugs of Abuse (Grade 9 (Mapeh) Health Lesson)
Grade 10 arts q2
Ad

Similar to Lm wellness massage g10 (20)

PDF
Final tle he wellness massage grade 10 03.11.2014
PDF
wellness_massage_for_grade_10.pdf
DOCX
DLL April 1-5, 2024 wellness massage.docx
DOCX
Peters_Pearl_Darlene_201105_EdD.doc
DOCX
BenjaminSmith.2.0
DOCX
Courses Previously Taught
PPTX
Hand Massage.pptx hilot wellness massage
PDF
massage-textbook.pdf
PDF
Barnhart Massage Business Plan 2010
DOCX
learning plan tle 10 wellness massage health
DOCX
­1­ andre james_massage therapist_resume
DOCX
Levi Resume Bulet Points On Top
PDF
TR Massage Therapy NC II.pdf. conduct of research about this.
PPTX
Wellness Massage Hilot NC II lectures SHS
PDF
Diversity and cultural competency(1 hr)
DOCX
Olivia Harms Resume 2017 (3 most recent)
PPTX
Body massage
PDF
Massage therapist
PPTX
01 MRS Service & Sales Training Presentation
Final tle he wellness massage grade 10 03.11.2014
wellness_massage_for_grade_10.pdf
DLL April 1-5, 2024 wellness massage.docx
Peters_Pearl_Darlene_201105_EdD.doc
BenjaminSmith.2.0
Courses Previously Taught
Hand Massage.pptx hilot wellness massage
massage-textbook.pdf
Barnhart Massage Business Plan 2010
learning plan tle 10 wellness massage health
­1­ andre james_massage therapist_resume
Levi Resume Bulet Points On Top
TR Massage Therapy NC II.pdf. conduct of research about this.
Wellness Massage Hilot NC II lectures SHS
Diversity and cultural competency(1 hr)
Olivia Harms Resume 2017 (3 most recent)
Body massage
Massage therapist
01 MRS Service & Sales Training Presentation

More from Ronalyn Concordia (18)

PDF
Math learners material grade 10 quarter 3
PDF
Science learners module grade 10 unit 3
PDF
music 10 learners material quarter 3
PDF
Learners material in arts grade 10 unit 3
PDF
Ekonomiks teaching guide unit 3
PDF
Math10 teaching guide unit 3
PDF
arts grade 10 quarter 2
PDF
music grade 10 2nd quarter
PDF
Arts complete
PDF
Physical education 10 learning material
PDF
Music 10 learning material
PDF
Health 10 learning material
PDF
Filipino 10 learning material
PDF
Ekonomiks 10 learning material
PDF
Arts 10 learning material
PDF
module in ap 9 second quarter
PDF
Esp leaners module 9
PDF
leaner's mosule in pe 9
Math learners material grade 10 quarter 3
Science learners module grade 10 unit 3
music 10 learners material quarter 3
Learners material in arts grade 10 unit 3
Ekonomiks teaching guide unit 3
Math10 teaching guide unit 3
arts grade 10 quarter 2
music grade 10 2nd quarter
Arts complete
Physical education 10 learning material
Music 10 learning material
Health 10 learning material
Filipino 10 learning material
Ekonomiks 10 learning material
Arts 10 learning material
module in ap 9 second quarter
Esp leaners module 9
leaner's mosule in pe 9

Recently uploaded (20)

PDF
Piense y hagase Rico - Napoleon Hill Ccesa007.pdf
PDF
What Is Coercive Control? Understanding and Recognizing Hidden Abuse
PPTX
Revamp in MTO Odoo 18 Inventory - Odoo Slides
PPTX
Introduction_to_Human_Anatomy_and_Physiology_for_B.Pharm.pptx
PDF
Origin of periodic table-Mendeleev’s Periodic-Modern Periodic table
PPTX
How to Manage Bill Control Policy in Odoo 18
PDF
3rd Neelam Sanjeevareddy Memorial Lecture.pdf
PDF
High Ground Student Revision Booklet Preview
PDF
The Final Stretch: How to Release a Game and Not Die in the Process.
PPTX
Open Quiz Monsoon Mind Game Prelims.pptx
PDF
102 student loan defaulters named and shamed – Is someone you know on the list?
PDF
Cell Biology Basics: Cell Theory, Structure, Types, and Organelles | BS Level...
PDF
Module 3: Health Systems Tutorial Slides S2 2025
PDF
Physiotherapy_for_Respiratory_and_Cardiac_Problems WEBBER.pdf
PDF
English Language Teaching from Post-.pdf
PPTX
human mycosis Human fungal infections are called human mycosis..pptx
PPTX
Cardiovascular Pharmacology for pharmacy students.pptx
PPTX
Week 4 Term 3 Study Techniques revisited.pptx
PDF
LDMMIA Reiki Yoga S2 L3 Vod Sample Preview
PPTX
Software Engineering BSC DS UNIT 1 .pptx
Piense y hagase Rico - Napoleon Hill Ccesa007.pdf
What Is Coercive Control? Understanding and Recognizing Hidden Abuse
Revamp in MTO Odoo 18 Inventory - Odoo Slides
Introduction_to_Human_Anatomy_and_Physiology_for_B.Pharm.pptx
Origin of periodic table-Mendeleev’s Periodic-Modern Periodic table
How to Manage Bill Control Policy in Odoo 18
3rd Neelam Sanjeevareddy Memorial Lecture.pdf
High Ground Student Revision Booklet Preview
The Final Stretch: How to Release a Game and Not Die in the Process.
Open Quiz Monsoon Mind Game Prelims.pptx
102 student loan defaulters named and shamed – Is someone you know on the list?
Cell Biology Basics: Cell Theory, Structure, Types, and Organelles | BS Level...
Module 3: Health Systems Tutorial Slides S2 2025
Physiotherapy_for_Respiratory_and_Cardiac_Problems WEBBER.pdf
English Language Teaching from Post-.pdf
human mycosis Human fungal infections are called human mycosis..pptx
Cardiovascular Pharmacology for pharmacy students.pptx
Week 4 Term 3 Study Techniques revisited.pptx
LDMMIA Reiki Yoga S2 L3 Vod Sample Preview
Software Engineering BSC DS UNIT 1 .pptx

Lm wellness massage g10

  • 1. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 1 K to 12 Basic Education Program TECHNOLOGY AND LIVELIHOOD EDUCATION HOME ECONOMICS Wellness Massage LEARNER‘S MATERIAL GRADE 10
  • 2. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page Cover Page............................................................................ Table of Contents Introduction...………………………………………………………. 4 Content Standard and Performance Standard……………… 4 Objectives……………………………………………………….. 5 Program Requirements………………………………………… 5 Learning Episodes……………………………………………… 5 How to Use the Module………………………………………… 6 Diagnostic Assessment…………………………………………… 7 Personal Entrepreneurial Competencies (PECs)…………… 14 Environment and Market (EM)………………………………….. 26 Quarter I Assess and Interview Client/s Overview………………………………………………………… 44 Objectives……………………………………………………….. 44 Pre-Test 1……………………………………………………….. 45 Lesson 1 Plan the Wellness Program of Clients LO 1 Assess/Interview Client……………………………… 49 1.1 History and Development Wellness Massage.. 49 1.2 Health Concepts……………………………… 55 1.3 Healing Concepts…………………………...... 55 1.4Identify the Vital Information of the client/s ………………………………. 59 1.5 Relevant Information of the Client/s ………… 59 1.6Wellness Massage Techniques……………… 65 1.7Wellness Massage Services and Products… 65 1.8Wellness Program……………………………… 69 Post test ……………………………………………………… .. 70 Quarter II Overview………………………………………………………… 73 Objectives………………………………………………………… 74 Pre-Test 2………………………………………………………… 74
  • 3. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 3 Lesson 2 Provide Pre-Service to Wellness Massage Client/s LO 1 Provide Pre-Service to client/ 2.1 Professional Conduct and Ethics and Preparation… 78 Communication Process …………………………….. 79 Communication Barriers ……………………………. 79 Telephone Etiquette ………………………………….. 80 Listening Skills ……………………………………….. 84 Principles of Listening ……………………………… 85 Non Verbal Communication ………………………. Preparation of Appointment Schedule ……………. Client Consultation ………………………………….. 90 Essential Information of the client ………………… 92 Wellness Service Standards ………………………. 94 2.2 Conducting Preliminary Services to Clients ………….. Effective Customer Service Workplace Policies and Procedures Record Making Preliminary Service Procedures Wellness massage products, services and programs Enhancement Activity…………………………… Post Test 1……………………………… Quarter III Overview ……………………………………………………….……… 99 Objectives……………………………………………………………… 99 Pre-Test 3……………………………………………………………… 99 Lesson 3Apply Wellness Massage Techniques LO 1 Apply Wellness Massage Techniques Health Safety Procedure in Wellness Massage……… 106 - 140 3.2 Prepare Client for Wellness Massage Session …. 140-159 3.3 Perform Wellness Massage Techniques ………... 159-184 Enhancement Activity…………………………………… Post Test 3………………………………………………………….. 185-188 Quarter IV Overview ……………………………………………………….. 189 Objectives………………………………………………………. 189 Pre-Test 4………………………………………………………. 192
  • 4. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 4 Lesson 4 Post-Advice and Post Services to Clients LO 1 Provide Advice on Post Wellness Massage Services 4.1 Perform Aftercare Service ……………………….. 193-201 4.2 Identify and Explain the Wellness Products……. 202-205 4.3 Enumerate and Explain Other Services ……….. 206-208 Enhancement Activity Post Test ……………………………………………………….. 209-212 Summative Test…………………………………………………….. 212-218 Synthesis ………..………………………………………………. 219 Glossary ………………………………………………………… 220-221 References…….…………………………………………………… 222-224
  • 5. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 5 Introduction Technology and Livelihood Education (TLE) is one nomenclature in the implementation of the K to 12 Basic Education Program (BEP). It is composed of four components, namely, Agri-Fishery Arts, Home Economics, Industrial Arts and Information and Communication Technology. In this learning material, the focus is on a course in Home Economics –Wellness Massage. The course provides varied and relevant activities and opportunities to determine your understanding of the key concepts and to demonstrate core competencies as prescribed in TESDA Training Regulation in Cookery. Thus, it aims to provide quality service to target clients alongside of assessing yourself as to the aspects of business that you may consider to strengthen and become part of the food provider sector. The world of work today presents a picture of available jobs that are getting scarcer each year. To address this reality, the Department of Education is stretching its available resources, prioritizing needs, and developing sustainable programs to lead and to prepare the young minds as future skillful chef or any related job. The department further believes that it is in honing the skills that the learner can have an edge over other job seekers. DepEd endeavors to equip the learners with the appropriate knowledge, attitudes, values and skills necessary to become productive citizen of our society. This learner‘s material is specifically crafted to focus on the different activities that will assess your level in terms of skills and knowledge necessary to get a Certificate of Competency and/or National Certification. This will surely make you a certified wellness massage specialist. Content Standard The learner demonstrates understanding of core concepts and theories in wellness massage. Performance Standard The learner independently demonstrates core competencies in wellness massage as prescribed in the TESDA Training Regulation.
  • 6. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 6 Objectives Learners are expected to become proficient in performing skills on the following competencies: 1. Discuss the relevance of the course. 2. Explain the basic concepts in wellness massage. 3. Strengthen ones PECs to undertake the course on wellness massage. 4. Explore on opportunities for wellness massage as a career. 5. Select a business idea based on the criteria and techniques set in wellness massage. 6. Develop a product/service in Wellness Massage. Program Requirements Grade 10 students who will take Wellness Massage course as their specialization in Technology and Livelihood Education (TLE) – Home Economics should have successfully taken the exploratory course in Beauty Care in Grade 7/8. The student of this course must possess the characteristics of a person who are incline in wellness massage and other related activities,can communicate both in oral and written; physically and mentally fit; with good moral character; and can perform basic mathematical computation. Learners are expected to develop their knowledge and skills in Wellness Massage and explore an opportunities for wellness massage. This should be taken for one school year for a total of 160 hours. Lessons should be taken one at a time, following the correct sequence being presented and should accomplish the assessment or enhancement activities before proceeding to the next lesson. Along the learning process, learners of this course are required to complete the 25-hour industry involvement to different wellness massage salons to experience the actual workplace. Learning Episodes This learning resource is subdivided into four (4) quarters which may serve as the recommended scope and limit for every academic grading period. In every quarter there are lessons that comprise the learning outcomes. Before exploring the core competencies of Wellness Massage, you will be guided on how to assess your own Personal Entrepreneurial
  • 7. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 7 Competencies and Skills (PECS) and demonstrate your understanding about the Environment and Market. Quarter I is compose of one lesson. Lesson I is all about planning the wellness program of the clients Quarter II is providing pre-service to wellness massage Quarter III consists of lessons on applying wellness massage techniques Quarter IV covers lessons on post-advice and post-services to clients Enjoy using this learner‘s material as your guide to become a successful massage specialist in the future. HOW TO USE THIS LEARNER’S MATERIAL? Here are some reminders on how to use this material. 1. Answer the diagnostic assessment before you proceed to the different activities. The diagnostic assessment determines how much you know about the lessons and identifies the areas you ought to learn more. Your teacher will check and analyze your score to determine your learning needs. 2. This learner‘s material contains relevant information and activities. Go over each activity carefully. If you encounter difficulties, do not hesitate to consult your teacher for assistance. Do not skip any topic unless you are told to do so. REMEMBER that each activity is a preparation for the succeeding activities. 3. For every lesson/learning outcomes, perform the enhancement activities to enrich the knowledge and skills. 4. After successfully finished the tasks, answer the post-test to be given by your teacher. Your score will be analyzed and will be used by your teacher for the computation of your grades. 5. Lastly, DO NOT mark the learner‘s material in any way.
  • 8. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 8 I. Multiple-Choice. Direction: Read eachquestion carefully. Encircle the letter of the correct answer. Write the answers in your quiz notebook. 1. Some massage therapists focus on the shifts in awareness and psychological insight that can be brought about with massage. A. Transformational or psychotherapeutic massage B. Pampering C. Sports Massage D. Relaxation/stress/ stress reduction. 2. Per Henrik Ling developed a system of passive and active exercises known as Swedish Remedial Gynastics except _____. A. ‗Effleurage‘, B. ‗Petrissage‘, C. ‗Vibration‘, D. ‗Ventilation 3. This is part of the personal information form which indicates that a massage will be helpful to the client and will influence the type of massage given. A. Past Personal Information B. Past Medical History C. Present Medical History D. Present Personal Information 4. This refers to the type of massage treatment that can be found in some spa and hair salons. A. Transformational or psychotherapeutic massage B. Pampering C. Sports Massage D. Relaxation/stress/ stress reduction Diagnostic Assessment
  • 9. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 9 5. As early as 3000 BC, the _____nationalities practiced massage to cure ailments and improve general health? A. Chinese B. Japanese C. Vietnamese D. Swedish 6. He was the Greek physician who used massage with oils and herbs to treat medical conditions and diseases. A. Herodicus B. Abacus C. Hepartacus D. Eherodicus 7. This is the most widely used form of massage used for relaxation. A. body massage B. stone massage C. sports massage D. pregnancy massage 8. It implies exchange of messages by human being. A. Communication Process B. Communication Problem C. Communication Standards D. Miscommunication 9. As the communication process continues, it becomes a communication _______. A. cycle B. stroke C. routine D. requirement
  • 10. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 10 10. Human communication consist of A. 93% body language while only 7% of communication consists of words themselves. B. 95% body language while only 5% of communication consists of words themselves C. 90% body language while only 10% of communication consists of words themselves D. 80% body language while only 20% of communication consists of words themselves 11.This person does the client consultation. A.doctor B. dentist C. specialist D. therapist 12. Do not make false claims for treatments, but explain the benefits _____. A. fairly B. practically C. reasonably D.realistically 13. Before picking up a phone you should discontinue to ______. A. breathe B.eat chewing gum C. talk D. smile 14. A type of massage wherein the hand is placed over the area and vibrated either up and down or from side to side. The action produces vibrations in the underlying tissue. A. Vibration B. Pounding C. Frictions D. Cupping
  • 11. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 11 15. The type of massage strokes in which pressure is applied to the tissues. A. Vibration B. Knead C. Beating D. Petrissage 16.A massage stroke that skims the surface of the tissues. A. Vibration B. Effleurage C. Beating D. Petrissage 17. A manipulation technique that lifts the muscle away from the bone and moves itfrom side to side in a rocking manner. A. Vibration B.Effleurage C.Muscle rolling D. Petrissage 18. A massage strokes where the hands strike the tissues. A. Vibration B. Effleurage C.Taponement D.Petrissage 19.This helps eliminate the toxins from the body. A. juice B.tea C. water D. wine 20. This is a kind of food that helps the body to concentrate on healing. A. light healthy meal B. heavy healthy meal C. more vegetables D. juicy fruits
  • 12. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 12 21. This should be avoided for about 24 hours before performing aftercare services. A. alcohol B. exercise C. too much eating D. drinking plenty of water 22.We usually feel this after treatment. A. startle B. creepy C. canny D.relaxed 23. It is the most common body reactions in the aftercare services. A.aching/soreness of muscles B. heightened emotional state C. tiredness D. dizzy 24. A word whichmeans anything that can cause harm. A. risk B. danger C. hazard D. warning 25. The safestsubstance found in spa salon A. Oil B. Disinfectant C. Powders D. Water 26. In the 5‘s methodology, Seiketsu is the Japanese term for ________. A. standardize B. self-discipline C. sort D. sweep
  • 13. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 13 27. The translated English word for seiri is ________. A. sort B. sweep C. self-discipline D. systematize 28.This can be done as an introduction to massage for clients who may not come in for an office massage, or can be a continuing form of stress- reduction therapy when done on a regular basis, as in the office setting A. Chair Massage B. Pampering C. Chiropractic adjunct D. Relaxation/stress/ stress reduction 29. Different origin of the word massage are the following except one, A. mass B. mass’h C. masser D. massege 30. This details will enable you to contact the client quickly if you need to cancel or change an appointment or for any other reason. A. personal records B. doctors records C. physical records D. school records II.TRUE or FALSE.Write T if the statement is true and F if false. _______31. Drink plenty of water to hydrate & flush toxins. _______32. You may feel a little light headed after the hot stone massage & body massage aftercare _______33. Home care advice is very beneficial for the client, as it involves them in the treatment and encourages them to take control of their condition. _______34. Immediate bathing should be avoided, at least 6 hrs. after the service is being advised. _______35. Aftercare products may include but is not limited herbal products and body oils.
  • 14. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 14 _______36. Eat light, easy to digest meals ________37. For the tense, overworked client she may be advised to reduceworkload, that s/he makes time to rest, takes a relaxing bath and goesto bed early. _______38. Deep breathing exercises are helpful to everyone as they increase the intake of oxygen and the elimination of carbon dioxide. _______39. After any massage, spa or holistic treatment, try to rest and relax for the rest of the day, if not, for a few hours at least. _______40. Making the clients feel welcome and at home with a friendly ―Hello is a nice gesture or strategy used in rebooking clients. III. Fill in the blanks Direction: Choose your answer from the box below and write it on the space provided. 41. _______ is the chance, great or small that someone will be harmed by the hazard. 42. _______ is technique of using a large towel or sheet to keep you covered while you‘re getting a massage. 43. An ______ is a region of the body in which nerves arteries, or vein lay close to the body‘s surface. 44. The time to gather and exchange information with the client is called _____. 45. _______refers to standards and conducts of behaviour of an individual or professional group. 46. __________refers to the type of massage treatment that might be found in some spa and hair salons. 47. Massage is thought to increase _____ which is desirable in many conditions. 48. _________ is the name of a workplace organization method that uses a list of five Japanese words. 49.To gain the _____ of clients and establish an excellent reputation, 50. A customer first impression of your practice is formed during their first ____ of contact over the phone or in person draping endangerment site risk ethics pampering blood flow 5’s methodology consultation confidence interpersonal communication
  • 15. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 15 Personal Entrepreneurial Competencies (PECs) Content Standards Performance Standards The learner demonstrates understanding of one‘s PECs in Wellness Massage. The learner independently creates a plan of action that strengthens and/or further develops his/her PECs in Wellness Massage. Quarter I Time Allotment: 4 hours Module 1 Personal Entrepreneurial Competencies Introduction In this module you will learn more about entrepreneurship and the entrepreneurial competencies related to Wellness Massage. You will have a first-hand experience in educational activities leading to assessment of your personal entrepreneurial competencies (PECs) and the entrepreneurial competencies of a successful Wellness Massage Therapistswithin your province. You will also have several activities that willalign your competencies with those of successful practitioners. Moreover, this module will encourage you to think about entrepreneurship and its role in the business community as well as in the economic and social development of an individual. To start with this module, let us first understand entrepreneurs and entrepreneurship. Entrepreneurs are people with the skills and capabilities to see and evaluate business opportunities. They are individuals that can strategically identify products or services needed by the community, and have the capacity to deliver them at the right time and at the right place. Entrepreneurs are agents of economic change; they organize, manage and assume risks of a business. Some of the good qualities of entrepreneurs are: opportunity-seeker, risk taker, goal setter, excellent planner,confident problem-solver, hardworking, persistent and committed. Entrepreneurship on the other hand is not just a simple business activity but a strategic process of innovation and new product venture
  • 16. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 16 creation. Basically, entrepreneurship is both an art and science of converting business ideas into marketable products or services to improve the quality of living. Now that you have background knowledge about entrepreneurs and entrepreneurship, you can now walk through in assessing your PECs. Always remember that successful entrepreneurs continuously develop and improve their PECs. To begin, let us find out the competencies you will gain upon completion of this module. Objectives At the end of this module, you are expected to:  identify areas for improvement, development, and growth,  align your PECs according to your business or career choice, and  create a plan of action that ensures success in your business or career choice. Now try to take the first challenge in this module, the pre assessment. Pre-assessment As part of your initial activity, try to assess your prior knowledge and experience related to personal entrepreneurial competencies. Answer Task 1.
  • 17. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 17 Task 1: Matching Type Direction: Match the entrepreneurial competencies in column A with their meaning in column B. Write the letter of the correct answer on the space provided before each number. A B ____1.Creative A. makes wise decisions towards the set objectives ____2.Profit-oriented B. strategic thinking and setting of goals ____3.Disciplined C. trusting in one‘s ability ____4.Sound decision maker D. adoptable to change ____5. Possess people skills E. innovates to have an edge over other competitors ____6.Excellent Planner F. solid dedication ____7.Confident G. skillful in record keeping ____8.Hardworking H. always sticks to the plan ____9.Ability to accept change I. work diligently ____10. Committed J. effective and efficient communication skills and relates well to people K. always looking for an opportunity to have/earn income. Task 2: Guide Questions Directions: The following are guide questions which covers the entire module. Write your answers on your assignment notebook. Discuss / share these to the class. A. Explain why entrepreneurial activities are important to social development and economy progress. B. What entrepreneurial activities related to Wellness Massage do you know and are capable of doing?
  • 18. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 18 C. If you were given the opportunity to own a business that relates to Wellness Massage, do you think you will be confident to manage it? Explain your answer. D. What do you think are the most important competencies one must possess in order to be successful in running a chosen business? E. Name successful entrepreneurs from your province whose businesses are related to Wellness Massage. Make sure you will be able to share with the class the PECs that made them successful. After all the guide questions are answered, share these with your classmates. You may also compare your insigths, personal knowledge, and relevant experiences on the topic to make the sharing more exciting and engaging. Learning Goals and Targets After understanding the objectives of this module, having gone through pre-assessment, and answering the guide questions, you will be asked to set your own personal goals and targets. These goals and targets will urge you to further achieve the ultimate objective of this module. In the end, these ultimate goals will motivate you to learn more about PECs. Figure 1: Strategic process to achieve the objectives of this module Reading Resources and Instructional Activities After setting your own personal goals and targets in achieving the objectives of this module, check your inherent knowledge of PECs. Answer the following guide questions with the help of your classmates. Goals and Targets Learning Activities Ultimate Goal
  • 19. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 19 Task 3: Group Activity Directions: Answer the following guide questions on a separate sheet of paper. Share your answers with the class. 1. Explain the importance of assessing one‘s PECs before engaging in a particular entrepreneurial activity. ______________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________. 2. Are there other strategies or approaches where you can assess your PECs? Explain how these strategies will become more useful in selecting a viable business venture. ______________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________. 3. What are the desirable personal characteristics, attributes, lifestyles, skills, and traits of a prospective entrepreneur? Why are these important? ______________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________. 4. Why is there a need to assess one‘s PECs in terms of characteristics, attributes, lifestyles, skills, and traits before starting a particular business? ______________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________. 5. What is the significance of evaluating PECs of a successful entrepreneur? What helpful insights can you draw from this activity? ______________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________.
  • 20. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 20 How was your experience in answering the guide questions with your classmates? Were you able to benefit from them? What were the insights you have realized? This time you‘re going to study the different topics that will enrich your knowledge of PECs. Read all the important details about the succeeding topic carefully. Assessment of Personal Entrepreneurial Competencies (PECs) and Skillsvis-à-vis a Practicing Entrepreneurin a Province Entrepreneurial competencies refer to the important characteristics that should be possessed by an individual in order to perform entrepreneurial functions effectively.In this module, you will learn some of the most important characteristics, attributes, lifestyle, skills and traits of a successful entrepreneur or an employee to be successful in a chosen career. Below are few important characteristics/traits/attributes of a good entrepreneur:  Hardworking: One of the important characteristics of a good entrepreneur is hardworking. This means working diligently and being consistent about it. Hardworking people keep improving their performance to produce good products and/or provide good services.  Confident: Entrepreneurs have self-reliance in one‘s ability and judgment. They exhibit self-confidence to cope with the risks of operating their own business.  Disciplined: Successful entrepreneurs always stick to the plan and fight the temptation to do what is unimportant. Know
  • 21. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 21  Committed: Good entrepreneurs assume full responsibility over their business. They give full commitment and solid dedication to make the business successful.  Ability to accept change: Nothing is permanent but change. Change occurs frequently. When you own a business, you should cope with and thrive on changes. Capitalize on positive changes to make your business grow.  Creative: An entrepreneur should be creative and innovative to stay in the business and in order to have an edge over the other competitors.  Has the initiative: An entrepreneur takes the initiative. You must put yourself in a position where you are responsible for the failure or success of your business.  Profit-oriented: An entrepreneur enters the world of business to generate profit or additional income. The business shall become your bread and butter. Therefore, you must see to it that the business can generate income. Listed below are the important skills of a successful entrepreneur:  Excellent planner: Planning involves strategic thinking and goal setting to achieve objectives by carefully maximizing all the available resources. A good entrepreneur develops and follows the steps in the plans diligently to realize goals. A good entrepreneur knows that planning is an effective skill only when combined with action.  Possesses people skills: This is a very important skill needed to be successful in any kind of business. People skills refer to effective and efficient communication and establishing good relationship to the people working in and out of your business. In day-to-day business transactions, you need to deal with people. A well-developed interpersonal skill can make a huge difference between success and failure of the business. Sound decision maker: Successful entrepreneurs have the ability to think quickly and to make wise decisions towards a pre-
  • 22. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 22 determined set of objectives. No one can deny that the ability to make wise decisions is an important skill that an entrepreneur should possess. Sound decisions should be based on given facts and information and lead towards the pre-determined objectives. To firm up what you have learned and have a better appreciation of the different entrepreneurial competencies, read the PECs checklist below, then answer the same. Task 4: PECs Checklist Directions: Using the PECs Checklist, assess yourself by indicating a check (/) mark in either strengths and/or development areas column. Interpret the results by counting the total number of check marks in each of the columns. After accomplishing the checklist, form a group and share your insights and experiences why you come up with that personal assessment. Table 1: PECS Checklist Personal Entrepreneurial Competencies of an Entrepreneur Personal Assessment in terms of: Strength Development Areas Hardworking - Working diligently Self-confident - Confidence in one‘s ability Discipline - Always stick to the plan Committed - Solid dedication Ability to accept change - Adoptable to change Creative - Innovative to have edge over other competitors Profit-oriented - Always looking for income Planner - Strategic thinking and setting of goals People Skill - effective and efficient communication and relation to people Decision Making - make a wise decision towards the set objectives Process
  • 23. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 23 Possess people skill - Effective and efficient communication skills and relates well to people Sound decision maker - Makes wise decisions towards the set objectives TOTAL Interpretation or Insight: ___________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________. How was your experience in discovering the strengths and the areas you need to develop? Did you gain a valuable experience in exchanging insights with your classmates? To learn more and deepen your understanding of PECs, do task 5 below. Task 5: Interview Directions : In your province, interview a successful Massage Therapist or entrepreneur whose type of business is related with Wellness Massage. Focus your questions on PECs and other business-related attributes that helped them become successful. Analyze the results of the interview and reflect on the similarities and/or differences. Write your answer on a separate sheet of paper. Reflect and Understand
  • 24. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 24 Sample Interview Guide Name of Proprietor/Practitioner: ____________________________________ Age: _______________Number of Years in Business: _________________ Business Name: ________________________________________________ Business Address:______________________________________________ 1. What preparations did you make before you engaged in this type of business or job? ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________. 2. What special skills and characteristics do you have that is related with your business or job? ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________. 3. How did you solve business-related problems during the early years of your business operation? ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________. 4. Did you follow the tips from a successful businessman or practitioner before you engaged in your business? ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________. 5. What best business practices can you share with aspiring entrepreneurs? ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________. 6. What do you think are the salient characteristics, attributes, lifestyle, skills and traits that made you successful in your business or job? ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________.
  • 25. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 25 Directions: Copy the tables below in your notebook or in a separate sheet of paper. Gather the needed information from the interview to supply answer/s to row 1 in the table below, after which, fill out the second row with your PECs. Personal Entrepreneurial Competencies Characteristics Attributes Lifestyles Skills Traits Successful Entrepreneur in the province My PECs Using the information on the table above, analyze and reflect on the similarities and differences in your answers. Put your reflection on the table below. Write your conclusion on the space provided below. Personal Entrepreneurial Competencies Similarities Differences Characteristics Attributes Lifestyles Skills
  • 26. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 26 Traits Conclusion: ________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________. After performing the activities on the importance of PECs, let‘s determine how much you have learned. Perform the Task 6 to determine how well you have understood the lesson. Task 6: Preparation of a Plan of Action Directions: Use a separate sheet of paper / in your notebook the information generated from task 5 (Interview) and prepare an action plan that indicates alignment of your PECs to the PECs of a successful entrepreneur in Wellness Massage in your province. Objective Area Activities Strategies Time Frame Expected Outcome To align my PECs with the PECs of a successful entrepreneur in Wellness Massage. Characteristics Skills Transfer
  • 27. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 27 Attribute Traits Task 7: Essential Questions Directions: Read and study the following questions below. You may use a separate sheet of paper or your notebook to write your answers. 1. Why is there a need to compare and align your PECs with the PECs of a successful entrepreneur? ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________. 2. How does your action plan help sustain your strong PECs and/or address your development areas? ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________
  • 28. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 28 ________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________. 3. What plan of action would you do to address your development areas? ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ ________________.
  • 29. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 29 ENVIRONMENT AND MARKET (EM) Content Standards Performance Standards The learner demonstrates understanding of environment and market in Wellness Massage in one‘s province. The learner independently creates a business vicinity map reflective of potential market in Wellness Massage in a province. Quarter I Time Allotment: 4 hours Module 2 Environment and Market Introduction Aspiring entrepreneur need to explore the economic, cultural, and social conditions prevailing in an area. Needs and wants of the people in a certain area that are not met may be considered business opportunities. Identifying the needs of the community, its resources, available raw materials, skills, and appropriate technology can help a new entrepreneur seize business opportunities. To be successful in any kind of business venture, potential entrepreneurs should look closely at the environment and market. They should always be watchful of existing opportunities and constraints, and to take calculated risks. The opportunities in the business environment are factors that provide possibilities for a business to expand and make more profit. Constraints, on the other hand, are factors that limit business growth, hence reduce the chance of generating profit. One of the best ways to evaluate opportunities and constraints is to conduct a Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities and Threats (SWOT) Analysis. SWOT Analysis is a managerial tool used to assess the environment. It is used to gather important information which is then used in strategic planning. Strengths and weaknesses are internal in an organization. They relate to resources owned by an organization that you have control over and also the extent of its marketing.
  • 30. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 30 Opportunities and threats exist in the external environment. Opportunities relate to the market, new technologies, and the external factors such as government policies, climate, and trends. Threats replace what the competitors are doing. It also includes legal and other constraints. Now that you have read some important considerations to explore to be successful in any business, you are now ready to explore more about the environment and market. To begin with, let‘s find out the competencies that you will master as you finish this module. Objectives At the end of this module, you are expected to:  identify what is of ―value‖ to the customer,  identify the customer to sell to,  explain what makes a product unique and competitive,  apply creativity and innovative techniques to develop marketable products, and  employ a unique selling proposition (USP) to a product and/or service. Now that you have an idea about the things you will learn, take the first challenge in this module – the pre-assessment.
  • 31. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 31 Pre-assessment Task 1: MultipleChoice DIRECTIONS: Choose the letter of the best answer. Write your answer on a separate sheet of paper. 1. It is generated by examining the goods and services sold in the community. A. business creation C. business concept B. business pricing D. business idea 2. It is a process of making new products which will be sold to the customers. A. product analysis C. product development B. product conceptualization D. product implementation 3. These are luxuries, advantages and desires that every individual considers beyond necessary. A. wants C. requirements B. desires D. needs 4. It is a factor or consideration presented by a seller as the reason that a product or service is different from and better than that of the competition. A. unique selling plan C. unique pricing policy B. unique selling proposition D. finding value-added 5. A stage in which the needs of the target market are identified, reviewed, and evaluated. A. concept development C. project development B. economic analysis D. refine specification 6. It is the introduction of new ideas to make the product and services more attractive and saleable to the target customers. A. new idea C. product development B. creativity D. innovation 7. It is a managerial tool used to assess the environment and to gather important information that can be used for strategic planning. A. scanning C. WOTSAnalysis B. SWOT Analysis D. surveyanalysis
  • 32. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 32 8. It is creating names, symbol, or designs that identifies and differentiates a product from the other products. A. product naming C. branding B. unique selling proposition D. tagline 9. It is a meaningful and unforgettable statement that captures the essence of the brand. A. product naming C. branding B. unique selling proposition D. tagline 10. These are things that people cannot live without. A. wants C. requirements B. desires D. needs Task 2: Guide Questions: Directions:Read and study the guide questions below. Use a separate sheetof paper to write your answer. 1. How does one determine the product or services to be produced and/or to be providedto the target customers? ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ 2. How does one select an entrepreneurial activity? ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ 3. When can one say that a certain product has ―value?‖ ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ 4. Does applying creativity to your product or services important? Why? ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________
  • 33. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 33 5. How can one effectively respond to the needs of the target customer? ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ 6. From the viewpoint of business owner, discuss the importance of scanning the environment and market in generating business ideas. ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ 7. Using self-assessment, explain the level of your confidence in formulating a business idea. ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ After the entire guide questions are answered and skills have been mastered, share insights/ideas with your classmates. Discuss your insights, personal knowledge, and relevant experiences on the topic to make it more exciting and engaging. Learning Goals and Target After reading and understanding the objectives of this module and having gone through the pre-assessment and guide questions, you will be asked to set your own personal goals. These goals will urge you to further achieve the ultimate objective of this module. In the end, these goals will motivate you to learn more about environment and market. Figure 2: Strategic process to reach the objectives of this module Goals and Targets Learning Activities Ultimate Goal
  • 34. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 34 Reading Resources and Instructional Activities After setting your own personal goals and targets in achieving the objectives of this module, you will have the opportunity to read and learn more about environment and market. You will also be given a chance to do practical exercises and activities to deepen your understanding of the topic. Product Development When we talk of product development,we are referring to a process of making a new product to be sold by a business or enterprise to its customers.Product development may involve modification of an existing product or its presentation, or formulation of an entirely new product that satisfies a newly-defined customer‘s needs, wants and/or a market place. The term development in this module refers collectively to the entire process of identifying a market opportunity, creating a product to appeal to the identified market, and testing, modifying, and refining the product until itbecomesready for production. There are basic, yet vital questions that you can ask yourself about product development. When you find acceptable answers to them, you may now say that you are ready to develop a product and/or render services. These questions include the following: 1. For whom are the product/services aimed at? 2. What benefit will the customers expect from product/service? 3. How will the product/service differ from the existing brand? From its competitor? In addition, needs and wants of the people within an area should also be taken into big consideration. Everyone has his/her own needs and wants. However, each person has different concepts of needs and wants. Needs in business are the important things that an individual cannot live without in a society. These include: 1. basic commodities for consumption, 2. clothing and other personal belongings, 3. shelter, sanitation and health, and 4. education. Know
  • 35. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 35 Basic needs are essential to an individual to live with dignity and pride in a community. These needs can obviously help you generate business ideas and subsequently to product development. Wants are desires, luxury and extravagance that signify wealth and expensive way of living. Wants or desires are considered above all the basic necessities of life. Some examples of wants or desires are: fashion accessories,expensive shoes and clothes, travels, eating in an expensive restaurant, watching movies, concerts,having luxurious cars, wearing expensive jewelry and perfume, living in impressive homes, among others. Needs and wants of people are the basic indicators of the kind of business that you may engage in because it can serve as the measure of your success. Some other points that might be considered in business undertakings are the kind of people, their needs, wants, lifestyle, culture and tradition, and their social orientation. To summarize, product development entirely depends on the needs and wants of the customers. Another important issue to deal with is the key concepts of developing a product. The succeeding topic shall enlighten you about the procedure in coming up with a product. Concepts of Developing a Product Concept development is a critical phase in the development of a product. In this stage, the needs of the target market are identified, and competitive products are reviewed before the product specifications are defined. The product concept is selected along with an economic analysis to come up with an outline of how a product is being developed. Figure 3 shows the stages of concept development of a product.
  • 36. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 36 Figure 3: Stages of Concept Development The process of product development follows the following stages: 1. Identify customer needs: Using survey forms, interviews, researches, focus group discussions, and observations, an entrepreneur can easily identify customers‘ needs and wants. In this stage, the information that can be possibly gathered is product specifications (performance, taste, size, color, shape, life span of the product, etc.). This stage is very important because it would determine the product to be produced or provided. 2. Establish target specifications: Based on customers' needs and reviews of competitive products, you can now establish target specifications of the prospective new product and/or services. A target specification is essentially a wish-list. 3. Analyze competitive products: It is imperative to analyze existing competitive products to provide important information in establishing product or service specifications. Other products may exhibit successful design attributes that should be emulated or improved upon in the new product or service. 4. Generate product concepts:After having gone through with the previous processes, you may now develop a number of product concepts to illustrate Concept Development Identify Customer Needs Plan Remaining Development Project Establish Target Specifications Generate Product Concepts Select a Product Concept Analyze Competitive Products Refine Specifications Perform Economic Analysis
  • 37. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 37 the types of products or servicesthat are technically feasible and will best meet the requirements of the target specifications. 5. Select a product concept: Through the process of evaluation between attributes, a final concept is selected. After the final selection, additional market research can be applied to obtain feedback from certain key customers. 6. Refine product specifications: In this stage, product or services specifications are refined on the basis of input from the foregoing activities. Final specifications are the result of extensive study, expected service life, projected selling price among others are being considered in this stage. 7. Perform economic analysis: Throughout the process of product development, it is very important to always review and estimate the economic implications regarding development expenses, manufacturing costs, and selling price of the product or services to be offered or provided. 8. Plan the remaining development project:In this final stage of concept development, you can prepare a detailed development plan which includes list of activities, necessary resources and expenses, and development schedule with milestones for tracking progress. Finding Value People buy for a reason. There should be something in your product or service that would give consumers a good reason to go back and buy more. There must be something that will make you the best option for target customers; otherwise, they have no reason to buy what you are selling. This implies further, that you offer something to your customers that will make them value your product or service. The value you incorporate in your product is called value proposition. Value proposition is a believable collection of the most persuasive reasons why people should notice you and take the action you‘re asking for. It is what gets people moving, what makes people spend for your product or service.
  • 38. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 38 Innovation Innovation is the introduction of something new in your product or service. This may be a new idea, a new method, or a new device. If you want to increase your sales and profit, you must innovate. Some of the possible innovations for your products are change of packaging, improvement of taste, color, size, shape, and perhaps price. Some of the possible innovations in providing services are application of new and improved methods, additional featured services, and possibly freebies. Unique Selling Proposition (USP) Unique Selling Proposition is the factor or consideration presented by a seller as the reason that one product or service is different from and better than that of the competition. Before you can begin to sell your product or service to your target customers, you have to sell yourself in it. This is especially important when your product or service is similar to your competitors. USP requires careful analysis of other businesses' ads and marketing messages. If you analyze what they say or what they sell, not just their product or service characteristics, you can learn a great deal about how companies distinguish themselves from competitors. Here's how to discover your USP and how to use it to increase your sales and profit:  Use empathy: Put yourself in the shoes of your customers. Always focus on the needs of the target customers and forget falling in love with your own product or service. Always remember, you are making/providing this product not for yourself but for the target customers to eventually increase sales and earn profit. Essential question such as what could make them come back and ignore competition, should be asked to oneself. Most possible answers may be focused on quality, availability, convenience, cleanliness, and reliability of the product or service.  Identify customer’s desires. It is very important for you to understand and find out what drives and motivates your customers to buy your product or service. Make some effort to find out, analyze and utilize the information that motivates the customers in their decision to purchase the product or service.
  • 39. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 39  Discover customer’s genuine reasons for buying the product. Information is very important in decision making. A competitive entrepreneur always improve their products or services to provide satisfaction and of course retention of customers. As your business grows, you should always consider the process of asking your customers important information and questions that you can use to improve your product or service. To enhance your understanding of the topic previously presented, you will be tasked to form a group and arrange an interview with a successful entrepreneur or practitioner. You have to document this interview and present this to the whole class for reflection and appreciation. Task 3: Interview Directions: Selecta successful entrepreneur or practitioner. Conduct an interview using the set of questions below. Document the interview and present it to the class. Use a separate sheet of paper. 1. How did you identify your customers? ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ 2. What were your considerations in selecting your customers? ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ 3. Explain how your product or service became unique to other products. ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ 4. Did you consult somebody before you engaged in this business? Cite / give sample insights that you gained from the consultation. ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ Process
  • 40. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 40 5. What were your preparations before you started the actual business? ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ 6. What creative and innovative techniques did you adaption the development of your product or service? What was the effect of the innovative techniques to the sales and profits of your business? ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ 7. What strategy did you consider to create a unique selling proposition to your product or service? ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ Task 4: Browsing the Internet Directions: To deepen your understanding of the lesson, perform the following tasks: 1. Browse the internet and view the topics related to: a. customers‘ needs and wants b. techniques in identifying customers‘ needs and wants c. creativity or innovations in products and services d. unique selling proposition e. product development 2. Prepare a short narrative report about these topics and discuss it to the class. You can highlight the aspect that intensifies your knowledge of product development. Reflect and Understand
  • 41. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 41 Task 5: Product Conceptualization Directions: In a separate sheet of paper or in your notebook. Develop your own concept of your product or service by using the figures on this page.Use bullets in every stage of product conceptualization in listing important key ideas. 1. Identify Customers Need - - - 2. Target Specifications - - - - - - - - 3. Analyze a Competitive Product - - - - - - - 4. Generate Product Concept - - - - 5. Select a product Concept - - - - - - 6. Refine Product Specification - - - - - 7. Prepare a Development Plan - - - - - - - - Transfer
  • 42. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 42 Generating Ideas for Business The process of developing and generating a business idea is not a simple process. Some people come upwith a bunch of business ideas thatare not really feasible. There are two problems that arise; first is the excessive generation of ideas that can forever remain as a dreaming stage and the second is when they don‘t have ideas and don‘t want to become entrepreneurs. The most optimal way is to have a systematic approach in generating and selecting a business idea that can be transformed intoa real business. Here are some basic yet very important considerations thatcanbe used to generate possible ideas for business: 1. Examine existing goods and services. Are you satisfied with the product? What do other people who use the product say about it? How can it be improved? There are many ways of improving a product from the way it is made to the way it is packed and sold. You can also improve the materials used in crafting the product. In addition, you can introduce new ways of using the product, making it more useful and adaptable to the customers‘ many needs. When you are improving the product or enhancing it, you are doing an innovation. You can also do an invention by introducing an entirely new product to replace the old one. Business ideas may also be generated by examining what goods and services are sold outside the community. Very often, these products are sold in a form that can still be enhanced or improved. 2. Examine the present and future needs. Look and listen to what the customers, institutions, and communities are missing in terms of goods and services. Sometimes, these needs are already obvious and identified right away. Other needs are not that obvious because they can only be identified later on, in the event of certain development in the community. For example, a province will have its electrification facility in the next six months. Only by that time will the entrepreneur could think of electrically- Know
  • 43. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 43 powered or generated business such as photo copying, computer service, digital printing, etc. 3. Examine how the needs are being satisfied. Needs for the products and services are referred to as market demand. To satisfy these needs is to supply the products and services that meet the demands of the market. The term market refers to whoever will use or buy the products or services, and these may be people or institutions such as other businesses, establishments, organizations, or government agencies. There is a very good business opportunity when there is absolutely no supply to a pressing market demand. Businesses or industries in the locality also have needs for goods and services. Their needs for raw materials, maintenance, and other services such as selling and distribution are good sources of ideas for business. 4. Examine the available resources. Observe what materials or skills are available in abundance in your area. A business can be started out of available raw materials by selling them in raw form and by processing and manufacturing them into finished products. For example, in a copra- producing town, there will be many coconut husks and shells available as ―waste‖ products. These can be collected and made into coco rags or doormats and charcoal bricks and sold profitably outside the community. A group of people in your neighborhood may have some special skills that can be harnessed for business. For example, women in the Mountain Province possess loom weaving skills that have been passed on from one generation to another. Some communities set up weaving businesses to produce blankets, decorative, and various souvenir items for sale to tourists and lowlanders. Business ideas can come from your own skills. The work and experience you may have in agricultural arts, industrial arts, home economics, or ICT classes will provide you with business opportunities to acquire the needed skills which will earn you extra income should you decide to engage in income-generating activities. With your skills, you may also tinker around with various things in your spare time. Many products are invented this way.
  • 44. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 44 5. Read magazines, news articles, and other publications on new products and techniques or advances in technology. You can pick up new business ideas from magazines such as Newsweek, Reader‘s Digest, Business Magazines, ―Go Negosyo‖, Know About Business (KAB) materials, and Small-Industry Journal. The Internet also serves as a library where you may browse and surf on possible businesses. It will also guide you on how to put the right product in the right place, at the right price, and at the right time. Key Concepts of Selecting a Business Idea Once you have identified business opportunities, you will eventually see that there are many possibilities available for you. It is very unlikely that you will have enough resources to pursue all of them at once. You have to select the most promising one among hundreds of ideas. It will be good to do this in stages. In the first stage, you screen your ideas to narrow them down to about few choices. In the next stage, trim down the choices to two options. In the final stage, choose between the two and decide which business idea is worth pursuing. In screening your ideas, examine each one in terms of the following guide questions: 1. How much capital is needed to put up the business? 2. Where should the business be located? 3. How big is the demand for the product? Do many people need this product and will continue to need it for a long time? 4. How is the demand met? Who are processing the products to meet the needs (competition or demand)? How much of the need is now being met (supply)? 5. Do you have the background and experiences needed to run this particular business? 6. Will the business be legal and not against any existing or foreseeable government regulation? 7. Is the business in line with your interest and expertise? Your answers to these questions will be helpful in screening which ones among your many ideas are worth examining further and worth pursuing.
  • 45. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 45 Branding Branding is a marketing practice of creating a name, a symbol or design that identifies and differentiates product or services from the rest. It is also a promise to your customers. It tells them what they can expect from your product or service and it differentiates your offerings from other competitors. Your brand is derived from who you are, who you want to be and what people perceive you to be. Branding is one of the most important aspects in any business. An effective brand strategy gives you a major edge in increasingly competitive markets. A good product can: - deliver message clearly, - confirm credibility, - connect to target prospect, - motivate buyers, and - concretizeuser loyalty. Here are simple tips to publicize your brand:  Develop a tagline. Write a statement that is meaningful, impressive, and easy to remember to capture the essence of your brand.  Design a logo. Create a logo symbolic of your business and consistent with your tagline and displace it strategically.  Write a brand message. Select a key message to communicate about your brand.  Sustain a brand quality. Deliver a promise of quality through your brand.  Practiceconsistency. Be reliable and consistent to what your brand means in your business.
  • 46. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 46 In generating a business idea, you should first identify the type of business suited to your business idea. You should analyze and scan the potential environment, study the marketing practices and strategies of your competitors, analyze strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and threats in your environment to ensure that the products or services you are planning to offer will be patronized and within easy reach of target consumers. How to conduct SWOT Analysis:  Be realistic about the strengths and weaknesses of your business when conducting SWOTAnalysis.  SWOT Analysis should distinguish between where your business is today, and where it can be in the future.  SWOT Analysis should always be specific. Avoid any gray areas.  Always apply SWOT Analysis in relation to your competition, i.e. better thanor worse than your competition.  Keep your SWOT Analysis short and simple. Avoid complexity and over analysis.  SWOT Analysis is subjective. Task 6: SWOT Analysis Directions: In a separate sheet of paper or in your notebook list down all your observations for your business idea.Categorize your observations according to strengths, weakness, opportunities and treats. After carefully listing them down, use the stated strategies to come up with a sound analysis, activities and best business idea. Process
  • 47. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 47 Strategies:  SW- Maximize on the Strengths to overcome the internal Weakness.  OW- Capitalize on the Opportunities to eliminate the internal weakness.  ST - Maximize on your Strengths to eliminate the external Threats.  OT - Take advantage of the available Opportunities to eliminate the external threats. Strength (S) Weaknesses (W) - - - - - - - - - - - - Opportunities (O) Threats (T) - - - - - - - - - - - -
  • 48. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 48 Analysis: __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ Activities: __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ My Best Business Idea: __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ To deepen your understanding of the topics previously discussed, you will be asked to perform the following activities: Task 7: Extra Reading and Video Viewing Reading books and watching videos have been considered as some of the most effective educational activities that can help learners broaden their understanding on a certain topic. In this particular task, you will be asked to conduct extra reading and video viewing on the Internetwith the following topics: A. Steps in selecting a business idea B. Criteria of a viable business idea C. Benefits of a good brand D. Ways on developing a brand After successfully performing the assigned task, make a narrative report about it and share it with the class. Reflect and Understand
  • 49. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 49 Task 8: Designing a Logo Directions: In a separate sheet of paper or in your notebook draw a logo that you will use in your business. Provide a simple statement to describe your logo. Transfer Tagline Logo
  • 50. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 50 Task 9: Making My Own Vicinity Map Directions: In a separate sheet of paper or in your notebook draw a vicinity map reflective of potential market in Wellness Massage in your province. Provide a simple statement to describe your map. Vicinity Map
  • 51. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 51 Overview What does it mean to focus on wellness? Even during the ancient times, people were aware on curing ailments. Massage was introduced and found in the caves. Wall drawings and paintings were shown to people massaging each other. A mixture of artifacts also found which contain traces of fats and oils mixed with herbs. These indicate that lubricants may have been used, perhaps for healing, soothing or beautifying purposes. Nowadays, the traces of these curing ailments are very visible to us. Different massage techniques are now being practiced. The essence of enhancing the life style of everyone is to protect ones physical well-being and to improve his ability in coping up stressors. Frequently, these are simple techniques that most people just don't give attention to. How many times we said or heard others say, "I don't have time to exercise" or "I don't have time to relax?" Thus, a very important contributor to wellness is attitude: a thought process that influences the way a person approaches dealing with life. This motivated most of the health professionals focus on treating these ailments and several wellness programs are being implemented in offices, hotels and even schools respectively. Also, wellness massage parlors are now sprouting anywhere. Their focus is to encourage everyone to kick unhealthy habits as well as to develop a sustainable plan to maintain their health and wellness. This also helps to take preventive measures to control illnesses and unhealthy behavior in an attempt to manage the cost of health care, reduce absenteeism and improve morale. Having thought of busy schedule now is the time to plan your wellness program! QUARTER 1 PLAN THE WELLNESS PROGRAM OF CLIENTS
  • 52. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 52 A. Multiple Choice Directions:Choose the letter of the correct answer. Write the letter of your choice in your quiz notebook. 1. This refers to the type of massage treatment commonly in some spa and hair salons. A. Transformational or psychotherapeutic massage B. Pampering C. Sports Massage D. Relaxation/stress/ stress reduction 2. As early as 3000 BC, who among the nationalities practiced massage to cure ailments and improve general health. A. Chinese B. Japanese C. Vietnamese D. Swedish 3. The Greek physician who used massage with oils and herbs to treat medical conditions and diseases. A. Herodicus B. Abacus C. Hepartacus D. Eherodicus 4. The most widely used form of massage used for relaxation. A. body massage B. stone massage C. sports massage D. pregnancy massage Pre-Test 1 Lesson Objective: The learner demonstrates understanding of the skills and knowledge required to consult with client/s and select and sequence a range of wellness massage techniques as a program
  • 53. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 53 5. A rapidly growing field encompasses athletic training massage, and massage designed to help an athlete prepare for competition and recover from competing. A. Transformational or psychotherapeutic massage B. Pampering C. Sports Massage D. Relaxation/stress/ stress reduction 6. The lymphatic drainage system removes excess _______. A.fats B.fluid C. water D. sweat from all over the body, returning it into the bloodstream 7. This can be done as an introduction to massage for clients who may not come in for an office massage, or can be a continuing form of stress- reduction therapy when done on a regular basis, as in the office setting A. Chair Massage B. Pampering C. Chiropractic adjunct D. Relaxation/stress/ stress reduction 8. This details will enable you to contact the client quickly should you need to cancel or change an appointment or for any other reason. A. personal records B. doctors records C, physical records D. school records 9. The type of massage used for stress reduction. A. Chair Massage B. Pampering C. Chiropractic adjunct D. Relaxation/stress/ stress reduction 10. Some massage therapists focus on the shifts in awareness and psychological insight that can be brought about with massage.
  • 54. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 54 A. Transformational or psychotherapeutic massage B. Pampering C. Sports Massage D. Relaxation/stress/ stress reduction. 11. Per Henrik Ling developed a system of passive and active exercises knownas ‗Swedish Remedial Gymnastics‘ and also a system of massagemovements. Ling used the terms, except one (1) A. ‗effleurage‘, B. ‗petrissage‘, C. ‗vibration‘, D. ventilation 12. These details will indicate whether massage will be helpful to this client and will influence the type of massage to be given, A. Past Personal Information B. Past Medical History C. Present Medical History D. Present Personal Information 13. Massage that releases the chronic patterns of tension in the body. A. deep tissue massage B. stone massage C. sports massage D. hand massage 14. Different origin of the word massage are the following except one, A. mass B. mass’h C. masser D. massege 15. These details indicate whether massage would be suitable for the client. A. Massage Analysis B. Arabic Analysis C. Therapeutic Analysis D. Psychological Analysis
  • 55. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 55 16. All are included in the five elements of balance except A. water B. metal C. earth D. air 17. Which statement is true? A. metal controls wood B. earth controls fire C. fire controls wood D. wood controls metal 18. _______details that will enable to contact the client quickly. A. massage analysis B. personal details C. contra-indication D. other information 19. A kind massage that uses heated stones during the treatment A. deep tissue massage B. sports massage C. relexology D. stone massage 20. The following programs can be offered in a massage salon except. A. pedicure B. manicure C. weight management D.face surgery Got perfect? CONGRATULATIONS! You may now proceed to the next topic. Not perfect? Go over your previous topic and review the content.
  • 56. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 56 Learning Outcome  Discuss the concept of wellness  Discuss the health and healing concept of wellness massage  Explain wellness massage services and products History and Development Massage in Ancient Times The earliest evidence of massage being used is found in the cavepaintings of ancient cave dwellers. These wall drawings and paintings show people massaging each other. Variousartifacts also found contain traces of fats and oils mixed with herbs. These indicate thatlubricants may have been used, perhaps for healing, soothing or beautifying purposes. As early as 3000 BC, the Chinese practiced massage to cure ailments and improve generalhealth. Records of this can be found in the British Museum. Ancient Chinese books record listsof massage movements with descriptions of their technique. One of these books, The Cong Fauof Tao- Tse, also contains lists of exercises and massage used to improve general health andwell-being. The Chinese found that pressure techniques were very effective on specific pointsand they developed special techniques called amma (see Figure 1). This was the beginningof the development of acupressure and acupuncture. Know
  • 57. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 57 Ancient Chinese acupuncture and massagestudy figure, showing treatment points. This ancient Persian document shows bathing and massage in a Turkish bath. These massage techniques spread to Japan, where they were further developed. The Japanese used similar pressure techniques on specific
  • 58. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 58 points, which they called tsubo. This form of massage has been practiced over the centuries; it has recently regained recognition and popularity and is now known as shiatsu. Many therapists have studied these techniques, which they combine with other forms of treatment for the benefit of their clients. Records show that the Hindus practiced massage as part of their hygiene routines. A sacred book called the Ayur-Veda (The Art of Life), which was written around 1800 BC, describes how shampooing and rubbing were used to reduce fatigue and promote well-being and cleanliness. The Egyptians and Persians used massage for cosmetic as well as therapeutic effects (see Figure 2). They mixed fats, oils, herbs and resins for care of the skin and beautifying the body and face. Pots and jars containing these creams have been found in Egyptian tombs. Cleopatra is said to have bathed in milk and then to have been massaged with aromatic oils and creams by her handmaidens. The practice of massage spread from the east into Europe, where it was well established by 500 BC. Massage in Classical Greece and Rome The Greeks believed in the cultivation of a healthy mind and body, which is similar to the ‗holistic approach‘ practised by many people today. Rituals of bathing, massage, exercise or dancing were practised by men and women. They encouraged the pursuit of physical fitness and organised regular sporting, gymnastic and athletic competitions. Massage was used before events to improve performance and after events to relieve fatigue and aid recovery. Gladiators and soldiers were massaged before battle to give vigour and promote fitness and health, and afterwards to aid recovery, healing and relaxation. Homer writes in the poem The Odyssey of Greek soldiers being rubbed with oils and anointed by beautiful women to aid their recovery and regain strength on return from battle. Around 500 BC the Greek physician Herodicus used massage with oils and herbs to treatmedical conditions and diseases. Hippocrates, who is now thought of as the father of medicine,was a pupil of Herodicus. He began to study the effects of massage on his patients. Heconcluded and recorded that ‗hard rubbing binds, soft rubbing loosens, much rubbing causesparts to waste but moderate rubbing makes them grow‘. Hippocrates also concluded that it wasmore beneficial to apply pressure in an upward direction, i.e. towards the heart, as we practisetoday. In Hippocrates‘ day, the function of the heart and the circulation of the blood were notknown. It is therefore remarkable that he
  • 59. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 59 reached this conclusion only by observing the effecton the tissues of different strokes. With our knowledge of the heart and circulating blood weunderstand why pressure upwards is more beneficial: the condition of the tissues improvesbecause deoxygenated blood and waste products are removed quickly as massage speeds up blood and lymph flow. Even without the benefit of this knowledge, Hippocrates taught his pupils that massage movements should be performed with pressure upwards to promote healing. The Romans followed similar routines to the Greeks. They practised bathing, exercise andmassage for health and social relaxation. Large private and public baths were built. Theseincluded water baths and steam rooms, gymnasium and massage areas. The baths weremaintained at different temperatures and progress was made from cold to hot baths. Wealthy Romans would use these daily for cleansing, exercising, relaxing and socialising. Servants werealways in attendance, with oils and creams to massage their masters when required. TheRomans built similar baths in the countries that were conquered by their armies. Many suchbaths were built after the Roman conquest of Britain in 55 BC, and their ruins can be seen in Britain today in towns and cities such as Bath, Caerleon and St Albans. Massage techniquesrecorded from those times include manipulations known as squeezing, pinching orpummelling. They relate to the petrissage and percussion movements used today. The Dark Ages to the Renaissance Little is known about massage or health and beauty practices throughout the Dark and Middle Ages, i.e. from the decline of the Roman Empire around 500 AD until the Middle Ages around 1400 AD. Few records remain from those days of wars, strict religions, superstition and persecution. Little value was placed on education, the arts, physical health and fitness. Following this period came the Renaissance (rebirth) in 1450 AD. Interest in the arts and sciences flourished and there was renewed interest in health practices. Once again we see massage advocated and practiced for therapeutic purposes. In the sixteenth century, the French surgeon Ambroise Paré (1517–90) promoted and developed the use of massage. He was the personal physician to four French kings. He is reputed to have successfully treated Mary Queen of Scots with massage. Paré graded massage into gentle, medium and vigorous. We use similar categories today, namely soothing or relaxing, general, and stimulating. Many other physicians copied his methods and massage was established medically.
  • 60. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 60 The Development of Modern Massage Techniques Modern massage techniques have evolved mainly from a system developed by a Swedish physiologist called Per Henrik Ling (1776–1839). He developed a system of passive and active exercises known as ‗Swedish Remedial Gymnastics‘ and also a system of massage movements.Ling used the terms ‗effleurage‘, ‗petrissage‘, ‗vibration‘, ‗friction‘, ‗rolling‘ and ‗slapping‘. Most of these terms are still used today, but some changes and modifications have been made in the groupings and names of manipulations. Dr Johann Mezgner (1839–1909), a Dutch physician, developed massage for use in rehabilitation and used it successfully to treat many diseases and disorders. He adapted massage techniques in the light of his knowledge of anatomy and physiology. His theories, based on sound scientific principles, became accepted as medical practice and gained him many followers, particularly in Germany and America. The work of Ling and Mezgner established massage as an effective therapeutic treatment. Techniques were taught in medical schools and the beneficial effects became widely recognized and accepted in the medical field. In England, the eminent surgeon John Grosvenor (1742–1823) used massage to treat joints. He recommended massage for the treatment of rheumatism, gout and stiffness of joints. Nurses were encouraged to train and use massage for the treatment of patients, under the guidance of doctors. In 1894 a group of women founded the Society of Trained Masseuses. Rules and regulations for training and examinations for qualifying were established. These women raised standards and fought to establish massage therapy as a reputable profession. Twentieth-Century Developments During the First World War the demand for massage to treat the injured grew and many more massage therapists were trained. Membership of the Society of Trained Masseuses grew and in 1920 it amalgamated with the Institute of Massage and Remedial Exercise. In recognition of the valuable work contributed by its members during the war, a Royal Charter was granted and the title was changed to the Chartered Society of Massage and Medical Gymnastics. The title was changed again in 1943 and became the Chartered Society of Physiotherapy. In 1964 its members became state registered. This protected and gave status to those qualified therapists who
  • 61. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 61 were practicing in clinics and hospitals, and made it impossible for those without a recognized qualification to practice in hospitals. With the development of alternative electrical-based treatments, the use of massage to treat medical conditions declined. There was rapid growth in electrotherapy and eventually massageceased to be part of physiotherapy training. It became little used as a therapeutic treatment in hospitals. There was, however, a continuing demand for massage in clinics, health farms, fitness and leisure centres. In 1966 the City and Guilds of London Institute explored the possibility of establishing a coursein beauty therapy to include massage. This course would provide thorough training, backgroundknowledge and a recognized professional qualification that ensured a high standard of practice.In 1968 the first full-time course was offered in colleges of further education. The BritishAssociation of Beauty Therapists and Cosmetologists, the International Health and BeautyCouncil and other organisations also developed courses and offered certificates and diplomas.The growth in complementary medicine and the holistic approach to health has increased thedemands for well- qualified practitioners, not only in massage but also in aromatherapy,reflexology, shiatsu etc. Courses are now validated by the Health and Beauty Therapy TrainingBoard and therapists must meet the criteria of the National Council of Vocational Qualifications. Time Travel: Enhancement Activity
  • 62. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 62 Let‘s create a general history of massage using the given timeline. Let ‘s read more about... Health Concepts of Massage 3000 B.C. 1800 B.C. 500 B.C. 1570-1590 1776-1839 1839 - 1909 1450 A.D. 500 A.D – 1400 A.D. 1894 1968
  • 63. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 63 Massage therapist are trained to focus on the fact that the bodyis an integrated organism and that in order to treat a person effectively,we must look at the whole picture. This includes not only the physicalsymptoms but also the way other factors such as lifestyle, diet, and activitylevel relate back to the changes we are seeing in the body. When deciding how to treat a client, therapists must focus on restoringbalance to the system. Gathering as much information as possible about the client sowe can see how the body has changed its function and work to correctthe system. Harmony of the Three Faculties (Mind, Body, Emotion) The International Spa Association(ISPA) Education Committee developed the10 Elements of the Spa Experience image shown. Their goalwas ―to help define the elusive and ever changingnature of the spa experience‖ and to ―create a foundation,a common language, and career path for theemerging spa professional.‖ Many concepts, importantto the practice of spa, emerge from the ISPA‘s dialogaround the 10 Elements image. The most importantperhaps is the idea of integration. Everything isconnected. Feeling beautiful, feeling joyous, feeling healthy, and feeling energetic are signs of a balancedlife. A balanced life requires both reflection and action.Spas provide a space where clients can
  • 64. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 64 experience eachelement represented in the image and reflect on itspresence or absence in their lives. Movement andtouch is anappreciation of beauty, it is also our connection to the environment, cultural expression, social contribution, the healingquality of water, and nourishment both of the bodyand the soul are the essential concepts on which spais founded. The spa experience can be life changing.Far from being just a luxury, spa therapy represents the bold first step toward a better form of health care. Its future is in the hands of those dedicated therapistsand visionary spa owners who have the ability to providea space where clients can experience balance andcelebrate life while receiving exceptional care. Balance of Five Elements(Wood, Fire, Water, Metal, Earth) Thousands of years ago, people lived in a very close and interactive way with Nature. They were affected by seasonal changes and whether much more than we are today. Day in and day out the patterns of the seasons were observed and interactions between the elements were understood. If there was a drought, there would be fire. Too much rain would bring flooding and dampness. Springtime brought activity and planting ; winter was a time to rest and reflect. In China, this observation of the season and elements was also applied to our bodies and used as a way to heal illness and understand health. This tradition views the world as being made up of Five elements. These five elements (also known as the Five Phases) are: Wood, Fire, Earth, Metal and Water. Each element has many associated qualities. Each element also has a season, color, taste and Yin/Yang Organ Meridian pair that reflect some of those qualities.
  • 65. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 65 The Control Cycle balances the Creation Cycle by inhibiting or suppressing the energy of the elements connected by lines to make a five pointed star.  METAL controls WOOD by cutting it  WOOD controls Earth by holding it in place with roots.  EARTH controls WATER by containing and absorbing it  WATER controls FIRE by extinguishing it.  FIRE controls METAL be melting it. Identifying the Vital Information of the Client I. PERSONAL DETAILS - These details will enable you to contact the client quickly should you need to cancel or change an appointment or for any other reason. They will also enable you to seek advice from his/her doctor should this be necessary.  Name  Address  Date of birth  Status  Home and work telephone numbers  Occupation  Doctor‘s name, address and telephone number
  • 66. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 66  Vital signs/ BP Temperature II. MASSAGE ANALYSIS - These details will again highlight contra- indications that will indicate whether massage would be suitable for the client. They will also provide information regarding the client‘s previous experience of massage. Did s/he find it beneficial; are there any preferences, likes and dislikes that should be recorded?  contra-indications  has client received massage in the past?  how long ago? III. OTHER INFORMATION - This information will help you formulate the best treatment plan to meet the needs of the client. The plan should then be fully explained to the client; s/he must be given the opportunity to ask questions and given full answers to allay any concerns or fears. The long term objective, the cost and timing must be agreed and a consent form signed by the client reasons for requesting massage expectations from the treatment any concerns or worries  number of sessions  did client benefit from the massage?  reasons for requesting massage CLIENT’S DATA REPORT SAMPLE:
  • 67. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 67 Health History 1. PAST MEDICAL HISTORY - These details will enable you to establish the client‘s state of health; the likelihood of any contra-indications as a result of past illnesses; whether particular care must be taken over certain areas and whether medical referral is necessary. If the client suffers from a condition that is an absolute contra-indication (see page 115 on), then massage must not be given.  surgical operations  pregnancies  serious illness 2. PRESENT MEDICAL HISTORY - These details will indicate whether massage will be helpful to this client and will influence the type of massage to be given, e.g. if the client is stressed then a relaxing massage will be the choice. If there is pain and stiffness then the massage will be adapted to meet these needs.  Medication  general health  current treatments  identification of stress: work, home or other sources Let’s Try Knowing your body and health condition would be a great help for a massage therapist to know what kind of treatment he/she will apply to you. Below are the lists of health conditions. Put a check in the column on the health conditions that you have. Yes No Cardio vascular problem Allergic reactions Fragile skin Under healing process A pin or plate is inserted in your bone Enhancement Activity
  • 68. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 68 CONTRA-INDICATION Understanding contra-indications Massage must always be given to bring about improvement, either of specific conditions, or the general well-being of each client. Clients should always feel that the treatment is beneficial and helping them to achieve their desired results. Massage should never be given if there is any risk of harming the client or making any condition worse. The effects of massage may be harmful in certain circumstances. The following explanations will help you to understand why massage should not be carried out if certain conditions are present. There are dangers associated with the following: 1. Cardio-vascular problems Massage is thought to increase blood flow, which is desirable in many conditions, but can be dangerous in others. 2. Lymphatic drainage The lymphatic system removes excess fluid from all over the body, returning it into the bloodstream. Because massage increaseslymphatic flow, the rate in which these toxic substances are carriedand spread around the body is increased. Be particularly aware if theclient has swollen or painful lymph glands; do not massage, and seek medical advice. 3. Skin contact and friction As the hands move over the client‘s skin, any bacterial, viral or fungal infections can be spread over the skin to a non-infected area or onto the therapist‘s hands. Infections may be transmitted from client to therapist or from therapist to client in this way. 4. The healing process Any injury or damage to the tissues or fractures of bones must be allowed to heal completely before massage is given to the area. If massage is given before healing is complete, there is a danger of further damage to the tissues and delaying the healing process. 5. Pins and plates If massage is performed over an area where pins and plates have been inserted to stabilise bones and joints, there is a danger of their becoming loose, and also, through the pressure of massage over any
  • 69. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 69 protruding parts, there is a danger of damaging the surrounding soft tissues. 6. Allergic reactions The oil or cream etc. used as the massage medium may cause an allergic reaction in some clients. This will produce an excessive erythema: the area becoming very red and hot or a rash may appear. Remove the medium immediately and wash in warm water. 7. Fragile skin There is always a danger of breaking down fragile, thin skin, causing open wounds. Particular care must be taken with diabetics and anyone on steroid treatments as the skin may be fragile and healing may be slow. Plenty of lubrication and light pressure only must be used. 8. Infections It is common sense to avoid touching anything infectious such as athlete‘s foot, eczema and also to treat someone if they have a contagious disease such as chicken fox. 9. Inflammation Deep massage worsens any type of inflammation, whether an inflamed injury, irritable bowels, or an inflamed arthritic joint,. Indications of inflammation include heat, pain or discomfort, swelling, and redness. Light, gentle stroking, however, may offer some relief and comfort. Threat undiagnosed inflammation under the skin (any unusual lump or bump) with caution, It may indicate a cyst that might burst or, more worryingly, a cancerous growth. 10.Cancer One school of thought postulates that massage can spread cancer through the lymphatic system. While this remains unproven and there is much evidence to dispute the theory, it is a good idea to obtain permission from a doctor before massaging people with cancer. 11.Pregnancy and Full Stomach During the first three months of pregnancy, do not massage with any pressure on the abdomen and lower back, this is the most common time period for miscarriage, and massage can stimulate contractions. During the two or three days of menstruation, massage on the abdomen and lower back may make bleeding heavier, check your partners preference before giving a massage. Avoid massaging if someone has just eaten, as the massage could make them feel nauseated.
  • 70. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 70 Guess the word. This game is also called “The charade” where the students will get the chance to remember the lesson in a fun way. Mechanics: 1. Group the students into two (2). 2. Write down the different contra indications on a piece of paper and place it on a ―Bowl of words‖ 3. Ask the group to assign somebody who will act out the contra indications written on a piece of paper which he/she earlier picked on a ―bowl of words‖. 4. The remaining members of each team will get the chance to say their guess in 1 minute time. 5. If the group have not give the correct answer the contender of other group get the chance to guess the word. 6. The group who got 3 correct answers will be announced as the winner. How to create Inter/Intra Personal Relationship Information Gatheringis important for the following reasons to establish inter/intra personal relationship:  Establishes a rapport with the client and put her/him at ease  Develops mutual trust and gain the client‘s confidence  to gain information on the client‘s past and present state of mental and physical health  to identify the client‘s needs and expectations of the treatment  to establish the most appropriate form of treatment and to discuss and agree this with theclient  to explain the treatment fully to the client, including the procedure, expected effects,  to answer queries and questions related to the treatment and to allay doubts and fears. Enhancement Activity
  • 71. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 71 What are 5’s Methodology It is important to consider safety measures in the workplace. It is not the result of cleaning up once a week or even once a day. It is the result of keeping the workplace cleaned-up all the time. It is an essential factor in a good safety program, promoting safety, health production and morale. Besides preventing accidents and injuries, good housekeeping saves space, time and materials. When a workplace is clean, orderly, and free of obstruction, work can get done safely and properly. Workers feel better, think better, do better work, and increase the quantity and quality of work. Japanese companies innovated a productivity philosophy called ―5S,‖ which stands for five Japanese words that refer to a methodology not only for cleaning, but for business. The 5S methodology is all about eliminating waste, speeding up daily tasks, and improving the quality of the workplace. You can use the 5S methodology to help you organize your tasks at the end of every working day. 1. Shitsuke (Self –Discipline) – this process involves extensive training for workers to perform their duties for proper practices and policies in their workplace. 2. Seiri (Sort) – This is a process for identifying whether certain items are needed, and those that are needed are immediately discarded to use space effectively. 3. Seiso (sweep) – this is a process for keeping everything in the workplace clean. Always keep equipments in full working order so that it can be used at anytime. 4. Seiton (systemize) – this is a process for sorting tools and parts in an order that facilitates their use. 5. Seiketsu (standardize) – this is a process for maintaining the seiri, seiton, and seiso conditions in an effort to prevent every possible problem from occurring. It is also a process for keeping your workplace clean by classifying everything and eliminating unnecessary items.
  • 72. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 72 Wellness massage services and products Massage theory and techniques are sometimes taught in isolation, especially in the early portions of a massage training program. Students focus on one skill at a time and then put them all together into an organized whole. Alternately, you may have completed your massage training program so that you can focus on specialization in spa therapies. In either case, it is helpful to preview the big picture to better understand where and how different skills are used during a wellness massage session—the type of massage session often offered at spas. The public seeks wellness massage to decrease stress, promote relaxation, support the body‘s natural restorative mechanisms, and have an enjoyable experience that leaves the body feeling refreshed and revitalized. Wellness massage is also used to reduce temporary pain from overexertion caused by activities such as weekend athletics or by unusual work stress. This type of massage is generally viewed as a healthy activity to promote a balanced, functional life and is regularly promoted at spas, wellness centres, private practices, and massage clinics. Some of the Services that may be offered in a wellness massage Body Massage 1. Acupressure – A method of maintaining health, treating disease and alleviating pain by applying pressure or massaging certain points on the body surfaces. According to history , some 5000 years ago the Chinese discover that soldiers who were wounded with arrows recovered from chronic illnesses. Later on by rubbing pointed stones on various parts of the body they were able to discover the acupuncture/ acupressure points. Fig. 1 Acupressure point area of Fig.2 Acupressure point nape Fig. 3 Acupressure point area of
  • 73. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 73 2. Reflexology massage – science of body manipulation where in a positive response is affected and brings back the body to normal by using thumb and fingers.  Manual therapy which makes use of the reflex points of the body found foot and hand.  Science deals with the principle that there are reflex areas in the foot and hand that corresponds to all the glands, organs and other parts of the body. 3. Swedish Massage (Our basic stress relief massage) This is the most widely used form of massage used for relaxation. Swedish affects the more superficial layers of muscles and connective tissue. An example of techniques used is long strokes that stimulate circulation. 4. Deep Tissue A Deep tissue massage releases the chronic patterns of tension in the body. It uses slow strokes and deep pressure with the use of fingers, thumbs or elbows on contracted areas, either following or going across the grain of muscles, tendons and fascia. It can be used for specific work or full-body. 5. Stone Massage The addition of heated stones to a massage brings another level of relaxation to major muscle groups and enables the therapist to work at a deeper level. The stones can either be placed on the body or used as an extension of the therapist's hands. 6. Sports Massage For the athlete, sports massage techniques are utilized at all stages: pre-event, post-event, during training and to expedite rehabilitation after injury. This involves compression and a variety of stretching techniques. forehead, temples and nose. and back. the shoulder.
  • 74. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 74 7. Pregnancy Massage Massage can relieve fatigue, enhance sleep and calm an active baby. Depending upon where you are in the pregnancy the therapist may utilize reflexology, Swedish massage or very light shiatsu. Let’s try this: Activity 1: Minute Paper Directions: Recall and describe in one sentence the following massage services that may be offered in a wellness massage. Types of Massage The seven (7) categories described below pretty much cover the field of massage at the present moment. Each of these types of massage attracts its own type of client, and requires its own set of skills on the part of the practitioner. Acupuncture Deep Tissue Swedish Stone PregnancySports
  • 75. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 75 1. Relaxation/stress reduction. The most common kind of massage, relaxation or stress reduction massage includes the types of treatments common in resorts, spas, private offices and client‘s homes. This category would also include wellness massage, or preventive health massage. 2. Sports massage. This rapidly growing field encompasses athletic training massage, and massage designed to help an athlete prepare for competition and recover from competing. 3. Medical massage. Working by prescription, or in a hospital, or in a physical therapist‘s office, the medical massage therapist works with pathologies, pain or recovery from injury. Medical massage can also be adapted to a non-medical clientele, and practiced in a home setting. 4. Chiropractic adjunct. Working in chiropractors‘ offices is becoming more and more common, especially on the West coast. Some practitioners operate relatively independently from the chiropractor, with a cross-referral agreement. Others work by prescription of the chiropractor, working on specific parts of the body that the chiropractor designates. 5. Transformational or psychotherapeutic massage. Some massage therapists focus on the shifts in awareness and psychological insight that can be brought about with massage. These therapists often work by referral from psychotherapists. They often combine another form of bodywork with massage. 6. Pampering. Probably a branch of relaxation massage, pampering refers to the type of treatment that might be found in some spa and hair salons. This treatment is usually thought of as more of a beautification treatment than a health treatment, and might include salt glows, loofa rubs, and light Swedish massage. 7. Chair massage. Massage or shiatsu done with clothing on, client seated, in any location. This can be done as an introduction to massage for clients who may not come in for an office massage , or can be a continuing form of stress-reduction therapy when done on a regular basis, as in the office setting.
  • 76. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 76 Activity 2. Identification: Supply the answer for the following number. __________1. The most common kind of massage, relaxation or stress reduction massage. __________2. A kind of massage which works with pathologies, pain or recovery from injury. __________3. A massage designed to help an athlete prepare for a competition and recover competing. __________4. A massage that refers to the type of treatment that might be found in some spa and hair salons. __________5. Massage done with clothing on, client seated in any location. Variations of Wellness Massage Programs In the industry of wellness Massage, report shows that 80% of spas have introduced special packages targeted at diverse clientgroups, including men, couples, teens, families, athletes, and seniors. Let’s put into practice... Get a partner and perform the following procedure. 1. Press the point area of the forehead. (refer to Fig.1 ) (refer to pp. 66, Fig. 1) 2. Release. 3. Place your thumbs on point 1 and with a downward sliding stroke, massage the forehead for 8 seconds starting from the center point (pt.1) going to the point area of the temples (pts. 2 and 3). 4. Repeat the procedure for 3 times Note: This simple massage can relieve headache Enhancement Activity
  • 77. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 77 In Day spas (spa that offers a full range of treatments) services are delivered à la carte or in packages and mainly focuses on beauty and/or wellness. Sample Programs a. Massage b. Body Treatments c. Hydrotherapy Treatment d. Aesthetic Services e. Weight Management f. Yoga or Meditation g. Hair Care h. Manicures i. Pedicures. Consultation about health, diet, relationships, and exercise goals could also be an option. Client’s Need Assessment In Roman times, the local spa was a focal point of the community and enjoyed by all social classes. This is still the case in some parts of Europe where spas are a part of the mainstream health care system. Although the American spa industry encourages the idea that spa is for everyone and should be a regular part of a healthy lifestyle, there is still a bias in the social status of individuals that attend spas. In the 1960s and the 1970s, the average American spa client was most likely to be wealthy, female, and overweight. Her goals for visiting the spa probably included weight loss, exercise, and pampering in the form of beauty treatments. The ISPA Spa-Goer Survey for 2003 showed that the primary spa client was still female (87%) but has a middle to upper middle class income ($72,200 annual household income). The number of men attending spas is growing rapidly, and men currently comprise 29% of the market. Glittering Ideas Clients will come on a massage spa depending on their needs. Some of their reasons are the following: Men Women
  • 78. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 78  health  fitness  anti-aging  increased energy  stress reduction I. IDENTIFICATION. Direction: Identify the essential term or phrase that best describes the statement. Write your answers in your quiz notebook. ________1. Refers to the type of massage treatment that can be found in some spa and hair salons. ________2. Practiced massage to cure ailments and improvegeneral health during early as 3000 BC, ________3. The Greek physician who used massage oils and herbs to treat medical conditions and diseases around500 BC. _________4. The most widely used form of massage used for relaxation. _________5.The most rapidly growing field encompasses athletic training massage, and massage designed to help an athlete prepare for competition and recover from competing. ________ 6. This system removes excess of fluids sweat fromall over thebody, returning it into the bloodstream ________7. This can be done as an introduction to massage for clients who may not come in for an office massage, orcan be a continuing form of stress-reduction therapy when done on a regular basis, as in the office setting. _________8. These details will enable you to contact the client quickly should you need to cancel or change an appointment or for any other reason. ________9. This is the most common kind of massage, relaxationor stress reduction massage includes the types of treatments common in resorts, spas, private offices and client‘s homes. __________10. A massage therapist which focus on the shifts on awareness and psychological insight that can be brought about with massage. __________11. Modern massage techniques have evolved mainly from a system developed by a Swedish physiologist called Per Henrik Ling (1776– 1839). Post Test 1
  • 79. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 79 ________12. These details will indicate whether massage will be helpful to the client and will influence the type of massage to be given. __________ 13. A massage that releases the chronic patterns of tension in the body. __________14. What is the origin of the word massage? __________15. These details indicate whether massage would be suitable for the client. 16-30Complete the evaluation sheet. Objective Identify the acupressure point area of the forehead, nose, nape and back. Title: Basic Acupressure Massage Procedure: Write down the process on how to relieve headache by using acupressure massage. (16-19) 16. 17. 18. 19. 20-24. Draw the acupressure point area of the forehead and nose. 25-27. Draw the acupressure point area of the nape and back Classification of massage 28. ______________ 29-30. Remarks/ Evaluation Date: __________________ Learner‘s signature: _____________________ Got perfect? CONGRATULATIONS! You may now proceed to Lesson 2. Not perfect? Go over your previous topic and review the content
  • 80. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 80 Overview Two major developments in the therapeutic massage and bodywork profession have recently brought to the forefront, in a most comprehensive fashion, In this module, wellness services are described as those that specifically promote health and wellbeing, (including the dimensions of wellness: physical, intellectual, emotional/psychological, social, spiritual, occupational and environmental) rather than diagnose and treat illness. This could be via healthy lifestyles, psychosocial interventions for individuals, families or groups. This might include a combination of smoking cessation, weight management, alcohol brief interventions, physical activity pathways, health trainers, social prescribing / referral, psychological well being interventions, e.g. mindfulness and stress management. There are a number of theories on the nature of wellness and a recent review for counsellors has found the following commonalities between authors in their interpretations: Wellness is more than an absence of disease; it has several underlying factors or dimensions that interact in a complex, integrated and synergistic fashion - thus no one dimension operates independently; it is partially dependent on personal responsibility requiring a balance between the dimensions and a movement along a continuum towards optimal functioning. Thus ―wellness is conceptualized as a synergistic and multidimensional construct that is represented on a continuum, not as an end state‖. This proposed holistic model includes seven integrated dimensions: physical, intellectual, emotional, social, spiritual, occupational and environmental. Wellness services that facilitate true community engagement can build on what individuals themselves identify as supporting them to improve QUARTER 2 Provide Pre-Service to Wellness Massage
  • 81. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 81 Learning Outcome  Conduct preliminary services to clients  Observe good interpersonal relationship  Evaluate the clients satisfaction wellbeing. It recognizes people as contributing to their own health and wellbeing and not purely as receivers of costly services/interventions and also recognizes the skills and experience of non-clinical staff and volunteers in supporting health improvement. Lifestyle services providing health trainers and food workers can also be cost-effective by saving costs on staff budgets releasing more costly professionals to perform strategic and clinical duties. As lifestyle factors are interconnected, providing an integrated holistic lifestyle person-centered service is potentially more cost-effective, by aligning services thus reducing duplication of service support structures, including buildings and staff. Wellness services to families or groups could be more cost effective than one to one services as well as the integrated, co-location of health and social care teams. This learner‘s material is updated with new standards and requirements which provide the student with a comprehensive introduction to massage and will also be of value to those already practicing in this field. The broad-based information provided will guide the therapist towards safe and effective practice. For those wanting to progress further, additional information explaining some advanced massage techniques and the techniques of passive movements has been included, together with the rationale for their use. I. Complete the statement by writing the correct word or phrase. Choose the best answer from the box below. 1. The most basic and powerful way to connect to another person is to ____. Pre Test 2
  • 82. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 82 2. The _____ is a very important part of the treatment – sufficient time must be allowed so that it is not rushed. 3. Look ______ – be clean, neat and tidy. 4. A _____ provides support to people to live well, by addressing the factors that influence their health and well-being. 5.One of the best practice in dealing with clients is to _____ and politely to everyone. Do not use improper language. 6. Always practice the _____ standards of personal and salon hygiene 7.Communication is _____ when managers are surrounded with a pool of information which is sometimes misinterpreted by the clients. 8. It is the standards and conduct of behavior of an individual or professional group. 9. Consider the _____ in which you answer or speak on the telephone. Be competent, helpful and pleasant.. 10. _____ is any message which is against their values is not accepted. 11. Do your utmost to deliver the most effective treatment ____ to the needs of the client. 12. In booking clients you should preparea ____________. 13. To gain the _____ of clients and establish an excellent reputation. 14. A customer first impression of your practice is formed during their first ____ of contact over the phone or in person. 15. The exchange of feelings and attitude in the communication process is known as ____.
  • 83. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 83 II. MULTIPLE-CHOICE: Direction: Read and analyze the statement carefully. Choose the answer that best describes the statement. Write the letter on the space provided. _____16. It is a pleasant tone of voice in a telephone conversation. A. Shout B. Speak clearly C. Speak in a very low D. Speak very soft ____ 17.Create a friendly working relationship with ________. A. colleagues B. manager C. clients D. all _____ 18 Do not make false claims for treatments, but explain the benefits__. A. fairly B. reasonably C.practically D. realistically. _____19. Before picking up the receiver, ______ any other conversation. A. continue B. halt C. discontinue D. disregard _____ 20. It is define as simply the exchange of messages by human ethics professional few seconds appointment card listen. suited confidence consultation interpersonal communication wellness service manner perceptual and language differences. speak correctly highest less effective
  • 84. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 84 being. A. Communication Process B. Communication Standards C. Communication Problem D. miscommunication _____ 21.Be prepared with ________ when you answer the phone. A..tissue paper B. calendar C. information form D. pen and message slip _____22. As the communication process continues, it becomes a communication A. cycle B. stroke C.routine D. requirement _____ 23. It is often said that human communication consist of A. 93% body language while only 7% of communication consists of words themselves. B. 95% body language while only 5% of communication consists of words themselves C. 90% body language while only 10% of communication consists of words themselves D. 80% body language while only 20% of communication consists of words themselves _____ 24. Smile and the world Smiles With ______. A. Us B. Others C.You D. All _____ 25. For the consultation the client should be seated comfortably, with the _________. A. doctor B. dentist C. specialist D. therapist 26-30 Answer the question on a paragraph form. In your own words, define ―Ethics‖ and how are you going to use this in your business?
  • 85. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 85 _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ Ethics Ethics refers to the standards and conduct ofbehavior of an individual or professional group. Massage therapists must undergo a course of reputable training to enable them to acquire the understanding and skills necessary to carry out safe and effective treatment. In addition, they must consider their standard of behavior in relation to colleagues, clients and the general public. A high standard of professional conduct will gain the confidence of clients and establish an excellent reputation, which is the basis for success. Abide by the following code of practices: 1. Look professional. Be clean, neat and tidy. 2. Be punctual. Keep appointments, do not cancel at the last minute. Always be on timefor work. 3. Be discreet and refrain from gossip. Remember that clients often confide personalproblems during consultation. These facts and all personal details must be treatedwith the utmost confidentiality. Do not repeat information or gossip to colleaguesor others. 4. Be loyal to your employer and colleagues. Create a friendly working relationship with all. 5. Be honest and reliable . This will gain the trust of others and establish a high reputation. Know
  • 86. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 86 6. Do not make false claims for treatments. Explain the benefits fairly. Be honest when advertising. 7. Speak correctly and politely to everyone. Do not use improper language. Consider themanner in which you answer or speak on the telephone. Be competent, helpful andpleasant. 8. Be polite and courteous at all times. There will be difficult clients to deal with – learn to handle tricky situations with tact and diplomacy. 9. Know and abide by legal requirements and local authority by-laws, rules and regulations for conducting your business. 10. Keep up to date with new theories, techniques and treatments. 11. Attend courses on aregular basis and keep in touch with other professionals in your field. 12. Always practice the highest standards of personal and salonhygiene. Professional Conduct, Ethics and Preparation Do your utmost to deliver the most effective treatment suited to the needs of the client. Organize yourself and your business to ensure a smooth- running, efficient service for the benefit of all concerned. Communication Process It is defines as simply the exchange of messages by human beings. It is the transmission of ideas from the sender to the receiver through channels. Communication is not complete if there is no feedback or response from the receiver back to the sender. Segments in the Communication Process The exchange of feelings and attitude in the communication process is known as interpersonal communication. - As the communication process continues, it becomes a communication cycle. Communication Barriers 1. Perceptual and language differences. Any message which is against their values is not accepted. A same event may be taken differently by different individuals.Perception is generally how each individual interprets the world around him. All generally want to receive messages which are significant to them. 2.Information Overload. Managers are surrounded with a pool of information. It is essential to control this information flow else theinformation is likely to be
  • 87. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 87 misinterpreted or forgotten or overlooked. As a result communication is less effective. 3. Intention. At times we just not listen, but only hear. For example, a traveler may not pay attention to one ―NO PARKING‖ sign, but if such sign is put all over the city, he no longer listen to it. 4. Time Pressures. Often in organization the targets have to be achieved within a specified period of time, the failure of which has adverse consequences. In a haste to meet deadlines, the formal channels of communication are shortened or messages are partially given, i.e. not completely transferred. Thus sufficient time should be given for effective communication. 5. Distraction/Noise. Communication is also affected a lot by noise to distractions. Physical distractions are also there such as, poor lighting, uncomfortable sitting, unhygienic room also affects communication in a meeting 6. Emotions. While he takes differently if the communicator is happy and jovial, in that case the message is interpreted to be good and interesting. Emotional state at a time also affects communication. If the receiver feels that communicator is angry he interprets that the information being sent is very bad TELEPHONE ETIQUETTE Communication is an important part of our daily lives. Technology has changed a lot of things, and the advent of telephone and mobile has meant that we put across our ideas and thoughts without making an eye contact with others. Glittering Ideas Before picking up the receiver, discontinue any other conversation or activity such as eating chewing gum, typing etc. that may be heard by the calling party. Get ready for it…  Sit up and smile
  • 88. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 88  Speak clearly and distinctly in a pleasant tone of voice.  If the caller has reached the wrong person and/or department, be courteous. Sometimes they have been transferred multiple times with a simple question. The Greeting  A bright, cheerful greeting will lift most people‘s spirits and set the proper tone for the call  Speak clearly and at a conversational pace; softly audible  Don‘t mumble or race through the greeting. This can give the impression that you don‘t have time for the caller.  Thank you for calling Mr. X, my name is Joanne, How may I help you today? Words and Phrases That Keep Callers Cool Hello! I‘m sorry to keep you waiting. Good morning! Thank you for waiting. Please, It was nice talking with you. I‘m very sorry. Thank you for coming in (for calling). Excuse me, It‘s been a pleasure to serve you. You‘re welcome. I‘d be happy to do that for you. May I help you? We appreciate your business. Taking Messages  Be prepared with pen and message slip when you answer the phone  When taking messages be sure to ask for: - Caller‘s name (Ask the caller to correct spelling) - Caller‘s phone number and/or extension including code number  Repeat the message to the caller  Be sure to fill in the date, time and your initials  Place the message slip in the called party‘s inbox or in a conspicuous place in their office such as their chair.  Don‘t forget that you can transfer them to voicemail instead of taking a paper message, but don‘t forget to ask, ―Would you like me to transfer you to ____? Don‘t assume that the caller would rather go to voicemail. Always ask first.
  • 89. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 89 Why is it important?  A customer‗sfirst impression of your practice is formed during the first few seconds of contact over the phone or in person.  More than 80% of your first time customers call before coming into your practice  It is often said that human communication consist of 93% body language … while only 7% of communication consists of words themselves.  Whether answering the phone or making phone calls, using the proper etiquette is a must in order to maintain a certain level of professionalism.  Proper etiquette leaves callers with a favorable impression of you, your department and the practice in general. Remember…  That customers may have already been interacting with their telephone key pad, and pre-recorded messages, so some of the initial impression may be out of the hands of your agents.  Remember that you may be the first and only contact a person may have in your practice, and that first impression will stay with the caller long after the call is completed.  So the key moment is when the speaking starts. Engage the caller and get them on your side.  You need to lay the groundwork even before you pick up the phone How to End Conversation Gracefully There are several ways that you can end a long phone call without making up a story sounding dismissive. Leave the conversation open. Promise to finish your conversation at another time. Tell the person how much you‘ve enjoyed speaking with him/her. As long as you are honest and polite with other person, you should not have any problem ending a call or moving on to something else. Enhancement Activity
  • 90. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 90 It’s time to act now! This enhancement activity aims the student to have an overview of things that may likely to happen during a phone conversation. Let the student choose his/her partner and demonstrate the proper ways on taking up phone calls. Use the checklist box for reference. Use the following pointers in observing the proper way of doing the activity. Answer the following questions with Yes or No. 1. Get ready for it. a. Does the student sit up straight and smiled? b. Does he/she speak with a clear and with pleasant voice? c. Does the students offered help to the caller like answering the caller‘s concern? d. Does he/she refer the caller to the right person after knowing that caller reached the wrong person? e. Is he/she ready with a pen and paper just in case the caller would leave messages? d. Does he/she get the correct information given by the caller? Smile and the world Smiles with You There are many characteristics that come across the phone: Body Language - Pleasantness - Informative - Courteousness - Responsiveness Sincerity- - Confidence - Rate of Speech - Smile Good Listener - Recallability - Attentiveness Greeting - Vocal tone Friendliness - Articulate - Attitude - Helpfulness Posture - Demeanor
  • 91. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 91 Three Myths about Callers 1. Callers try to make things difficult. No they don‘t, even if sometimes they do spell their name two different ways. The Callers may not always be prepared to talk to you. They may never call your department before. They may not know what information they need to have handy. You need to dialogue with them. The experience should be enjoyable for both of you. 2. Callers like to complain. Of course there are chronic complainers- those who think everything is overpriced and that they never get good service. And you must provide them a courteous and professional service no matter how difficult it might be. But most callers don‘t like to complaining, in fact they go out of their way to avoid it. Take time seriously when they do have problems. Be attentive and respectful. 3. Callers expect the impossible. What seems like an impossible request maybe due to the caller‘s ignorance about a situation? Offer brief explanations when possible and don‘t assume the caller knows everything you do. I‘m sorry we have no more appointments on that day. We have a limited number of appointment time set aside for that type of service. Callers may not always be pleased but at least they will know the limitations you must work with. Remember most of your practice‘s Callers are satisfied. But those callers don‘t call. And since maybe with the unhappy minority, you can get a lopsided view of what callers think and feel. KeepCallers in perspective! The most basic and powerful way to connect to anotherperson is to listen. Just listen. Perhaps the most importantthing we ever give each other is our attention. Rachel Naomi Remen Listening Skills
  • 92. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 92 Listening is the ability to accurately receive and interpret messages in the communication process. Listening is key to all effective communication, without the ability to listen effectively messages are easily misunderstood – communication breaks down and the sender of the message can easily become frustrated or irritated. Listening is so important that many top employers provide listening skills training for their employees. This is not surprising when you consider that good listening skills can lead to: better customer satisfaction, greater productivity with fewer mistakes, increased sharing of information that in turn can lead to more creative and innovative work. Many successful leaders and entrepreneurs credit their success to effective listening skills. Richard Branson frequently quotes listening as one of the main factors behind the success of Virgin. Effective listening is a skill that underpins all positive human relationships, spend some time thinking about and developing your listening skills – they are the building blocks of success. Good listening skills also have benefits in our personal lives, including: greater number of friends and social networks, improved self-esteem and confidence, higher grades at school and in academic work and even better health and general well-being. Studies have shown that, whereas speaking raises blood pressure, listening brings it down. “Listening is Not the Same as Hearing” Hearing refers to the sounds that you hear, whereas listening requires more than that: it requires focus. Listening means paying attention not only to the story, but how it is told, the use of language and voice, and how the other person uses his or her body. In other words, it means being aware of both verbal and non-verbal messages. Your ability to listen effectively depends on the degree to which you perceive and understand these messages. “If we were supposed to talk more than we listen, we would have two tongues and one ear.” Mark Twain.
  • 93. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 93 The 10 Principles of Listening A good listener will listen not only to what is being said, but also to what is left unsaid or only partially said.Effective listening involves observing body language and noticing inconsistencies between verbal and non-verbal messages. 1. Stop Talking Don't talk, listen. When somebody else is talking listen to what they are saying, do not interrupt, talk over them or finish their sentences for them. Stop, just listen. When the other person has finished talking you may need to clarify to ensure you have received their message accurately. 2. Prepare Yourself to Listen Relax. Focus on the speaker. Put other things out of mind. The human mind is easily distracted by other thoughts – what‘s for lunch, what time do I need to leave to catch my train, is it going to rain – try to put other thoughts out of mind and concentrate on the messages that re being communicated. 3. Put the Speaker at Ease Help the speaker to feel free to speak. Remember their needs and concerns. Nod or use other gestures or words to encourage them to continue. Maintain eye contact but don‘t stare – show you are listening and understanding what is being said. 4. Remove Distractions Focus on what is being said: don‘t doodle, shuffle papers, look out the window, and pick your fingernails or similar. Avoid unnecessary interruptions. These behaviors disrupt the listening process and send messages to the speaker that you are bored or distracted. 5. Empathize Try to understand the other person‘s point of view. Look at issues from their perspective. Let go of preconceived ideas. By having an open mind we can more fully empathize with the speaker. If the speaker says something that you disagree with then wait and construct an argument to counter what is said but keep an open mind to the views and opinions of others.
  • 94. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 94 6. Be Patient A pause, even a long pause, does not necessarily mean that the speaker has finished. Be patient and let the speaker continue in their own time, sometimes it takes time to formulate what to say and how to say it. Never interrupt or finish a sentence for someone. 7. Avoid Personal Prejudice Try to be impartial. Don't become irritated and don't let the person‘s habits or mannerisms distract you from what they are really saying. Everybody has a different way of speaking - some people are for example more nervous or shy than others, some have regional accents or make excessive arm movements, some people like to pace whilst talking - others like to sit still. Focus on what is being said and try to ignore styles of delivery. 8. Listen to the Tone Volume and tone both add to what someone is saying. A good speaker will use both volume and tone to their advantage to keep an audience attentive; everybody will use pitch, tone and volume of voice in certain situations – let these help you to understand the emphasis of what is being said. 9. Listen for Ideas – Not Just Words You need to get the whole picture, not just isolated bits and pieces. Maybe one of the most difficult aspects of listening is the ability to link together pieces of information to reveal the ideas of others. With proper concentration, letting go of distractions, and focus this becomes easier. 10. Wait and Watch for Non-Verbal Communication Gestures, facial expressions, and eye-movements can all be important. We don‘t just listen with our ears but also with our eyes – watch and pick up the additional information being transmitted via non-verbal communication. Activity 1: Enumerate the 10 Principles of Listening 1. 6. 2. 7.
  • 95. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 95 3. 8. 4. 9. 5. 10. HOW TO BOOK CLIENTS Got a vendor fair to go to? Don‘t waste the time and money just getting a few more names on your email list. You really don‘t need more names. You need customers!Using this simple technique, you can use the same 2-3 hours to get actual confirmed appointments! Here‘s how to get customers to book right there on your table. STEP 1: Prepare appointment cards (do this exactly). Each card represents an appointment slot with Your Name _______________________________ Your Concern _____________________________ Your Email _______________________________ Your Phone ______________________________ Your Chosen Appointment Timeslot ___________ Print out fifteen of these ―information collection forms‖ for people to fill out.At the bottom of each information collection form (where it says ―Your Chosen Appointment Timeslot‖), use a pen to write a date and time that corresponds to what you have already written on one of your business cards. Enhancement Activity
  • 96. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 96 For instance, if you wrote ―June 12th at 3PM‖ on one of your business cards – then you should also write ―June 12th at 3PM‖ at the bottom of one of your forms. Repeat this procedure on all your forms until you have one to match each business card. Now, using a paperclip, clip the paired cards and the forms together so that you have 15 matching sets. STEP 2: Prepare the Collection Box Find or make an attractive, professional looking bag or box with an opening on the top.This will serve as your appointment collection box. STEP 3: Prepare the Instructions Cut and paste the following into Word. Adjust the wording as needed to suit your own business and special offering.Make it eye-catching. Print it out. STEP 4: Getting the Appointments Set up all your brochures and fliers on the tabletop as usual.But you should also dedicate about 1/3rd of the table space to laying out the appointment cards in an attractive grid-like pattern. Put the instructions and the collection box just behind the appointment cards, so that everything is clearly visible.When the prospect comes to your booth and says, ―What‘s this?‖, use the following script (tailored to your own busi nes s)… The business card will be for your customer’s records. The information form will be for your copy. Enhancement Activity: Study and practice with your partner: YOU: ‖My name‘s Tracy, I do Thai massages for muscle pain and stress relief. I have had really amazing results especially with all kinds of pain and stress conditions.‖ CUSTOMER: ‖Oh that sounds great … I have X, Y, Z Condition‖ YOU: ‖Well, I‘m sure I could help you with that. Tell you what. I‘m actually running a special exhibition-day offer – you can get a free 30-minute massage
  • 97. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 97 Client Consultation Initial Consultation The consultation is a very important part of the treatment – sufficient time must be allowed so that it is not rushed. This is the time to gather and exchange information. The initial consultation will be the longest and provide detailed information, which must be accurately recorded on a treatment card. This must be filed in a safe and accessible place and used each time the client attends for treatment. Before subsequent treatments, a brief consultation is usually sufficient to establish the effects and outcomes of the previous treatments and whether any changes are to be made or further action is to be taken For the consultation the client should be seated comfortably, with the therapist positionedalongside or opposite. The environment should feel warm and private. Detailed consultation is important for the following reasons:
  • 98. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 98 1. To introduce yourself and get to know the client 2. To establish a rapport with the client and put her/him at ease 3. To develop mutual trust and gain the client‘s confidence 4. To gain information on the client‘s past and present state of mental and physical health 5. To identify any contra-indications 6. To gain insight into the client‘s lifestyle, responsibilities, work environment, leisureactivities etc 7. To identify the client‘s needs and expectations of the treatment 8. To establish the most appropriate form of treatment and to discuss andagree this with theclient 9. To explain the treatment fully to the client, including the procedure, expected effects,timing and frequency 10.To agree a treatment plan, the timing and cost with the client so that s/he fully understands the financial commitment, and obtain a signed consent form 11.To answer queries and questions related to the treatment and to allay doubts and fears. The information gathered will provide a baseline from which the appropriate treatment isplanned, the effectiveness of the treatment canbejudged and any necessary changes oradjustments made. It is recommended that you give away a free appointment. Almost nobody signs up for an expensive service. People go for freebies. You should market accordingly. Activity 2: Minute Paper List down the importance of detailed consultation All the information given must be recorded and treated in confidence 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
  • 99. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 99 ESSENTIAL NFORMATION The following personal, medical and environmental factors should be recorded on theconsultation card: A. Personal Details - Name - Address - Date of birth - Home and work telephone numbers - Occupation - Doctor‘s name, address and telephone number These details will enable you to contact the client quickly if you need to cancel or change an appointment or for any other reason. It will also enable you to seek advice from your doctor if necessary. B. Past Medical History - Surgical operations - Pregnancies
  • 100. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 100 - Serious illness These details will enable you to establish the client‘s state of health; the likelihood of anycontra-indications as a result of past illnesses; whether particular care must be taken overcertain areas and whether medical referral is necessary. If the client suffers from a conditionthat is an absolute contra- indication (see page 115 on), then massage must not be given. C.Present Medical History - Medication - General health - Current treatments - Identification of stress: work, home or other sources These details will indicate whether massage will be helpful to theclient and will influence the type of massage to be given, e.g. if the client is stressed then a relaxing massage will be the choice. If there is pain and stiffness then the massage will be adapted to meetthese needs. D. Massage Analysis - contra-indications - has client received massage in the past? - how long ago? - number of sessions - did client benefit from the massage? - reasons for requesting massage These details will again highlight contra-indications that will indicate whether massage would be suitable for the client. They will also provide information regarding the client‘s previous experience of massage. Did she/he find it beneficial, are there any preferences, likes and dislikes that should be recorded? E. Examination - Posture - Height - Weight
  • 101. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 101 F. Skin Condition - Skin type: smooth/supple; dry/flaky; - Loose/stretched - Stretch marks . - Areas of hard fat/cellulite - Areas of soft fat - General muscle tone - Bony protuberances - Fluid retention - Disfiguration or distortion of surface anatomy - Other factors that may affect massage These details will enable you to select the appropriate massage and massage medium to beused for the client, e.g. clients with dry flaky skin will require a suitably lubricating medium;thin creepy skin and bony protuberances will require lighter manipulations. They will alsoindicate the depth and adaptations necessary to suit the client, e.g. hard fat can take morepressure than soft fat, but areas of cellulite can be painful if pressure is too great. Well-tone clients often prefer a brisker, deeper massage than clients with poor muscle tone. Details ofposture, height and weight must be recorded at the beginning of the treatment and comparedthroughout the course. Other Information - Reasons for requesting massage - Expectations from the treatment - Any concerns or worries This information will help you to formulate the best treatment plan to meet the needs ofthe client. The plan should then be fully explained to the client; s/he must be given theopportunity to ask questions and given full answers to allay any concerns or fears. The longtermobjective, the cost and timing must be agreed and a consent form signed by the client. WELLNESS SERVICE STANDARDS
  • 102. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 102 A Wellness Service provides support to people to live well, by addressing the factors that influence their health and well-being and building their capacity to be independent, resilient and maintain good health for themselves and those around them. These standards provide a benchmark for the provision of a Wellness Service. A. Improving Outcomes 1. The Service measures the achievement of outcomes in relation to: * Population health, well-being and inequalities * Customer defined health & well-being * Cost effectiveness 2. The Service has been developed following consultation with the public on their needs and preferences for delivery and assets for healthy living. 3. An equity audit has been undertaken to ensure that services are targeted at and accessed by those in greatest need. 4. Services are provided and tailored to particular excluded groups or those facing multiple challenges e.g. people with severe and enduring mental health conditions. 5. The service supports broader skills and capacity building for health and well-being, beyond individual risk factor management, to enable independence and resilience in individuals, families and communities to live well and care for themselves. 6. The service builds the role, skills and knowledge of all practitioners to affect the health and well-being of individuals, families and communities, so that every patient/ client contacts is a health promoting opportunity. I. LOOP A WORD Direction: Read and analyze the statement carefully and loop the word that corresponds to your answer. s p e a k c o r r e c t l y a n Post Test 2 TEST
  • 103. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 103 w e l l n e s s s e r v I h c e t p e r c e p t u a l e t i c s p r o f e s s i o n a L m y t h c o r r e c t s p e a k I n g s f I h y g i e n e w a y s a t e o d e n c o n s u l t a t i o n o s c o m m u n i c a t i o n a d o u l a n o s r e p r e t n i 1. The standards and conduct of behavior of an individual or professional group. 2. The most basic and powerful way to connect to another person 3. Always practice the highest standards of personal and salon hygiene 4. A very important part of the treatment – sufficient time must be allowed so that it is not rushed. 5.It should be considered in which you answer or speak on the telephone. Be competent, helpful and pleasant. 6. The exchange of feelings and attitude in the communication process 7. Being clean, neat and tidy is looking __ 8.Provides support to people to live well, by addressing the factors that influence their health and well-being. 9.One of the best practice in dealing with clients is to _____ and politely to everyone. Do not use improper language. 10. Less effective when managers are surrounded with a pool of information which is sometimes misinterpreted by the clients. Test II. II. MULTIPLE CHOICE: Read and analyze the statement carefully. Choose the letter of the correct answer on the separate Sheet space provided. _____ 11. For the consultation the client should be seated comfortably, with the_______ positioned alongside or opposite. The environment should feel warm and private. a. doctor b. dentist c. specialist d. therapist . _____ 12. It is often said that human communication consist of a. 93% body language while only 7% of communication consists of words themselves.
  • 104. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 104 b. 95% body language while only 5% of communication consists of words themselves c. 90% body language while only 10% of communication consists of words themselves d. 80% body language while only 20% of communication consists of words themselves _____13. Do not make false claims for treatments, but explain the benefits ______. Be honest when advertising this characteristic is known to be_____ a. fairly c. reasonably b. practically d. realistically. _____ 14. Before picking up the receiver, __________ conversation or activity such as eating chewing gum, typing etc. that may be heard by the calling party. a. continue c. halt b. discontinue d. disregard _____ 15. It is define as the exchange of messages by human beings. a. Communication Process b. Communication Standards c. Communication Problem d. miscommunication _____ 16. Be prepared to have_______ when you answer the phone a. tissue paper b. calendar c. information form d. pen and message slip _____ 17. As the communication process continues, it becomes a Communication __________. a. cycle b. stroke c.routine d. requirement _____ 18. Smile and the world Smiles With _______. a. Us b. Others c.You d. All
  • 105. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 105 _____ 19. A pleasant tone of voice in a telephone conversation a. Shout c. Speak in a very low b. Speak clearly d. Speak very soft and distinctly in _____ 20. Create a friendly working relationship with _______. a. colleagues c. clients b. manager d. all III.Enumeration Direction: Supply the answer. 5‘s Methodology in Japanese words 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. Types of Massage 26. 27. 28. 29. 30
  • 106. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 106 Overview Demonstration of acquired knowledge and skills is the main target in the succeeding topics. Alongside of the discussions are the precautionary measures focusing on the hygienic and safety practices in performing the wellness massage. Step-by-step instructions to be assisted by video clippings of different techniques are provided. As a learner, you will be exposed to the different needs of clients. Thus, policies and other procedures in handling clients are highlighted. In the end, skilled and confident wellness massage practitioners shall be expected to see in you! So explore and enjoy the rest of the suggested activities ahead! Learning Outcome: QUARTER 3 WELLNESS MASSAGE TECHNIQUES
  • 107. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 107  Observe health and safety procedures in wellness massage  Prepare client for wellness massage techniques, methods, massage pressure areas  Perform wellness massage technique Test I. Multiple Choice Direction: Choose the letter that best describes the statement. Write the answers on your quiz notebook. 1. What do you call the type of drape used to protect the client hair? a. Facial drape b. Gluteal drape c. Breast drape d. Turban drape 2. It is the very common precautionary measure we oftentimes read in labels of any supplies used in cleaning or disinfecting. a. Risk b. Danger c. Hazard d. Warning 3.What is thesafest substance found in spa salon ? a. oil b. disinfectant c. powders d. water 4. What is the technique of using a large towel or sheet to keep you covered while getting a massage? a. Draping b. Massage c. Cupping d. Hygiene 5. What do you call the massage stroke wherein the hands skim over the surface of the skin? a. Effleurage b. Percussion c. Petrissage d. Vibration 6. It is a massage stroke wherein the hand is placed and vibrated over the target area. a. Vibration b. Pounding c. Frictions d. Cupping 7. A kind of massage stroke that uses pressure to the tissues. Pre Test 3
  • 108. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 108 a. Vibration b. Knead c. Beating d. Petrissage 8. What is the regular time duration for back massage? a. 20 mins b. 5 minutes c. 7 minutes d. 6 minutes 9. What is the kind of manipulation that pinches and moves the muscle from side to side in a rocking manner? a. Vibration b. Effleurage c. Muscle rolling d. Petrissage 10. The massage stroke where the hands strike the target area is known as ______.a. Vibration b. Effleurage c. Taponement d. Petrissage Test II. True or False: Direction: Write the word TRUE on the remarks column if massage is appropriate with the stated condition and FALSE if it is inappropriate. Use your quiz notebook to accomplish this task. Test III. Matching Type Direction: Match Column A with Column by identifying the pictures below. Write the letter of the answer. Conditions TRUE FALSE 1 Blood clots 2 Bleeding 3 Fever 4 Fracture 5 Heart disease 6 Infectious disease 7 Kidney or liver disease 8 Pregnancy-induced diabetes 9 Severe cold 10 Menstrual Period
  • 109. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 109 Column A Column B 1. face towel a 2. thermometer b. 3. basin c. 4. sphygmomanometer d. 5. sanitizer e. f . 1-5. Write a five-sentence paragraph describing the phrase ―Wellness Massage‖. Use your quiz notebook to accomplish this task. ______________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________ Rubric: Clarity and Accuracy of Concept: (3 pts) Grammar Composition (2 pts.) Total 5 pts Let’s try this. Open-Ended Statement Directions: Complete the open-ended statements below with your perception, opinion on the concepts on wellness massage. (10 points)
  • 110. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 110 Rubric for grading: Concept: (5pts) Articulation (5 pts.) Total 10 pts Let’s Begin Observe Health and Safety Procedures in Wellness Massage. Health and Safety Procedures in Wellness Massage All health care practitioners must follow all public health and safety regulations to ensure the protection and well-being of each patient. Massage therapists are no exception. Client welfare is the foundation of an ethical and professional practice for the massage practitioner. Creating and defending a secure environment for our clients to receive treatment ultimately is based on the practitioners' routines in the clinic, office or spa. These healthy habits prevent accidents from taking place. Can you still recall? Direction: Find the 5‘s methodology (in english word) inside the puzzle. Once you find it, loop the word and write the answers on the opposite of each Japanese word. (2 points each). a s t a n d a r d i z e s d s v d b n w e r s d x v y t d n b c f d t y u s d o p S S h j k b n d m e r w c d w o d g s y s t e m a t i z e Topic: Wellness Massage Before, I thought that___________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________ But now, ____________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________ I can ________________________________________________________
  • 111. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 111 1. Shitsuke _______________ 4. Seiton ___________________ 2. Seiri __________________ 5.Seiketsu __________________ 3. Seiso _________________ Review these guidelines to guarantee the safety of your clients:  Adhere to a schedule for the cleaning and maintenance of your office, materials and supplies Some examples of Personal Protective materials and supplies gloves disposable facemask thermometer towel lotion and massage oil
  • 112. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 112  Consistently wash hands thoroughly between clients and prior to resuming treatment.  Wash all linens in soap and hot water. Store and transport them in a sanitary manner.  Always thoroughly sterilize table, headrest, equipment and other tools between clients.  Know all local ordinances and health department regulations regarding the type of clinic you operate or work in. A general maintenance and cleaning schedule must be adhered to in the treatment room, bathroom and all waiting and admittance areas. The bathroom must be easily accessible and consistently stocked. Hand washing is the simplest, most effective way to prevent transmission of any diseases. Prior to resuming patient care, hands should be washed after using the toilet and after touching eyes, nose, ears or mouth. Keep fingernails neatly trimmed and remove all jewelry. Always apply soap to wet hands, wash for 10 to 15 seconds, scrubbing webs, palms and fingertips, from the wrists to the elbows. Moreover, avoid reusing any towel or sheet that has come into contact with a client. Linens must be washed in hot water and stored properly in a labeled cabinet with closed doors. All dirty linens must be put into a separate linen basket for washing. A consistent order in sanitation procedures before admitting your next client will prevent accidents from occurring. Avoid cross- contamination during treatment by always using a new or sterilized applicator wand for all application of lotion and creams. A major preventative action we can take to protect any transfer of disease is the sterilization of all table surfaces, especially the headrest. The table and headrest should be wiped down with a germicidal wash, as should any tool or lotion bottle. There should be sufficient and reasonable space for
  • 113. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 113 clients to change and to get on and off the table safely. Always make sure the table, chairs and other equipment are in good condition. This includes all emergency and safety equipment, such as fire extinguishers and clearly marked exits. Additionally, check out the neighborhood in which you are planning to open your office for good lighting and adequate space for all treatment procedures. The location of a therapeutic office should be in a pleasant area where clients can feel free from harm. Make sure the parking lot is accessible and well-lit so that clients can get in and out safely. Furthermore, local ordinances and health department regulations regarding the type of clinic you operate can be attained through the city and should be referenced. Know how to accommodate the elderly and disabled persons. They may require your assistance getting on and off the table, as well as special accessibility to the restroom. Be aware of emergency procedures for your building, including how to use the nearest fire extinguisher. Overall, the way your clinic runs and looks is proof of your concern for your clients and ultimately leaves a lasting impression on each person you treat. A first impression cannot be repeated. Maintain all health and safety guidelines taught in training and incorporate them with state and local laws to keep your clients safe. RELEVANT LAWS, WORKPLACE POLICIES and PROCEDURES Health and safety is about preventing any person sustaining injury, being harmed in any way or becoming ill at work. It involves following correct, safe procedures and taking every possible precaution to protect everyone in
  • 114. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 114 the workplace. Health and safety laws and regulations apply to everyone whether they are employers, managers, employees, self-employed, full- or part-time, paid or unpaid workers. Health and safety issues refer to hazards and risks in the workplace and how to eliminate them. Republic Act 8423 TRADITIONAL & ALTERNATIVE MEDICINE ACT OF 1997 An act creating the Philippine Institute of Traditional and Alternative Health Care (PITAHC) to accelerate the development of traditional and alternative health care in the Philippines, providing for a Traditional and Alternative Health Care Development fund and for other purposes Section 3b : To promote and advocate the use of traditional, alternative, preventive, and curative health care modalities that have been proven safe, effective, cost effective and consistent with government standards on medical practice. Section 3c: To develop and coordinate skills training courses for various forms of traditional and alternative health care modalities. Health and Safety at Work Act 1974 This is the main legislation covering health and safety in the workplace; other safety regulations and codes of practice come under this main Act. This Act states that employers/managers have a legal duty to ensure, so far as is reasonablypracticable, the health, safety and welfare of all persons at work, i.e. all employees and otherpersons on the premises, such as contractors and clients. The Health and Safety Executive provides information and publications on all aspects of Health and safety regulations, implementing directives from the European Commission that used to be known as the six packs. These cover a wide range of health, safety and welfare issues.
  • 115. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 115 Those relevant to the therapist are dealt with in this text. The Act of 1974 and the new regulations mean that employers must, by law, provide a safe working environment for all members of the workforce, including those with disabilities and other persons using their premises. The Therapist’s Role in Maintaining Health and Safety in their Place of Work The employer/manager is responsible for the management and control of health, safety and welfare issues, which will ensure a safe environment for all persons working in or attending the salon/clinic. However, all therapists at work also have a duty under the Act. Employees are required to:  Take reasonable care to avoid harm to them or to others by their behaviour or working practices cooperate with and help employers/managers to meet the statutory requirements refrain from misusing or interfering with anything provided to protect the health, safety and welfare of all persons as required by the Act.  To comply with these requirements you must: not put yourself or others at risk by your actions abide by salon rules and regulations know who is responsible for what in the salon and to whom you should report problems always adopt good working practices and follow correct procedures  Be alert to any hazard that may pose a risk to you or to others and promptly take the appropriate action to minimize or eliminate the risk.  If you are unable to, or unsure of how to deal quickly with a hazard, then you must report the situation to someone else immediately. Seek advice from a supervisor or someone qualified to deal with the situation  Be competent in selecting appropriate treatments and in administering them correctly and safely to the clients
  • 116. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 116  Follow the correct technique for all treatments, understand the effects, and be alert to contra-indications and contra-actions.  Adopt high professional standards of dress and appearance.  Maintain the highest standards of personal and salon hygiene.  Report faulty equipment to the person responsible for dealing with these issues  Do not ignore any hazard or risk; make sure that corrective action is taken.  Keep a record of client and report any problems that you have identified and cured.  Inform your supervisor and colleagues and be prepared to discuss issues of health and safety with all other workers, as shared knowledge makes for a safer working environment. SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS ABOUT BODY STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION Endangerment site: An endangerment site is a region of the body in which nerves, arteries, or veins lay close to the body's surface. These areas are not well protected by muscle or connective tissue, and have the potentially to be damaged. Deep pressure either sustained or through friction, would be contraindicated for the vessels and nerves in these areas. These areas may contain bony projections that are fragile and may be broken. Massage therapists should exercise extreme caution when working in or close to these endangerment areas. A medical error in execution may occur when a massage therapist or body worker does not exhibit extreme caution when working in one or more of these areas and injury results from treatment. 6. Eyes
  • 117. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 117 Endangerment Sites of the Face and Neck 1.Antecubit al 2. Axilla 3. Brachial Plexus 18. Umbilical 5.Cervical 4. Carotid Artery 19. Xiphoid Process 16. Sternum10. Liver 17. Temporal 8. Inguinal 11. Median Nerve 13. Radial Pul 12. Popliteal 14. Sciatic Nerves 9. Kidneys 15. Spine 7. Floating Ribs
  • 118. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 118  Anterior Triangle of the Neck . The anterior triangle of the neck consists of the medial border of the sternocleidomastoid (SCM) muscle, the inferior border of the mandible and the trachea. It contains the jugular vein, the carotid artery, and the vagus nerve, which are located deep to the SCM.  Posterior Triangle of the Neck. The posterior triangle of the neck consists of the posterior border of the SCM, the superior border of the clavicle, and the anterior border of the upper trapezius muscle. This area contains the brachio-cephalic artery and vein superior the clavicle, the sub-cephalic vein, and the nerves of the brachial plexus. (redraw)  Posterior to the Mandible. The area posterior to the mandible contains the facial artery and nerve, and the styloid process of the temporal bone. The styloid process is the bone that can be broken from extreme pressure.
  • 119. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 119 (redraw)  Sternal Notch and Anterior Throat. The area of the sternal notch and anterior throat consists of the medial heads of the right and left clavicle, and their attachment at the superior edge of the sternum. This area contains the vagus nerve, and nerves and vessels to the thyroid gland. (redraw)  Axillary Triangle of the Under Arm. The axillary triangle of the under arm consists of the anterior edge of the pectoralis major, the posterior edge of the latissimus dorsi, the superior head and medial shaft of the humerus, the upper ribs and the medial aspect of the serratus anterior. This area contains the nerves of the distal brachial plexus, and the brachial artery, the axillary nerve, vein, and artery, and the cephalic vein.
  • 120. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 120 (redraw)  Deltoid-Pectoral Triangle. The deltoid-pectoral Triangle is a narrow area between the medial aspect of pectoralis major, the lateral aspect of the anterior deltoid, and the superior border of the clavicle. This area contains the cephalic vein. Endangerment Sites of the Elbow  Medial Elbow. The area between the medial epicondyle of the humerus and olecranon process of the ulna. This area contains the ulnar nerve.  Lateral Elbow. The area between the lateral epicondyle of the humerus and the olecranon process of the ulna. This area contains the radial nerve.
  • 121. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 121 . Endangerment Sites of the Abdomen  Umbilicus Area. The umbilicus area, to either side, contains the descending aorta and the abdominal aorta.  Dorsal Body Area, 12th Rib. The dorsal area in the region of the 12th rib, is located over the kidneys, in the lower back.
  • 122. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 122 Endangerment Sites of the Lower Extremity  Femoral (Inguinal ) Triangle. The femoral or inguinal triangle consists of the lateral aspect of the sartorius muscle, the superior aspect of the inguinal ligament, and the medial aspect of adductor longus muscle. This area contains the femoral nerve, the femoral artery and vein, the great saphenous vein, external iliac artery, and the inguinal lymph nodes. Sciatic Notch. The sciatic notch is located in the area in which the sciatic nerve passes out of the pelvis through the greater sciatic foramen, under the pirformis muscle.  Popliteal Fossa. The popliteal fossa is a diamond-shaped area at the posterior knee. The superior area consists of the lateral tendon of the biceps femoris, and the medial tendons of the semitendinosus, semimembranosus and the sartorius muscles. The inferior area consists of the two heads of the gastrocnemius muscle. This area contains the popliteal artery and vein and the tibial and common peroneal nerves.
  • 123. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 123  Deep Calf. The deep calf region of the lower extremity can be located between the two heads of the gastrocnemius muscle. This area contains the posterior tibial artery and vein. Tarsal Tunnel. The tarsal tunnel is located in a groove on the medial aspect of the calcaneus and inferior to and posterior to the medial malleolous. This area contains the posterior artery and vein, deep to the flexor retinaculum.
  • 124. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 124 SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS WHEN DEALING WITH HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES The Control of Substances Hazardous to Health Act 2002 (COSHH) requires employers to control exposure to hazardous substances to prevent ill health.It protects everyone in the workplace from exposure to hazardous substances. Hazardous substances found in the salon include:  cleaning agents  disinfectants  massage products  powders or dust  micro-organisms  parasites  ozone. Hazardous substances can enter the body via many routes, for example:  broken or damaged skin  eyes and ears  nose and mouth  hair follicles. Substances hazardous to health may cause the following:  skin burn  skin allergic reaction such as dermatitis  skin irritation  irritation of nasal passages and lungs or allergies to products, especially fine
  • 125. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 125  powder or dust, resulting in the development of asthma  breathing difficulties  nausea and vomiting if swallowed  eye damage. COSHH requires the following to control exposure to hazardous substances to prevent ill health. Assess the risk from exposure to hazardous substances to anyone using your workplace. You will need to examine all the substances stored and used in your salon and identify the ones that could cause damage or injury. Decide what precautions need to be taken. Check the manufacturers‘ advice on use, storage and disposal. Read the label carefully. Consider whether the substance can enter the body or damage any part of the body. Take action to protect employees and others. Consider the use of gloves, masks and other protective clothing. Ensure that your control systems are in place and effective. Control or reduce the exposure to hazardous substances. Consider the use of other, safer, products. Store all products safely and label them clearly to reduce any error in handling. Wear gloves when handling cleaning agents. Take care when handling and using fine powders such as talc; avoid releasing the fine particles into the air and avoid inhaling any powders; also protect your client. Ensure that control measures are in place and regularly monitored for effectiveness. Keep records of all control measures and any tests or problems arising. These records should be kept for at least five years. Prepare procedures to deal with accidents, incidents and emergencies. Immediate steps must be taken to minimise the harmful effects and damage. These procedures should be clearly written and placed in a prominent and accessible place.
  • 126. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 126 Train and supervise all staff. Ensure that all employees understand the risks from all the hazardous substances they have to deal with. Inform them of the rules and regulations for using, storing and transporting or disposing of hazardous substances. Ensure that all employees understand the importance of reporting any problems or shortcomings when dealing with hazardous substances. The following are precautions and responsibilities when dealing with hazardous substances. 1. Consider any hazardous substances in your workplace. For the therapist these will include any fine powders such as face powder or talcum powder, oils, creams or lotions, cleaning agents, sterilising agents, micro- organisms, blood. 2. Read the labels and manufacturers‘ instructions on all the products that you use. Manufacturers are required by law to state the dangers and issue guidelines on storage, use and disposal. 3. Ensure that products are clearly labelled and stored correctly and safely. 4. Ensure that the highest standards of hygiene are implemented to prevent cross-infection(this is dealt with later in the chapter). 5. Avoid blood contamination. Cover any broken skin with a plaster and wear gloves. 6. Ensure the safe disposal of ‗sharps‘ into a ‗sharps box‘ and dispose of in accordance with the correct procedure. SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS WHEN USING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT The following are precautions and responsibilities when using electrical equipment.  Annual testing of electrical equipment is required by law.  Ensure that people using electrical equipment are trained and competent to do so.  Follow the correct procedures when using electrical equipment.  Purchase equipment from a reputable dealer who will provide an after- sales service.  Ensure that all equipment is regularly maintained and in a safe condition for use.  Examine leads and cables regularly to ensure that they are without splits or breaks that may expose bare wires.
  • 127. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 127  Use proper connectors to join wire and flexes; do not use insulating tape.  Examine all connections making sure that they are secure.  Ensure that the cable is firmly clamped into the plug to make certain that the wires, particularly the earth wire, cannot be pulled out of the terminal.  Do not overload the circuit by using multiple adaptors. If you find others overloading the circuit, explain to them that this is dangerous practice.  Plug the machine into a near and accessible identified socket so that it can be switched off or disconnected easily in an emergency.  Keep electrical equipment away from water; do not touch any electrical part with wet hands.  Ensure that flexes and cables do not trail over the working area: fix them along the wall.  Examine all equipment regularly, especially portable machines, as they are subjected to wear and tear.  Remove faulty equipment from the working area and label clearly ‗FAULTY DO NOT USE‘ and inform others that it is faulty.  Keep a dated record of when checks were carried out, including all findings and maintenance. Multiple Choice. Direction: Read and analyze each statement carefully. Choose the nearest answer and write the letters before the number. Justify your answer. 2 points each. 1. Plug the machine into a near and accessible identified socket so that, a. it can be switched off or disconnected easily in an emergency. b. It will lessen your time from walking from time to time if you want to unplug it c. You can sleep anytime you want and confident that it is safe d. It is easy for you to just reach out if you want to unplug it. Justify: 2. Follow the correct procedures when using electrical equipment, a. to avoid accident b. to show your expertise Enhancement Activity
  • 128. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 128 c. to boost your capacity to operate the equipment d. to play safely Justify ____________________________________________ 3. Ensure that people using electrical equipment are trained and competent to do so a. They can easily be hired abroad b. They can operate the equipment without reading the procedure c. They can prove that they are trained operators d. Keep safe in using the equipment Justify: _________________________________________ 4. Training and supervision to all staff will a. Ensure that all employees understand the risks from all the hazardous substances they have to deal with. b. Inform them of the rules and regulations for using, storing and transporting or disposing of hazardous substances. c. They can be easily be accepted in their field of training to other salon d. Keep your salon clean and orderly Justify: _____________________________________________ 5. Prepare procedures to deal with accidents, incidents and emergencies. Immediate steps must be taken to minimize the harmful effects and damage. These procedures should be a. clearly written and placed in a prominent and accessible place. b. clearly written and placed inside the cabinet c. clearly written and placed at the back door d. clearly written and placed on the table Justify: __________________________________________
  • 129. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 129 APPLICATION OF PROPER DRAPING Perform the Proper application of Draping Draping is the technique of using a large towel or sheet to keep you covered while you're getting a massage. This allows you to be totally nude under the sheet or towel and still feel safe, warm, and unexposed. Using draping, the massage therapist only works on the part of the body that is exposed -- your back, one arm or one leg, for instance. The rest of the body is covered. Draping Methods 1. Posterior Leg - To drape the posterior leg, o Gather the drape at the greater trochanter and at the ankle. o Fold the bottom end of the drape at an angle across the opposite leg while holding the drape at the greater trochanter as a pivot point. o With the lower, grab the fold of the drape and tuck it under the opposite thigh. o Fold the top section of the drape across the back, leaving the gluteals exposed. With practice, this draping can be accomplished in three moves and provides a clean line for the application of spa products from the toes to the top of the posterior superior iliac spine (PSIS). 2. Anterior Leg- To drape the anterior leg, a. Gather the drape at the anterior superior iliac spine (ASIS) and at the ankle. b.
  • 130. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 130 b. Fold the bottom section of the drape at an angle across the opposite leg using the upper hand to hold the drape at the ASIS as a pivot point.c. c. With the lower hand, grab the fold of the drape and tuck it under the opposite thigh. d. Fold the top section of the drape across the belly, leaving the ASIS exposed. 3. Breast Drape - Align the top edge of the main drape with the bottom edge of a hand towel or pillowcase. As the main drape is pulled down, the hand towel or pillowcase becomes a breast drape and takes its place. 4. Anterior Pelvic Drape - After the breast drape is in place, continue to pull the main drape down until the abdominal muscles are uncovered. Align the fold of the main drape with the bottom edge of a hand towel or pillow case. As the main drape is pulled down, the hand towel or pillow case will become a pelvic drape. Tuck the bottom section of the pelvic drape between the legs leaving a safe distance between the tucking hand and the genitals.
  • 131. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 131 5. Turban Drape - This type of drape protects the client‘s hair from spa products and prevents heat loss during a treatment. a. Put a bath towel on the table before the treatment. b. Bring the bath towel up over the client‘s head to cover the forehead or the eyes. c. Using the hand as a wedge on each side of the drape, bring the side portions around the neck and tuck them into the top of the body drape. 6. Gluteal Drape a. Uncover the back and fold the drape down to the gluteal cleft. b. Grasp the folded edge of the main drape and the bottom edge of the hand towel or pillow case. c. As the main drape is pulled down to expose the gluteals, the hand towel or pillow case replaces it. d. Tuck the bottom of the gluteal drape between the legs, leaving a safe distance between the tucking hand and the genitals. e. Fold the edges of the gluteal drape to create clean lines for product application.
  • 132. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 132 7. - Because spa products are applied to the clients while they are in a side-lying position, this drape is different than it would be for a massage. It is important to ask clients to wear disposable undergarments to preserve their modesty. The sheet is kept over the client until he or she is moved into the side-lying position. Undrape the client‘s upper body ( females should either wear a disposable bra or hold a towel over their breasts) and place a bath towel across the client‘s hip. Grasp the folded edge of the main drape and the bottom edge of the bath towel. As the main drape is pulled down to expose the gluteals, the bath towel will replace it, and the sheet is removed completely.
  • 133. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 133 Draping is the technique of using a large towel or sheet to keep you covered while you're getting a massage. Draping allows you to be totally nude under the sheet or towel and still feel safe, warm, and unexposed. SCORING RUBRICS FOR CLASS DEMONSTRATION Criteria Percentage Proper. 50 % Proper application of the use of cleaning solutions and materials 30 % Appropriate and effective selection of cleaning tools and materials 20 % TOTAL 100 % Activity 1. Return Demonstration Direction: Group yourselves into groups with 10 members Perform the following draping methods in groups. 1. Posterior Leg 2. Anterior Leg 3. Breast Drape 4. Anterior Pelvic Drape 5. Turban Drape 6. Gluteal Drape 7. Side-Lying Drape Enhancement Activity
  • 134. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 134 Using draping, the massage therapist only works on the part of the body that is exposed -- your back, one arm or one leg, for instance. The rest of the body is covered. APPLICATION OF PROPER DRAPING This is your chance for you to show off your skills, technique and talents in each of the required procedures you have spent in practices then ultimately mastering. This practicum requires groundwork to assure that you are adequately prepared and organized. Suggestions for draping: 1. Use mannequin as your model 2. Use kiddie cape rather than a regular sized cape, because they are easier to manipulate. They fit more securely around the mannequin‘s neck and will not hang over your work area this allowing you maximum movement while working on your mannequin 3. Divide the class into groups with 10 members. 4. Prepare the Packing List for draping such as: a. clean towels b. clean folded cape (plastic, cloth or comb-out) c. neck strips d. clips to secure outer towel e. antiseptic hand wipes, spray bottle of alcohol or alcohol gel Group # 1: Posterior Leg Group # 2: Anterior Leg Group # 3: Breast Drape Group # 4: Anterior Pelvic Drape Group # 5 Turban Drape Group # 6: Gluteal Drape Group # 7: Side-Lying Drap Let’s Do it!
  • 135. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 135 Group performance will be evaluated using the scoring rubrics below: Direction: Let the teacher assess your performance in the following critical task and performance criteria. OVER ALL EVALUATION Level Achieved PERFORMANCE LEVELS 10 - Can perform this skill without supervision and with initiative and adaptability to problem situations. 7 - Can perform this skill satisfactorily without assistance or supervision. 5 - Can perform this skill satisfactorily but requires some assistance and/or supervision. 3- Can perform parts of this skill satisfactorily, but requires considerable assistance and/or supervision. Instructor will initial level achieved. PREPARATION of WELLNESS MASSAGE PRODUCTS, FURNISHINGS, and PARAPHERNALIA Let’s try this! ACTIVITY 1. Knowing the Center Direction: Study the picture below. Find as many equipment, paraphernalia and materials that can be found in a Wellness Massage Center. Use your quiz notebook to accomplish this task.
  • 136. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 136 WORKING ENVIRONMENT/ SPA ROOM 1. Room should be peaceful and quiet and calm. 2. Room should be warm, well ventilated and draught free 3. Lightning is subdued. 4. Use fragrance, potpourri or vase of flowers. 5. Play soft relaxing music. 6. Use clean towels or blanket to cover cushion to support legs and neck 7. Massage table, mattress must be firm on the floor. ACCESSORIES/ TOOLS/ EQUIPMENT Tools Picture/Illustration Description/Function 1. Thermometer 2. Stethoscope an instrument for determining temperature an instrument for listening to the sounds made within the body, typically consisting of a
  • 137. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 137 3. Sphygmomanometer Digital Sphygmomanometer 4. Massage Bed hollow disc that transmits the sound through hollow tubes to earpieces. an instrument, often attached to an inflatable air-bladder cuff and used with a stethoscope, for measuring blood pressure in an artery. an instrument, often attached to an inflatable air-bladder cuff and used with a stethoscope, for measuring blood pressure in an artery. is used by massage therapists to position the client to receive a massage. L = 1.8M x W = 0.8M x H = 0.7 M
  • 138. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 138 5. Shower Room 6. Lounging chair a place in which a person bathes under a spray of water. gives comfort to the client while waiting for their massage.
  • 139. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 139 Optional Furniture and Equipment for a Spa. Picture/Illustration Description/Function CD/DVD Player Television Set Overhead Projector Massage belt head massage is a device that plays discs produced under both the DVD-Video and DVD- Audio technical standards, two different and incompatible standards. Some DVD players will also play audio CDs. DVD players are connected to a television to watch the DVD content, which could be a movie, a recorded TV show, or other content. a system for transmitting visual images and sound that are reproduced on screens. a device that projects an enlarged image of a transparency placed on the wall or screen by means of an overhead mirror The massaging motion of this belt is reportedly designed to stimulate and sooth the muscles ―soothing head massager with music,‖ which uses “a combination of patented air pressure technology, vibration massage, magnetic therapy, gentle heat and soothing music” to do whatever it is a good head massage does.
  • 140. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 140 SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS Picture/Illustration Description/Function Bath Towels Face towel/hand towel Bed Sheets Short/disposable undergarment This is used to cover the body while doing the massage This is used to wipe and cover the body This is used to cover the massage bed To be wear by the clients during the massage
  • 141. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 141 Lotion Oil Basins Pillow Used to rub all throughout the body during the massage This is also applied to the clients body Used to put water, warm or cold Used by the client while lying down
  • 142. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 142 Alcohol (Ethyl)/ Sanitizer Plants/ Herbs/ oils/ essences This is being rubbed by the massage therapist before starting massage Are applied to the clients. Depends what essence is being requested by the clients. Activity 1: Mix and Blend Instruction: Create your own aromatherapy massage oils. Make sure that all these are readily available. Relaxing Massage Oil Detoxifying Massage Oil 50 ml carrier oil 50 ml carrier oil 12 drops lavender essential oil 8 drops cypress essential oil 8 drops clary sage essential oil 8 drops juniper essential oil 5 drops ylang-ylang essential oil 5 drops lavender essential oil 4 drops orange essential oil Energising Massage Oil Sensual Massage Oil 50 ml carrier oil 50 ml carrier oil 16 drops geranium essential oil 10 drops patchouli, sandalwood 7 drops rosemary essential oil rose or ylang-ylang essential 2 drops peppermint essential oil *essential oils may be bought from “The Body Shop” outlet. Enhancement Activity
  • 143. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 143 Activity 2. Investigate or Interview Direction: Visit a Wellness Massage Center. Then, Interview an owner/ employee of a wellness massage spa. Ask equipments, materials and supplies other than those mentioned in the previous discussion. Include the function of each item. Be ready to present your output in class. Write your answers in your notebook. Equipments/Materials/Supplies Function/Uses Rubrics for Evaluation: (30 points) Item 25 15 10 Score Tools Has additional equipment aside from what has been discussed . Lack one equipment used. Lack two or more equipment, Materials Has additional materials aside from Lack one or two materials Lack three or more materials
  • 144. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 144 what has been discussed being used being Supplies Has additional supplies aside from what has been discussed Lack one or two supplies being used Lack three or more materials being PREPARING CLIENT for WELLNESS MASSAGE SESSION Before starting your massage, require your customer to complete a short health history. This will help you tailor a needed specific massage. You will briefly discuss what your customer is looking for in the session and how that may be achieved. Once in the massage room, you will exit, allowing time and privacy so for the customer undress to his/her level of comfort. Give a clean sheet and blanket in which the customer will cover himself/herself with and lay on the massage area. You will knock and enter to begin the session. Customer massage time is his/hers. Whether you want to talk or relax by getting lost in the soft music, follow as requested. Keep in mind, communication is a key to a great massage. If your customer needs lighter or more intense pressure, ask so it can be adjusted. To find one that will meet his/her expectations. During your session, the body of the customer will remain covered with the sheet except for the part that is being massaged. At the conclusion of the massage, you will leave the room to allow your client to change their clothes. After the massage, it is important to tell the customer to drink water to hydrate the body and help flush out the toxins that have been released.
  • 145. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 145 The following are some pointers on what to do. 1. The greeting - As the client walks through the door, you or the receptionist should be on hand with a warm greeting. Step out from behind the reception desk to shake the client‘s hand and smile while making eye contact. 2. The tour - Escort the client into the treatment area. Point out where the bathroom is located and any amenities such as the steam room or sauna the client might use on his or her next visit. Let the client know if a shower is available before or after the massage. Show the client into the treatment room and explain where to undress and hang clothing. It‘s a good idea to remind clients to remove jewellery before the session because lubricants can cause jewellery to look tarnished and delicate pieces may be damaged during massage strokes. Use a small dish to hold personal items so that jewellery is not lost or forgotten. 3. The Interview - The client interview does not need to be a complex process, but each of the items we preview here should be discussed to ensure the safety of both client and therapist. 4. Transition to Massage - Before you leave the treatment room, show the client the massage table and explain the position you would like the client to take on the table after undressing. Because clients may feel very nervous about how they need to undress, it‘s important to reassure them. You might say something like this: ―Undress to your level of comfort. Some clients choose to remove all of their clothing and this is fine, and others prefer to leave on some of their underclothing, which is also fi ne. You will always be draped during the session, and I will only undrape the area where I am working. This is to keep you warm but also to preserve modesty.‖ This is also a good time to check if the client needs to use the restroom before undressing. Unless the client needs assistance getting on the massage table, leave the room while the client undresses. Because some clients feel nervous that the therapist may walk back in while they are partially undressed, it helps to say that you will knock and wait to hear they are ready before you enter.
  • 146. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 146 5. Prepare Yourself for the Massage - Usually, clients need no more than 5 minutes to undress and situate themselves on the massage table. Use this time to warm up your hands and to ground and center your energy for the session. Use the restroom if you need to and wash your hands carefully before returning to the treatment room. DEMONSTRATING HYGIENE PRACTICES in PRE-WELLNESS Let’s try this: Activity 1: Minute Paper Directions: Fill out this survey form to evaluate how far you have gone with the lesson. ( _________________________________________ ) T o p i c / L e s s on Name of Student : __________________ Date : _____________ Year and Section ___________________ Teacher: __________________ After the lesson / activity/ discussion on ________, I have learned that: 1. ______________________________________________________ 2. ______________________________________________________ 3. ______________________________________________________ But I‘m a little bit confused about: 1. ______________________________________________________ 2. ______________________________________________________ 3. ______________________________________________________ I still want to learn more on: 1. ______________________________________________________ 2. __________________________________________________________ 3.__________________________________________________________
  • 147. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 147 After the lesson / activity / discussion, I feel ______________ because of the following reasons: 1. _________________________________________________________ 2. _________________________________________________________ 3. ____________________________________________________________ PERSONAL HYGIENE PRACTICES Massage therapists are required by health standards and professional ethics to provide a clean environment for clients that ensures they don‘t pick up any diseases while they are at a spa or massage clinic. On the side of the therapist the following must be observed to ensure proper hygiene practice. a. A daily bath or shower should be taken to maintain cleanliness of the skin, hair and nails, and to remove stale sweat odor. b. An antiperspirant should be used to prevent excessive sweating and the odor of sour sweat. c. Hair should be clean and neat; it should be kept short or tied back from the face. Hair must never fall forward around the therapist‘s face and shoulders or touch the client d. Nails must be well manicured and kept short; nails should not protrude above the fleshy part of the finger tip. Massage movements cannot be correctly performed if the nails are long, and long nails may harbour dirt or bacteria. Nail enamel should not be worn as some clients may be sensitive to the product and an allergic reaction may result. e. Hands must be well cared for; they must be smooth and warm for massage. Therapists should protect the hands with rubber gloves when doing chores. A good-quality hand lotion should be used night and morning. Gloves should be worn in cold weather.
  • 148. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 148 f. Therapists should not massage with cuts or abrasions on the hands. g. Jewellery should be removed or kept to a minimum of wedding ring and small ear studs. Rings, bracelets and watches can harbour micro- organisms or can injure the client if dragged on the skin. Long earrings and necklaces may jangle, producing a noise that is disturbing to the client. h.Underwear and tights should be changed daily and washed in hot soapy water. i. White, short-sleeved overalls should be crisp, well laundered and changed frequently (e.g. every other day). The style should allow free unrestricted movement of the arms during massage. j. Feet should be well cared for and washed and dried thoroughly once a day, using foot powder if necessary. k. A clean pair of tights should be worn each day; support tights will help prevent tired legs and varicose veins. Well-fitting low-heeled or flat shoes without holes or peep toes will protect the feet and avoid pressure points. l. Working uniform should not be worn out of the salon. Outdoor clothing worn to work should be changed in a cloakroom to prevent micro- organisms being brought into the salon. m. Therapists suffering from colds and infections should not treat clients if possible, but the wearing of a surgical mask will greatly reduce the risk of cross-infection. n. Therapists must wash their hands before touching a client and after cleaning the feet prior to the massage. Activity 2: True or False: Write T if the statement is correct and F if false. _____1. Working uniform can be worn out of the salon.
  • 149. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 149 _____2. Underwear and tights should be changed daily and washed in hot soapy water. _____3. Wedding ring and small ear studs can be worn during the massage. _____4. A daily bath or shower should be taken to maintain cleanliness of the skin, hair and nails, and to remove stale sweat odours _____5. Therapists must wash their hands before touching a client and after cleaning the feet prior to the massage PRE-WELLNESS MASSAGE PROCEDURE Let‘s try this: Activity 1. Directions: Write three sentences answering each question if you have any idea on how to perform body massage written inside the box. Use your quiz notebook to accomplish this task. What do you think is the most important reason why we need to have body massage?? Have you observed/learned one or two of your family members experienced having body massage? Did they share it to you? Share it to us. What do you expect to learn in body massage?
  • 150. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 150 Let’s Begin: For many treatments, caring hands are all you need to get started. For others, sheets, blankets, pillows, towels and massage oils, lotions or creams help you make the most of your massage time. The goal of a massage is for both giver and receiver to feel good, so while working, keep your body, mind and soul relax. Preparations before the actual massage services 1. Preparation of client a. Speak to the client in a polite and friendly manner. b. Maintain client privacy at all times. c. Take the client‘s outdoor clothes or show her/him where to hang them. d. Show the client the treatment area and shower room. e. Ask the client to undress and give her/him a robe or towel to wear. f. Ask the client to remove all jewellery and place it in a bag for safe keeping. g. Instruct the client how to use the shower. h. Bring the client back to the treatment area. i. Carry out a client consultation and discuss the treatment. As previously explained, the first consultation will be the longest but a short consultation should take place before every treatment.
  • 151. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 151 j. Explain fully and ask if the client has any queries. Allow time for the client to discuss problems and ask questions, and answer these fully. k. If the client has long hair, ask her/him to tie it up, or provide a protective cover. 2.Psychological preparation of the therapist Preparing the mind enhances concentration and co-ordination and contributes to expertise and effectiveness of the massage. a.Develop a calm, tranquil but positive attitude. It is important to feel secure, confident and relaxed yourself as this is transmitted to the client both by your attitude and through your hands. b. Develop co-ordination between mind and body. The hands and body must move as a whole – think of your foot position, posture, arm/hand positions, speed, pressure and rhythm. Remember that massage is a skill that must be learned and requires constant practice to perform it well. It is very similar to learning to play a musical instrument. c. Develop sensory awareness, i.e. the ability to sense and visualize structures through the hands. Through the sensory receptors in the hands you learn to identify bony points, degrees of tone or tension in muscles, and variations found on different tissues and different clients. This ability only comes through practice and the experience of treating a variety of different types of client, e.g.young, old, thin, obese, well toned, poorly toned, tense or relaxed. d. Learn to synchronize speed, rhythm and depth so that these remain consistent throughout the treatment. These will vary depending on the effects required (see page 174). Maximum effectiveness of the treatment will occur only if these factors are coordinated.
  • 152. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 152 3. Preparation of working area Ensure that the working area affords the clients total privacy to change and receive treatment without being overlooked by others. a. The area may be a curtained section in a large salon, an individual walled cubicle or a small massage room. b. The therapist should ensure there is enough space to walk around bed and work from all sides, and that there is room for a trolley with commodities, and a stool. c. The area should be warm, well-ventilated and draught free. d. It should be quiet, peaceful and free from distracting noise. Soft relaxing music may be played, but check with the client – some clients prefer to be quiet. e. The lighting should be soft and diffuse, not directed above the client and shining into her/his face. f. The colour scheme should be pale but warming, using pastel rather than harsh bold colours. g. The area must be spotlessly clean and tidy. h. Items required during the massage must be neatly arranged on the trolley shelf and protected with clean paper tissue or a small sheet. i. A plentiful supply of clean laundered towels and linen should be to hand. j. Extra pillows, small support pillows or rolled towels should also be onthe hand. k. Shower and toilet facilities for the client‘s use should be accessible and regularly cleaned.
  • 153. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 153 l. A hand basin or sink should be available for the therapist to wash her/his hands. m. Disposable towels or hot air dryers should be used to dry the hands. These must all be scrupulously clean. n. A lined bin should be on hand for disposal of waste. 4. Preparation of massage couch a. Cover the entire surface with a towelling or cotton sheet – the fitte types are best as they stay neat and tidy. b. Next cover this with a large bath towel or cotton sheet. This must be removed and boil-washed after each client and a clean one re-applied. Many salons and colleges use disposable paper sheets (bed roll) to save on the laundry – these are quite acceptable, but they can tear and crumple during the massage and may interfere with some movements. c. Use one or two pillows for the head. Cover these with pillow slips and then a towel. d. Fold two large towels and place them at the foot of the bed. These will be used to cover the client. e. Place extra pillows, large and small, and a rolled towel on the trolley for use if extra support is required during the massage. 5. Preparation of trolley or table The following items should be laid out on the top shelf of the trolley: a bottle of cologne – for cleaning the skin if the client has not takena shower b)a bottle of surgical spirit – to clean the feet
  • 154. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 154 c)a good quality oil, lotion or cream – used as a medium for the massage d)talcum powder or corn starch – these powders may be used instead of oil or cream as a massage medium. They work well for very hairy clients. e)a bowl containing tissues and balls of cotton wool f )a bowl for placing the client‘s jewellery is sometimes used, but it is much safer to ask the client to place jewellery in her/his bag and place this under the couch. Group demonstration on the preparations to be done before the actual massage services Divide the class into five groups. Ask each group to demonstrate the following activities: Group # 1: Preparation of client Group # 2: Psychological preparation of the therapist Group # 3: Preparation of working area Group # 4 Preparation of massage couch Group # 5: Preparation of trolley or table Performance of the group will be evaluated using the scoring rubrics below: Let’s Do it! Enhancement Activity
  • 155. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 155 Direction: Let the teacher assess your performance in the following critical task and performance criteria. OVER ALL EVALUATION Level Achieved PERFORMANCE LEVELS 10 - Can perform this skill without supervision and with initiative and adaptability to problem situations. 7 - Can perform this skill satisfactorily without assistance or supervision. 5 - Can perform this skill satisfactorily but requires some assistance and/or supervision. 3- Can perform parts of this skill satisfactorily, but requires considerable assistance and/or supervision. Instructor will achieve initial level. Activity 1. Short Quiz Direction: Put a check (√) mark if the statement is correct and a Cross (X) mark if incorrect. Write your answer on a quiz notebook. _____1. A lined bin should be to hand for disposal of waste. _____2. Cover the entire surface with a towelling or cotton sheet – the fitted types are best as they stay neat and tidy. _____3. The therapist should ensure there is enough space to walk around the bed and work from all sides, and that there is room for a trolley with commodities, and a stool. _____4. Talcum powder or corn starch may be used instead of oil or cream as a massage medium. They work well for very hairy clients. _____5. Shower and toilet facilities for the client‘s use should be accessible and regularly cleaned. STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES FOR WELLNESS MASSAGE SESSION
  • 156. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 156 Things sometimes are left undone when employees are confuse on who is responsible for carrying out certain activities. Who has not heard the excuses such as “It’s not my job. I thought so-and-so was supposed to do that. That’s our responsibility‖. And the worst is when no one bothers to take the responsibility. Well explained job descriptions can make people work with ease and confidence especially when dealing with clients. This reduces the chances of errors, keeps employees focused, takes pride, and does work professionally. 1. Staff Appearance - All spas should have a clear policy that describes the acceptable dress code and physical appearance for staff members. Many spas prohibit certain items of clothing, such as tank tops, jeans, cut-off shorts, flip flops or mini-skirts. Management may also request that staff members wear clothing that follows current fashion trends. Some spas may issue staff uniforms to eliminate issues or institute a dress code that calls for all employees to wear the same color clothing. Female staff members may be required to wear makeup and have their hair pulled back. 2. Telephone Procedure - All spa staff members must answer telephones in a courteous, friendly manner. Most spas require that phone calls be answered in a certain number of rings, so customers are not kept waiting. They may also have an office greeting that staff members are required to say when answering the phone. Staff is usually instructed not to place calls on hold without asking for the caller‘s permission or keep customers on hold for longer than a minute. Before hanging up a call, staff members must repeat pertinent information, such as the scheduled appointment date, time and service. 3. Client Consultation - During consultations, spa employees should learn exactly what clients hope to get out of a spa treatment. They must read the client‘s record prior to the consultation to see what previous services have been performed. Spa staff should then discuss details that are pertinent to the specific service, such as the client‘s skin or hair type, if they are prone to allergic reactions or if they have physical conditions that might be aggravated by certain
  • 157. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 157 types of massage. Spa employees should then explain the client‘s options and help her make an informed decision about what treatment she should have performed. Once a service has been chosen, the procedure should be explained to the client in detail so she knows what to expect. 4. Service Procedures - Each service provided by the spa should have an established procedure when administered to clients. Guidelines vary based on the specific treatment. Manicure and pedicure workers must be sure to sterilize all equipment. Aestheticians must monitor clients to ensure that they are not having an allergic reaction. Massage therapists must make sure that clients are comfortable with the manner in which they are draped by towels or sheets. 5. Housekeeping Procedures - One of the most critical aspects of a spa‘s standard operating procedures is their housekeeping policy. Clients will be turned off by dirty, unsanitary conditions, and the spa may face health code violations as well. Laundry must be done on a daily basis so there is a plentiful stock of clean towels and sheets in service areas and changing rooms. Floors should be swept throughout the day and mopped at the close of business each night. Carpeting should be vacuumed as well. Trash must be thrown out throughout the day, and any hazardous materials must be disposed of immediately. In addition, spa equipment and supplies must be sanitized after use on each client. Activity 1. Concept Mapping Direction: Discuss with your group mates and choose a certain area to draft Standard Operating Procedure using Concept Mapping. Be ready for a class presentation. Use the pattern to construct your idea. Enhancement Activity
  • 158. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 158 Rubrics for Evaluation: Area Presentation Very Good (15) Good (10) Needs Improvement (5) Hygiene and Infection Control Practices Reporting of Injuries, Diseases and Dangerous Occurrences Regulations 1985 (RIDDOR)  By law the following incidents must be reported: Procedure Details Details Details Details Details Details Details Details
  • 159. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 159  deaths  Major injuries or poisonings  Any accident where the person injured is away from work for more than three days  Injuries where members of the public are taken to hospital  Diseases contracted at work  Dangerous occurrences that did not result in reportable injury but might have done. Tasks to Ensure a Clean, Sanitary, and Safe Facility END OF BUSINESS DAY 1. Wash all bowls, implements, application brushes, trays, and other equipment with hot, soapy water and wipe with a disinfectant before storing them in closed containers. 2. Wash cloth products such as massage sheets, blankets, robes, slippers, hand towels, bath towels, and shower mats in hot water with detergent and dry using heat before storing in a closed container. 3. Deep clean and disinfect bathrooms. 4. Clean floors, clean and disinfect items in the reception area, clean any beverage service items, clean common areas, and disinfect items such as handrails and doorknobs. 5. Empty and disinfect trash bins. WEEKLY 1. Clean windows, window frames, and window ledges. 2. Deep clean the reception area and wipe down chairs, the beverage service, magazines, and decorative side tables. 3. Wipe down shelving used to hold retail items and dust retail items. 4. Dust light fixtures, picture frames, the music system, shelving, and decorative items in the treatment room. 5. Organize CDs, storage cabinets, and supplies. 6. Check smoke detectors to ensure they are in good working order. 7. Check and replace light bulbs both inside and outside the facility. 8. Water and dust plants. Activity 1: Direction: Group the following task in its specific time table. Write the letter on the table below. Use your quiz notebook to accomplish this task.
  • 160. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 160 a. Check smoke detectors to ensure they are in good working order. b. Deep clean and disinfect bathrooms. c. Disinfect the lubricant container or bottles used to hold spa product. d. Organize CDs, storage cabinets, and supplies. e. Change bath mats and towels if shower or tub has been used. f. Deep clean the reception area and wipe down chairs, the beverage service, magazines, and decorative side tables. j. Open doors and windows to ventilate room. h. If a hydrotherapy tub or foot basin with jets has been used, the jets must be flushed with bleach or the manufacturer's recommended cleaner and dried. i. Wash cloth products such as massage sheets, blankets, robes, slippers, hand towels, bath towels, and shower mats in hot water with detergent and dry using heat before storing in a closed container. j. Clean floors, clean and disinfect items in the reception area, clean any beverage service items, clean common areas, and disinfect items such as handrails and doorknobs. End of Business Day Weekly 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. PERFORM SELF-ASSESSMENT FOR WELLNESS MASSAGE SESSION The consultation is a very important part of the treatment. Sufficient time must be allowed so that it is not rushed. This is the time to gather and exchange information. The initial consultation will be the longest
  • 161. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 161 IMPORTANT: Before doing the actual massage, get client‘s body temperature and blood pressure. and provide detailed information, which must be accurately recorded on a treatment card. This must be filed in a safe and accessible place and used each time the client attends for treatment. Before subsequent treatments, a brief consultation is usually sufficient to establish the effects and outcomes of the previous treatments and whether any changes are to be made or further action is to be taken. METHODS OF SCANNING Importance of doing detailed consultation prior to massage  to introduce yourself and get to know the client  to establish a rapport with the client and put her/him at ease  to develop mutual trust and gain the client‘s confidence  to gain information on the client‘s past and present state of mental and physical health  to identify any contra-indications  to gain insight into the client‘s lifestyle, responsibilities, work environment, leisure activities etc  to identify the client‘s needs and expectations of the treatment  to establish the most appropriate form of treatment and to discuss and agree this with the client  to explain the treatment fully to the client, including the procedure, expected effects, timing and frequency Activity 1. Direction: Create a simple Client‘s Information Sheet. Rubrics for Evaluation:
  • 162. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 162 25% 15% 10% A. Communication Skills B. Self Confidence C. Establishing Rapport D. Clients Response to information asked PERFORM WELLNESS MASSAGE TECHNIQUES Let’s try... Activity 1. TV Presentation Direction: View this download presentation through your television set (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2jTIIFhFi-o). Write a five- sentence-reaction about the documentary you have just watched. Use the following guide questions. Use your activity notebook to accomplish this task. Let’s start... TAWAS: Traditional Alternative/Asian Wellness Analytic System Our ancestors are well-known when it comes to wellness massage. TAWAS is a Filipino Traditional spiritual diagnostic system used by Hilot in determining the cause of illness of the patient. Now-a-days, PJHA re-develop TAWAS as Hilot modality in determining illness through Traditional Alternative/Asian Wellness Analytic System. Hilot Wellness Modern Tawas consist of the following: a. Palpation of hot and cold syndrome (Pagkapa)
  • 163. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 163 Hilot Pagkapa is done with the palm at surface of the hand palpating the body surface of the patient in determining balance of hot and cold. b. Palpation of skin tissues/ and stiff muscles (Pagsasalat) Hilot Pagsalat uses tips of the fingers in determining stiffness and knotting of muscles and tissues. The objective of this procedure is to palpate parts of the body for presence of lumps, protuberances, swelling, c. Palpating the activities of the internal organs through pulse (Pagpupulso) Hilot Pagpupulso is a traditional Asian/ oriental way of determining the activity of internal organs by observing the characteristics of the pulse. d. Use of banana leaf strip in determining energetic balance (Pagsasala/ Panghihila) Uses banana leaf strip coated in virgin coconut oil and heated through a candle flame and apply to the body of the patient to determine energetic balance. Massage Pressure Areas Learning the basics You don‘t need to be a massage therapist to give a massage. You can use simple touch techniques to help heal and soothe your friends and loved ones – and even yourself and relieve pain, to give pleasure or simply to express love. Basic Massage Pressure Areas Hands
  • 164. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 164 (Redraw The body has lines of energy that end in specific zones in your hand HANDS FOOT Zone 1 – connects to the head and neck Zone 4 – links to the digestive tract and the area below the navel. Zone 2 – links with the chest and lungs Zone 3 – corresponds to the organs above
  • 165. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 165 Interpretation Face Zone 1 – link with the head and neck and the ball of thefoot Zone 2 – links to the chest and shoulders. Zone 3 – connects to the organs beneath the ribs butabove the navel Zone 4 – corresponds to the lower abdomen and pelvis
  • 166. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 166 Body Activity 1. Practice Ask a partner to press the following pressure points as instructed by the teacher. Rubrics for Scoring: Enhancement Activity
  • 167. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 167 Time Duration 25% Pressure 25% Effect 50% PERFORM THE PRE-MASSAGE OPERATION THROUGH HANDS AND FINGERS Effects of Massage Strokes When massage techniques are applied to the body, they can affect it through two different response pathways. Mechanical responses to techniques occur as a direct result of the manipulation of the tissues from components such as pressure, range of motion, and the pushing, pulling, lifting, compressing, and twisting of the tissue. Changes to the body as a result of these effects include increased circulation to the area, changes in fluid movement, increased pliability of the tissue, and reduction of adhesions. The other type of response is called a reflexive response and is the result of changes directed through the nervous system. When the nerves in the area are stimulated, they create a response either locally or systemically. Examples of reflexive responses include the reduction of blood pressure through the increased diameter of blood vessels, the decreased arousal of the sympathetic nervous system, and changes in hormone levels. While these responses are discussed separately, they are closely related and often occur simultaneously. THE FOUR MAIN GROUPS OF MASSAGE STROKES 1. Effleurage 2. Petrissage 3. Percussion or Tapotement 4. Vibrations 1. Effleurage It is where the hands skim over the surface of the tissues The word ‗effleurage‘ comes from the French verb effleurer, which means ‗to skim over‘. There are two manipulations within this group:  effleurage
  • 168. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 168  stroking. Differences between effleurage and stroking EFFLEURAGE Stroking  Effleurage must always follow the direction of venous return back to the heart and the direction of lymphatic drainage towards the nearest group of lymphatic nodes  Stroking may be performed in any direction. The pressure during effleurage may be light, moderate or heavy, but always increases at the end of the stroke towards the lymphatic nodes. The pressure of stroking is selected at the commencement and is maintained throughout. It also may be light, moderate or heavy pressure depending on the type of massage given.  When performing effleurage, hand contact is maintained during the return of the stroke, although little pressure is applied.  When performing stroking, the hands may maintain contact or may lift off the part on return. Effleurage Technique 1. Ensure that the client is warm and comfortable. 2. Take up a walk standing position with the outside foot forward: make sure you can reach all parts. 3. Remember to bend the front knee as the movement progresses and use body weight to apply pressure (pressure must not be applied through the arms and shoulders alone). Keep your back straight. 4. Ensure that your hands are warm, relaxed and supple – they must
  • 169. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 169 mould and adapt to the body contours. 5. The hands must move in the direction of venous return back to the heart, beginning distally and working proximally. 6. The strokes must be directed towards, and end at, a group of lymphatic nodes wherever possible. 7. The pressure should increase slightly at the end of the stroke. 8. The hands maintain contact on the return of stroke but apply little pressure. 9. The movement must be smooth and rhythmical, with continuous flow and even pressure. 10.The whole of the palmar surface of the hand, fingers and thumb should maintain contact with the body in a relaxed manner. (Do not extend, abduct or link the thumbs, and do not spread the fingers out, as these habits will give uneven pressure.) 11.The hands usually work together with even pressure and rhythm. However, the hands may be used alternately when care must be taken to maintain an even pressure under each hand and to synchronise the flow and rhythm. 12.On small areas, one hand may work while the other supports the tissues. On very small areas such as the face, fingers or toes, the thumbs only may be used in a sweeping action. StrokeTechnique 1. The therapist‘s stance depends on the direction of movement – walk standing (one foot in front of the other) if working top to bottom, stride standing (feet apart) if working from side to side. 2. The hands must be warm, relaxed and supple; they may mould and adapt to the contours of the body but this is not always so.
  • 170. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 170 3. The wrists must be very flexible and loose. 4. The movement can be performed in any direction. 5. The pressure is selected at the commencement of the stroke and maintained throughout the stroke. This pressure may be light to moderate for a relaxing massage, or firm and heavy for a vigorous massage. 6. The movements must be rhythmical with continuous flow. The hands may or may not be lifted off the part at the end of the stroke. 7. The whole of the palmar surface of the hand, fingers and thumb may remain in contact with the part, or the fingers only may be used. 8. The hands usually work alternately, one hand commencing a stroke as the other reaches the end. 9. The hands may work in opposite directions if working across the back, one beginning on the right side, the other on the left side, then crossing the back. Stroking is frequently performed from the nape of the neck to the base of the spine, or transversely across the abdomen, back or thigh. AREA FOR MANIPULATION A. Head - use pinching, sliding and pressed release manipulation - pinching – is to squeeze between your thumb and finger often in a painful way - sliding - - pressed release -  Shoulder – use figure of eight tech-kneading or gliding  Forearm – use sliding and thumb walking  Hand – use press release, slide and rotate B. Back Area Procedure in Massaging Back Area
  • 171. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 171 Step 1: Starting on the back use a smooth stroking movement ―gliding‖ downwards with thumb on either side of the spine ( do not press the bones – outside them) and then take the hands to the side and glide back up the shoulders Step 2 : From kneeling position at your partner‘s side use the whole of your hand and a smooth stroking movement to pull up steadily. One hand at a time working all the way up and down one side of partners back few time then repeat to other side. Step 3: Squeeze the muscles from one hand to the others, to knead the muscles of the back of the shoulder and release deep selected muscles tension, make sure you knead generously, rather than using pinching movement, repeat to the other side. Step 4: Stretch the back using forearm to glide in different direction, try to keep a constant, steady pressure. Lift off the arm when they reach the neck and buttocks. Return to the centre of the back and repeat a few times. C. Leg Area Procedure in massage of the leg area Step 1: moving down to the lower extremities – foot area, press the muscles of the scalp then protect the tendon area. Step 2: Do not put over pressure on the area behind the knee, but glide over knead the back of the thigh, then stroke all the way up leg handover hand, always moving in an upward direction repeat on leg. D. Foot Area Procedure in massaging the foot area. Step 1. . Use the stroke of press on, release, rotate and slide, repeat these movement to the other side of the foot After Care – end of Manipulation
  • 172. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 172 Use the mild warm-up, massage for the ending manipulation, sliding from the back of shoulder up to the buttock then up to the channel of leg and foot. Activity1. Get your pair and perform the following manipulation. Use the rating below: Time Duration 25% Pressure 25% Effect 50% 2. Petrissage This comes from the French verb pétrir meaning ‗to knead. There are five manipulations in this group, but some can be further subdivided: 1. kneading 2. wringing 3. picking up 4. skin and muscle rolling 5. frictions. All the manipulations in this group apply pressure to the tissues, but each manipulation differs in technique. The true kneading manipulations apply pressure to the tissue and move them over underlying bone in a circular movement. However, other manipulations have evolved where the tissues are lifted away from the bone, squeezed and then released. Some of the manipulations in this group are quite difficult to perform and much practice is needed to perfect them. 2.1 Kneading There are many forms of kneading. The terminology used for each one will tell you what should be done, so study them carefully. Enhancement Activity
  • 173. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 173 2.1.a Palmar kneading: this is kneading with the palmar surface of the hand. There are different forms of palmar kneading. 2.1.b Digital kneading: this is kneading with the digits (i.e. the fingers) index, middle and ring fingers are usually used. 2.1.c Thumb kneading: this is kneading with the thumbs. 2.1.dUlnar border kneading: this is kneading with the ulnar border of the hand (ulnar bone or little finger side). Activity 1: Demonstration Student will find a partner and perform effleurage. Ask your partner to give you his/her rating. Time Duration 25% Pressure 25% Effect 50% 2.2 Wringing Wringing is a manipulation where the tissues are lifted away from the bone, and pushed and wrung from side to side as the hands move up and down. It must not be used on over-stretched muscles or those with poor tone. Technique 1. The stance is usually stride standing. 2. The hands must be warm, relaxed and supple. 3. The tissues are grasped in the palm of the hand and held between the fingers and thumb (taking care not to pinch). Enhancement Activity
  • 174. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 174 4. The tissues are lifted away from the bone. The tissues are moved diagonally from side to side by pushing the fingers of one hand towards the thumb of the opposite hand. 5. Keeping the tissues in the palm and lifted away from the bone, the hands move up and down along the length of the part, pushing the flesh from side to side. Do not pinch with the thumbs and fingers of the same hand. 6. The hands work up and down until the area is well covered and return to starting point. 2.3 Picking Up Picking up is also a manipulation where the tissues are lifted away from the bone, squeezed and released. It may be performed with one hand or with both hands. It must not be used on stretched muscles or those with poor tone. 2.3.a Single-handed picking up: technique This method is performed with one hand grasping the muscle. 1. The stance is walk standing. 2. Spread the thumb away from the fingers, i.e. abduct the thumb. 3. Place the thumb on one side of the muscle or group and the fingers together on the other side. 4. Grasp and lift the muscle in the palm of the hand, squeezing with the thumb and fingers (do not pinch). 5. Release the muscle and move the hand forward, pushing upward with the palm and web of the abducted thumb. Slight flexion and extension of the wrist accompanies this movement. 6. The hand moves upwards in this manner, picking up, squeezing, releasing and moving on. 7. The hand may work up and down, or it may work up and slide back down. 8. Use the other hand to support the tissues. 2.4 Skin Rolling
  • 175. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 175 This manipulation presses and rolls the skin and subcutaneous tissues against underlying bone. Technique 1. The stance is stride standing. 2. Place the hands flat over the area with the 3. Thumbs abducted. 4. Lift and push the flesh with the fingers towards the thumbs. 5. Roll this flesh, using the thumbs moving across towards the fingers. 6. Move smoothly onto a lower area and then work back. 2.5 Muscle Rolling This manipulation lifts the muscle away from the bone and moves it from side to side in a rocking manner. Technique 1. The stance is stride standing. 2. Place the thumbs nail to nail in a straight line on one side of the muscle and place the fingers over the other side. 3. Grasp and lift the muscle away from the bone. 4. Push the muscle with the thumbs towards the fingers, which give slightly as the muscle moves. 5. Push the muscle back towards the thumbs, using the fingers in the same way. 6. Push the muscle backwards and forwards, applying pressure into the muscle and using a rocking action. 7. Move along the muscle by sliding the hands. 2.6. Frictions These are much localized manipulations performed with the fingers or thumb. They may be applied transversely across muscle fibres or in a circular movement. They are deep movements performed with much pressure. The pressure may be selected at the commencement and kept constant throughout, as is usual with transverse frictions, or the pressure may get progressively deeper, as with circular frictions. The pressure must, however, be completely released before moving on to a new area. Frictions are
  • 176. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 176 performed on dry skin, free of oil or talcum powder, so that the fingers move the skin and do not slip over it. Remember these are specialised movements, used when localized depth and pressure is required. They should not be confused with digital or thumb kneading, which applies constant upward pressure using a circular movement. Fast stroking is also sometimes referred to as brisk friction because the hands do apply friction to the area, but this covers a large area and is not localised 2.6.a Circular Frictions These are small circular movements performed by the fingers or thumb. Technique 1. The stance is usually walk standing. 2. Select and examine the small localised area where frictions are required. 3. Stroke it gently with the sweeping thumb or palm. 4. Use the thumb or the fingers: the middle finger is usually used to reinforce the index and ring fingers. 5. Do not hyper-extend any joints when applying pressure, as this will strain and damage the joints. Keep the fingers straight. 6. Circular frictions are performed in small circles, moving deeper and deeper into the tissues to a maximum depth, then released. Repeat three to four times over the same spot and then move to another area as required. 7. The fingers or thumb must not slide or rub over the surface of the skin, but the superficial tissues must move with the fingers over the deeper ones. 8. Areas requiring frictions may be tender and care must be taken not to cause unnecessary pain through excessive pressure. 9. Effleurage or stroke the area frequently between friction manipulations and at the end of the treatment. 3. Percussion or tapotement: where the hands strike the tissues
  • 177. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 177 There are four manipulations in this group, named according to the position of the hands and the way in which they strike the part: 1. Hacking 2. Cupping 3. Beating 4. Pounding 3.1. Hacking This manipulation uses the ulnar border of the hand and the little finger, ring and middle fingers to strike the tissues in a light, springy, brisk manner. The forearm must alternately pronate and supinate to allow the fingers to strike the part. The hands strike alternately. Technique 1. The stance should be stride standing, with the feet a good distance apart and the knees relaxed or bent, keeping the back straight. 2. Place the hands together with the fingers straight as in prayer, thumbs against chest. 3. Take the elbows away from the sides, i.e. abduct the shoulder joint. The wrists will now be extended at an 80–90° angle. 4. Place the arms parallel and just above the part to be worked on. 5. Supinate and pronate the forearm so that the little fingers strike the part lightly and then lift away. 6. Practice this action until the arms roll easily. 7. Now practice the whole procedure. Part the hands and strike the part alternately(remember to keep the elbows out and wrists extended). 8. Relax or slightly flex the fingers and, keeping the same action, strike the part alternately with the ulnar border of the little, ring and middle fingers. 9. Strike lightly, briskly and rhythmically with alternate hands. 10.Work up and down or across an area – cover thoroughly. 11.The hands may also diverge – the heels of the hand stay close but the fingers diverge forming a ‗/‘ shape. This is useful over the upper fibres of the trapezius, below the nape of the neck. 3. 2. Cupping
  • 178. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 178 Cupping (also known as clapping) is performed using the cupped hands to strike the part alternately. The movements are light and brisk, producing a hollow sound. Technique 1. The stance is stride standing, as for hacking. 2. Make a hollow shape with the hand by flexing themetacarpo- phalangeal joints (knuckle joints). Keepthe thumb in contact with the index finger. 3. Straighten the elbows – they may flex and extend slightlywith the movement. 4. Place the hands on the part. 5. Flex and extend the wrist as the hands lift up and downalternately; keep the wrists loose and flexible. 6. Strike the part lightly and briskly with the fingers, part of the palm and heel of the hand. 7. The hands should clap the area, making a hollow sound. Avoid a slapping noise, whichwill occur if the hands are too flat. This will sting and be uncomfortable for the client. 8. Work up and down or across the area. Cover it thoroughly four to six times until anerythema is produced. 3. 3 Beating This is a heavier percussion movement that is useful on very large heavy areas of adipose tissue, particularly over the buttocks and thighs. The manipulation is performed by striking the area with a loosely clenched fist. The back of the fingers and heel of the hands strike the part as the hands alternately drop heavily onto the area. Technique 1. The stance is stride standing. 2. Loosely clench the fingers; keep the thumb against the hand. 3. Straighten the elbows. 4. Place the loosely clenched hands on the part so that the back of the fingers and heel of the hand lie in contact with the part.
  • 179. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 179 5. Extend and flex the wrist and lift the arms slightly so that the hands fall alternately and heavily on the part. 6. Work up and down or across the area and ensure that you cover it thoroughly four to six times. 7. The movement should be brisk and rhythmical. The pressure can vary from light to heavy, depending on the required outcome and the type of tissue being worked on. Well-toned bulky muscles or a depth of adipose tissue (fat) will be suitable for heavier pressure. 8. It is usual to work with both hands striking the part alternately, but it is possible over small or awkward areas to use one hand only, supporting the tissues with the other. 3.4. Pounding This, again, is a heavy percussion movement, performed by the ulnar border (little finger side) of the loosely clenched fist. The side of the hands strikes the part alternately. Technique 1. The stance is stride standing. 2. Loosely clench the fingers. 3. Place the ulnar border of the hands on the part, with one hand slightly in front of the other. 4. Lift the front hand and strike behind the back hand as the back hand lifts off the part. 5. Continue to circle the hands over each other, striking the part alternately with each hand. 6. The movement should be brisk and rhythmical. The pressure can vary from light to heavy, depending on the desired effect and density of tissue. 7. Cover the area thoroughly four to six times, or until the desired erythema reaction is achieved. Activity 2: Demonstration Student will find a partner and perform effleurage. Ask you partner to give you his rating. Enhancement Activity
  • 180. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 180 Time Duration 25% Pressure 25% Effect 50% 4.Vibrations There are two manipulations in this group: shaking and vibration. Both produce vibrations or tremors within the tissues. Shaking is a much bigger, coarser movement and produces shaking of the muscle, while vibrations are fine movements that merely produce a tremor. 4.1Vibration This manipulation is usually performed with one hand. However, on large areas both hands can be used. The hand is placed over the area and vibrated either up and down or from side to side. The action produces vibrations in the underlying tissue. Technique 1. The stance is walk standing or stride standing. 2. Support the part with one hand. 3. Place the other hand on the part. 4. Keep the fingers straight and the thumb adducted. 5. Vibrate the hand up and down or from side to side to produce a tremor in the tissues. The hand maintains contact throughout. 6.Avoid tension developing in the working hand, arm and shoulder. Activity 1: Demonstration Student will find a partner and perform effleurage. Ask you partner to give you his rating. Time Duration 25% Pressure 25% Enhancement Activity
  • 181. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 181 Effect 50% Customized Amount of Pressure Applied Manipulations should be selected to suit the client and personal preference or expertise. There are, however, basic rules and guidelines.  Comfort: massage must always be comfortable. It must not hurt or injure the client, even the vigorous and stimulating techniques.  Direction: pressure must be applied in the direction of venous drainage towards the heart and the direction of lymphatic drainage to the nearest lymphatic nodes. (Do not pull back what you have pushed along as this is counter-productive.)  Order: begin with effleurage, follow with applicable petrissage manipulations then percussion if suitable, and complete with effleurage. Effleurage and stroking may be interspersed among any of the other manipulations.  Continuity: massage should be continuous – the transition between strokes should be barely perceptible. The hands should not be lifted off the area once treatment has commenced until that area is completed. Move smoothly from one stroke to another.  Speed: this must be selected according to the type of massage required – slow for relaxing, moderate for a general massage, and faster for a vigorous, stimulating massage.  Depth: this must be selected according to the type of massage, as described – moderate depth for a relaxing and general massage, deeper for a vigorous massage. Depth must also be adjusted to suit the client and the desired outcome of the treatment. For example, young, fit clients will take greater depth than older clients; well-toned clients will take greater depth than those with loose, flabby muscles or thin clients; obese clients or those with specific areas of hard adipose tissue will require greater depth. Those accustomed to massage
  • 182. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 182 generally prefer a deeper massage than new nervous clients. (Always ask the client if manipulations are too deep or not deep enough.)  Rhythm: this must be consistent regardless of the type of client. The rhythm is selected at the beginning of the massage and maintained throughout, e.g. slow rhythm for a relaxing massage, moderate for a general, and a faster rhythm for a vigorous massage.  Stance: protect yourself from strain and injury by adopting the correct posture. There are two standing positions used in massage: a) walk standing (i.e. with one foot in front of the other) is used when massaging up and down the length of the body b) stride standing (i.e. with the feet apart) is used when working across the body. Always keep the back straight and the shoulders relaxed. c) Allow the knees to bend when necessary to apply body weight and to reach all areas. Increased depth and pressure must come from body weight transmitted through the arms, but not by pushing with the arms. Use a slight swaying body movement to achieve this. Keep the feet apart – this improves balance and provides stability, as it gives a wider base.  Concentration: maintain your concentration throughout the massage. Although massage movements become semi-automatic as expertise develops, it is still important to concentrate fully on the task in hand. Continuity and rhythm will suffer if there is a lapse in concentration, and this is transmitted to the client.  Coverage: cover the whole area thoroughly. Do not neglect small areas as this will result in uneven coverage. Duration of Application of Pressure The timing of a body massage is usually one hour but may be longer. The order of covering the body is usually: ➛right leg 7 minutes ➛left leg 7 minutes ➛left arm 5 minutes ➛right arm 5 minutes ➛décolleté 5 minutes ➛abdomen 5 minutes ➛back of legs 6 minutes
  • 183. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 183 ➛back 20 minutes Activity 1.Multiple-Choice Direction: Choose the letter that best describes the statement. Write the answers on your quiz notebook. 1. The hand is placed over the area and vibrated either up and down or from side to side. The action produces vibrations in the underlying tissue. b. Vibration b. Pounding c. Frictions d. Cupping 2. This massage strokes apply pressure to the tissues. a. Vibration b. Knead c. beating d. Petrissage 3. Massage strokes that skim the surface of the tissues. a. Vibration b. Effleurage c. beating d. Petrissage 4. This manipulation lifts the muscle away from the bone and moves it from side to side in a rocking manner. a. Vibration b. Effleurage c. Muscle rolling d. Petrissage 5. Massage strokes where the hands strike the tissues. a. Vibration b. Effleurage c. Taponement d. Petrissage Activity 2. Pair Activity Direction: Work in pairs - one will play as a client/customer and the other will be the therapist. Demonstrate all massage manipulations at various speeds, depths and rhythms. Change roles after performing. Rate one another using the checklist below. After the task, submit the checklist to your teacher for interpretation. Rubrics for Evaluation: Massage Manipulations Time Duration 25% Pressure 25% Effect 50% Effleurage Taponement
  • 184. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 184 Petrissage Vibration OBSERVE POLICIES AND STANDARDS OF THE WORKPLACE. Health, Safety and Welfare Regulations Applicable to the Massage/Beauty Therapist The Workplace (Health, Safety and Welfare) Regulations 1992 This regulation covers health, safety and welfare in the workplace. Workplace means any place where people are employed or are self employed; it includes the outdoor areas such as paths, etc Health issues under this Act include: A) ADEQUATE VENTILATION Premises must be well ventilated, removing stale air and drawing in fresh clean air without draughts. B) COMFORTABLE WORKING TEMPERATURE It is difficult to select the temperature to suit everybody: around 16°C is recommended. The temperature should be comfortable for working but the client will usually be inactive and may feel cold; make sure that she/he is also warm enough. C) ADEQUATE LIGHTING Lighting must be adequate to enable people to work and move around safely. It should be suitable for the treatment in progress; low soft lighting is desirable for some massage routines. D) CLEANLINESS AND HYGIENE
  • 185. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 185 Premises must be cleaned regularly to the highest standard. Floors, walls and ceilings together with furnitures and fittings should be washed and disinfected when possible. All towels and sheets used should be boil- washed after each client. Hygiene is discussed later in this chapter. E) WASTE Waste must be stored in suitable, covered bins and disposed of in accordance with regulations. Disposable needles must be placed in a ‗sharps box‘ for collection. F) ADEQUATE SPACE FOR WORKING Cubicles containing a couch, trolley, chair, stools and waste bin should be large enough for the therapist and client to move around easily. There should be adequate space for all staff to move around easily in the salon without having to negotiate obstacles. G) MAINTENANCE OF EQUIPMENT Everything in the workplace, the equipment and systems, should be maintained in efficient working order. If a fault occurs in any machine or other equipment, it must be taken out of use immediately. It must be clearly labelled ‗FAULTY, OUT OF USE‘ and stored away from the working area. The fault must be reported and the appropriate action taken to repair it. H) FLOORS AND TRAFFIC ROUTES a. Floors should be sound and even, with a non-slippery surface and must be kept free of obstacles. Any spillages such as water, oil, powder etc, should be wiped up immediately because they will make the floor slippery, which may result in someone slipping and falling. b. Doors should be wide enough for easy access and exit; stairs should be sound and well lit. A handrail should be provided on at least one side of the stairs. I) FALLS AND FALLING OBJECTS a. Every effort must be made to prevent anyone falling on the premises. b. Sound, even, non-slip floors will help. Leads should not trail across the floor but should lie along the wall; stools and bins should be stored
  • 186. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 186 under couches; other equipment must not be left around but must be stored correctly. c. Every effort must be made to prevent objects falling and injuring people. Storage shelves must be checked regularly and examined for any damage that may weaken them. d. Objects should be stored and stacked safely in such a way that they are not likely to fall. Shelves should not be overloaded and should have maximum load notices. J) WINDOWS These should be clean and open easily. Ensure that people cannot walk into them if they are open. K) SANITARY CONVENIENCES Toilets and washing facilities should be available to all persons. These rooms should be clean (cleaned and disinfected regularly), well lit and ventilated. There should be hot and cold running water, soap (preferably in a dispenser), and drying facilities such as paper towels or dry air machines (to prevent the spread of micro-organisms). L) DRINKING WATER An adequate supply of fresh drinking water must be provided, either direct mains water, a chilled water dispenser or bottled water. M) CHANGING ROOMS These rooms must be clean, suitable and secure, where outer garments can be removed and uniforms put on. Changing rooms are also desirable for clients although the cubicles too may be used if privacy for the user can be ensured. N) FACILITIES FOR RESTING AND EATING Food and drink should not be consumed in the treatment cubicles or in the salon. A clean room should be allocated for eating. Adequate comfortable chairs should be provided as well as a table or tables on which to place food and drink.
  • 187. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 187 Activity 1: Visit a Massage Parlor nearest to your place and make an interview if these policies and standards of the workplace on Health, Safety Regulations are being observed. Rate all these according to POLICIES 15 10 5 A. ADEQUATE VENTILATION B. COMFORTABLE WORKING TEMPERATURE C. ADEQUATE LIGHTING D. CLEANLINESS AND HYGIENE E. WASTE F. ADEQUATE SPACE FOR WORKING G. MAINTENANCE OF EQUIPMENT H. FLOORS AND TRAFFIC ROUTES I. FALLS AND FALLING OBJECTS J. WINDOWS K. SANITARY CONVENIENCES L. DRINKING WATER M. CHANGING ROOMS N. FACILITIES FOR RESTING AND EATING ASSIST CLIENTS SATISFACTORY RESPONSE Client Responses Assessing your client‘s satisfaction with all aspects of the Wellness Massage services, you provide valuable input to guide modifications and
  • 188. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 188 improvement in service delivery. The tool specifically develops for this growing sector/industry provides some background on why it is important to collect client satisfaction feedback. Furthermore, this tool discusses the timing, frequency, and options for data collection. Additionally, the tool describes how to analyze and use client satisfaction results to plan improvements in client services. Why Conduct Client Satisfaction Assessments? Conducting client satisfaction activities can help you to:  Identify opportunities for service improvements;  Identify what clients want as opposed to what you or your staff think they want; and  Provide feedback to service delivery staff, management, and others about program effectiveness. Steps in the Process In order to carryout successful client satisfaction activities, the following steps should be completed: 1. Decide what you want to look at and learn. Research shows there are six basic areas of the most concern to clients. Those areas are: Amenities; People Skills; Environment; Medical Expertise; Affordability and Systems. 2. Choose which method you want to use to collect information from clients about their satisfaction with your services. 3. Select who will be involved in collecting information from clients and prepare them for that role. 4. Interpret the data you obtain from clients so you can use it to improve services. 5. Share the results with staff and get them involved in planning improvements. Activity. Assess Your Skill Direction: Look 2 clients and conduct Client Satisfaction Assessments. They will rate your performance using the scale below. Name: _____________ Gender:_____________ Age: ________________
  • 189. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 189 5 4 3 2 1 1. Massage therapist appearance a. The therapist wear clean garment b. Therapist has short hair or neatly tied c. Has short nails 2. Communication a. Instructions are being given from time to time b. My queries were all answered well 3. Preparing clients for body massage a. A short interview was carried out b. A short orientation was done 4. Massage technique a. I feel secure during the session. b. use of oils and other essences were used c. Pressure in every strokes suits to my need Over all Rating ________ Test I. Multiple Choice Direction: Choose the letter that best describes the statement. Write the answers on your quiz notebook. 1. What do you call the type of drape used to protect the client hair? a. Facial drape b. Gluteal drape c. Breast drape d. Turban drape 2. It is the very common precautionary measure we oftentimes read in labels of any supplies used in cleaning or disinfecting. a. Risk b. Danger c. Hazard d. Warning 3. What is the safest substance that can be found in spa? a. Oil b. Disinfectant c. Powders d. Water 4. What is the technique of using a large towel or sheet to keep you covered while getting a massage? a. Draping b. Massage c. Cupping d. Hygiene Post Test 3
  • 190. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 190 5. What do you call the massage stroke wherein the hands skim over the surface of the skin? a. Effleurage b. Percussion c. Petrissage d. Vibration 6. A massage stroke wherein the hand is placed and vibrated over the target area is called as _____. a. Vibration b. Pounding c. Frictions d. Cupping 7. A kind of massage stroke that uses pressure to the tissues. a. Vibration b. Knead c. Beating d. Petrissage 8. What is the regular time duration for back massage? a. 20 mins b. 5 minutes c. 7 minutes d. 6 minutes 9. What is the kind of manipulation that pinches and moves the muscle from side to side in a rocking manner? a. Vibration b. Effleurage c. Muscle rolling d. Petrissage 10. The massage stroke where the hands strike the target area is known as ______. a. Vibration b. Effleurage c. Taponement d. Petrissage Test II. True or False: Direction: Write the word TRUE on the remarks column if massage is appropriate with the stated condition and FALSE if it is inappropriate. Use your quiz notebook to accomplish this task. Conditions TRUE FALSE 1 Blood clots 2 Bleeding 3 Fever 4 Fracture 5 Heart disease 6 Infectious disease 7 Kidney or liver disease 8 Pregnancy-induced diabetes 9 Severe cold
  • 191. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 191 Test III. Matching Type Direction: Match Column A with Column by identifying the pictures below. Write the letter of the answer. Column A Column B 1. face towel a 2. thermometer b. 3. basin c. 4. sphygmomanometer d. 5. sanitizer e. 10 Menstrual Period
  • 192. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 192 f . 1-5. Write a five-sentence paragraph describing the phrase ―Wellness Massage‖. Use your quiz notebook to accomplish this task. ______________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ Rubric: Clarity and Accuracy of Concept: (3 pts) Grammar Composition (2 pts.) Total 5 pts Let’s try this. Open-Ended Statement Directions: Complete the open-ended statements below with your perception, opinion on the concepts on wellness massage. (10 points) Topic: Wellness Massage Before, I thought that___________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________ But now, ____________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________ I can ________________________________________________________
  • 193. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 193 Rubric for grading: Concept: (5pts) Articulation (5 pts.) Total 10 pts Overview One feels relax and takes pleasure every after treatment. But some mild reactions such as muscle pains, tiredness, and dizzinessare being experienced by the client due to toxins released from the body. So, it is very important to have some follow up or after care body massage. Balanced diet is one to be considered also. QUARTER 4 POST-ADVICE AND POST-SERVICES TO CLIENTS
  • 194. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 194 This unit covers the knowledge, skills and attitudes required to advise on post wellness services. In this part, introducing products and services should also be given. Keeping the client informed about all the possible treatments and products available within your salon is vitally important. Not only is it enlightening for the client, allowing her to make informed choices, but it is also essential if your business is to survive in a very competitive market. This unit covers the knowledge, skills and attitudes required to advise on post wellness services. Learning Outcome: 1. Perform after care service 2. Identify and explain products 3. Enumerate and explain other services 4. Suggest quality and acceptable massage products Multiple Choice: Read the statement carefully. Choose the best answer and write it in your answer sheets. 1. The ______helps eliminate the toxins from the body. a. juice b. tea c. water d. wine 2. A person must maintain a ______ a light healthy meal b heavy healthy meal c more vegetables d juicy fruits 3. If possible avoid __________ before performing aftercare services. Pretest: 4
  • 195. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 195 a. alcohol b. exercise c. too much eating d. drinking plenty of water for about 24 hours 4. After treatment has been given to a client, he/she feels a. startle b. creepy c. canny d. relaxed 5. The most common body reactions in the aftercare services, a. aching/soreness of muscles, b. tiredness, c. heightened emotional state d. dizzy 6. The backbone of any successful business is customer service and meeting clients‘ needs and expectations in terms of a. both product use and beauty therapy services b. products services c. beauty therapy services d. supplies 7. In preparation of a room to be used in services, which is more appropriate? a. warm, well-ventilated area b. a quiet area, away from distracting noise c. low and diffused lighting d. a spotlessly clean environment 8. What is the best after care products to be advised to clients? a. Pre-blended aromatic plant oils b. Exfoliates c. Herbal teas and beverages d. Mud/clays 9. It helps to increase the intake of oxygen and the elimination of carbon dioxide a. deep breathing exercises b. weights c. dancing .
  • 196. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 196 d. travelling are helpful to everyone as they 10. One of the after care services given to client is, a. eating a light healthy meal b. taking variety of soups c. eating more fruits d. drinking litres of water so the body can concentrate on healing. II. TRUE or FALSE. Direction: Read and analyze carefully the statements. Write the word TRUE if it is correct and FALSE if it is wrong. Write your answers in your quiz notebook. _______1. Making the clients feel welcome and at home with a friendly ―Hello is a nice gesture or strategy used in rebooking clients _______2. After any massage, spa or holistic treatment, try to rest and relax for the rest of the day, if not, for a few hours at least. _______3. Deep breathing exercises are helpful to everyone as they increase the intake of oxygen and the elimination of carbon dioxide. _______4. Overworked client may be advised to reduce workload, that she makes time to rest, takes a relaxing bath and goes to bed early _______5. Eat light, easy to digest meals _______6. Aftercare products may include but is not limited herbal products and body oils. _______7. Immediate bathing should be avoided, at least 6 hrs. after the service is advised. ______ 8. Home care advice is very beneficial for the client, as it involves them in the treatment and encourages them to take control of their condition. _______9. You may feel a little light headed after the hot stone massage & body massage aftercare _______10. Drink plenty of water to hydrate & flush toxins
  • 197. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 197 II. IDENTIFICATION: Write your answer on the space provided each number. _____________1. It means being free from tension and anxiety. _____________2. It involves visualizing pleasantly, suiting situations. _____________3. It allows the client short time to settle and let go of tension. _____________4. It is a technique used which means pull the feet up hard and let go. _____________5.It is a term used to push the feet down hard and let go. III. Classify the following massage product or supplies , tools and equipment. Write A if supplies and B if tools and equipment _______1. massage oil ______ 2. shiatsu foot warmer ______ 3. food supplement ______4. neck and shoulder massager ______5. massage cream PERFORM AFTERCARE SERVICES Massage After Care Advice 1. Drink plenty of water or herbal teas to help eliminate the toxins from the body. 2. Cut down on drinks containing caffeine so the body can begin to heal 3. Eat a light healthy meal so the body can concentrate on healing 4. Rest as much as possible 5. If possible avoid alcohol for about 24 hours. 6. If aroma therapy oils were used, try to avoid a bath/shower for at least 2 hours
  • 198. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 198 After treatment you will usually feel relaxed and enjoy the benefits of the treatment. Occasionally, you may experience a reaction from the treatment, however these are mainly due to the toxins being released from the body, as the body is rebalancing and cleansing itself. More common reactions can include: aching/soreness of muscles, tiredness and heightened emotional state. Less common reactions can include : headache, dizziness or nausea. excessive urination, increase in bowel movement, Irritation, skin changes, fatigue, hyperactivity and change of appetite. Hot Stone Massage & Body Massage Aftercare You may feel a little light headed Drink plenty of water to hydrate & flush toxins Eat light, easy to digest meals Drink herbal teas or fresh juice Avoid alcohol, caffeine and cola Avoid heat and direct sunlight Take time out for relaxation Reschedule for 4-6 weeks time 1. Identify products and services 1. Products - May include but are not limited to: 1.1 Pre-blended aromatic plant oils 1.2 Exfoliates 1.3 Herbal teas and beverages 1.4 Mud/clays 1.5 Herbal baths and poultices 1.6 Minerals (alum, incense, etc.) 2. Services - May include but are not limited to: 2.1. Herbal baths and scrubs 2.2. Body Services 2.3. Wellness and relaxation techniques 2.4. Exercise programs 2.5. Diet and nutrition programs
  • 199. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 199 2.6. Detoxification programs 3. Aftercare products - May include but is not limited to: 3.1 Herbal products 3.2 Body oils 4. Aftercare services - Must include but are not limited to: 4.1 Rest period after service 4.2 Immediate bathing should be avoided (at least 6 hrs. after the service) 4.3 Offering warm tea ❖Home advice ❖ Home care advice is very beneficial for the client, as it involves them in the treatment and encourages them to take control of their condition. It also provides linkage between one treatment and the next. The advice given will obviously depend on the client‘s need and condition, e.g. the overweight client or a client with cellulite will need dietary advice. For the tense, overworked client you may suggest that s/he tries to reduce her/his workload, that s/he makes time to rest, takes a relaxing bath and goes to bed early. You may also teach relaxation techniques and advise her/him to practice these at home. Those with poor posture can be taught corrective exercises. Deep breathing exercises are helpful to everyone as they increase the intake of oxygen and the elimination of carbon dioxide. These techniques are explained in the following text ❖Diet ❖ Advice to clients It is important that clients are made aware of the factors that are thought to contribute to the build-up of fat and cellulite. They should be encouraged to follow a self-help, daily regime that will increase the efficiency of the treatment. The following home advice should be given: A. Eat a well-balanced diet:
  • 200. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 200 Include all the nutrients necessary for health such as: - a little fat - proteins - carbohydrates - vitamins - minerals - water and fiber - eat plenty of fresh fruit and vegetables (5 portions/day is recommended) - do not overcook vegetables - eat oily fish such as herring, trout, mackerel and salmon/ - eat whole meal foods such as whole meal bread, pasta, rice, cereals, pulses, beans, nuts and seeds - reduce intake of saturated fat found in butter, dairy products and red meat - reduce intake of sugar and salt - reduce intake of alcohol – 7 to 14 units per week only - drink around 3 liters of water per day B.Relaxation Relaxation means being free from tension and anxiety, which are normally caused by the stresses of life, which upset the body balance. It is impossible to remove all the stressors in life. A certain amount of stress is desirable as it can produce feelings of thrill and excitement. The ability to relax is extremely important as it combats stress and reduces harmful effects such as fatigue, lethargy, illness and psychological problems. Clients who live very busy lives or are coping with worries or dealing with unhappy situations may find it very difficult to relax. Advising them and showing them ways of reducing stress and promoting relaxation can form an important part in the treatment. Once they have recognized the difference between the tense state and the relaxed state they can continue to practice at home. C. Preparation The first consideration is to prepare the room or cubicle and create the right conditions to promote the relaxation response. These will be the same conditions required as those for massage treatment, namely: ➛ a warm, well-ventilated area
  • 201. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 201 ➛ a quiet area, away from distracting noise ➛ low and diffused lighting ➛ a spotlessly clean environment ➛ soothing décor in pastel colours ➛ a comfortable couch or mattress on the floor ➛ clean linen and towels for every client; these to be boil- washed after each use ➛ light blankets for additional warmth ➛ very soft, slow-moving music may be played if the client dislikes absolute quietness. D. Relaxation Techniques There are many techniques that may be used to encourage the client to relax. They may be combined for maximum effect. The relaxation response involves the client‘s response to a quiet soothing environment: total concentration on a particular object while trying to let go of all tension. This is sometimes sufficient to promote the relaxed state and can be practiced anywhere. Visualization or imagining involves visualizing pleasantly soothing situations conducive to relaxation, e.g. lying on a beach, looking at a tranquil scene etc. Progressive relaxation aims to develop an awareness of the difference between feelings of tension and relaxation. Contraction followed by relaxation of all the muscle groups is performed, working around the body. This is a very effective method of promoting relaxation. Progressive Relaxation Technique The client should lie on a mattress and be fully supported. The client may choose to lie on the back, in the recovery position or half lying if the client has difficulty in lying flat. The client must be well supported using plenty of pillows under the head, knees or as required. Allow the client a short time to settle and let go of tension. During this time encourage her or him to breathe deeply and let go as s/he breathes out. The technique is then practiced as follows, beginning with the feet and repeating each movement three times:
  • 202. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 202  Pull the feet up hard (dorsi-flexion), and let go  Push the feet down hard (plantar flexion), and let go  Push the knees down hard against the floor, and let go  Push the leg down hard against the floor, and let go  Tighten the buttock muscles hard, and let go  Pull the abdominal muscles hard, and let go Massage and Holistic Aftercare After any massage, spa or holistic treatment, please follow our aftercare advice.  Try to rest and relax for the remainder of the day, if not, for a few hours at least.  You may feel relaxed and sleepy after your treatment. Take care if you are driving or working.  Keep warm as massage and relaxation treatments can make you feel more sensitive to the cold.  Drink plenty of water after your treatment to rehydrate your body, reduce fatigue and help eliminate toxins from your body.  Avoid alcohol and minimize tea and coffee, try to stick with water and/or herbal teas.  Try to avoid eating a heavy meal, eat light for the rest of the day to allow your body to concentrate on the natural healing and encourage detoxification.  Sometimes people experience some tenderness for 24 hours or so after a massage. If you do feel a little sore, do some light gentle stretches or take a warm bath with salts. And remember to tell your therapist about your experience so that it can be taken into consideration in your next session.  If you have had a treatment with aromatherapy oils: To gain maximum benefit from the healing oils, try to avoid washing/showering the oils off for a few hours as they will continue to be absorbed by the skin after your treatment has ended. Hot Stone Massage & Body Massage Aftercare You may feel a little light headed Drink plenty of water to hydrate & flush toxins
  • 203. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 203 Eat light, easy to digest meals Drink herbal teas or fresh juice Avoid alcohol, caffeine and cola Avoid heat and direct sunlight Take time out for relaxation Reschedule for 4-6 weeks time Once Leaving the Salon  Try to relax and take it easy for the rest of the day – if you can and feel the need to, nap.  Drink plenty of water for 24 hours after your massage as your lymph nodes, which have been stimulated, are removing toxins from the body. Your urine might be much darker than usual – this is due to the toxins leaving your body  Avoid heat treatments (hot baths / showers, body wraps, saunas, sunbeds) for 24 hours.  Avoid alcohol, smoking, caffeine and fizzy drinks as they can dehydrate your body and add more toxins to your body. This would reverse the effects of the massage, since the massage is in-turn aiding the body in removing the accumulation of toxins.  Avoid eating a heavy and especially spicy meal so your body can focus on natural healing and detoxifying itself.  Healing Reactions‘ may take place after your massage and are completely normal-showing that the massage is working well and your body is responding to the treatment. Indications of this may result in the following:  Fatigued or tired (although this could be a sign of deep relaxation, especially if you are usually always on the go)  Increased sweating, thirst or urination  Irritable or energised  Heightened emotions (low or high)  Runny, stuffy or blocked nose  sound sleeping and vivid dreams Maintaining your Results Massages are recommended often, especially due to the fast-paced and
  • 204. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 204 stressful lives that we are living. To maintain the results, you can try the following:  Take a warm bath once a week – this will help to loosen up your muscles.  Relax and distress – listen to music, burn some essential oils, etc. • Find time to exercise (especially strength training) and stretch (yoga is excellent).  Exfoliate and moisturize your body regularly.  Stand up and walk around and stretch – especially if sitting a long time at a desk and / or on the computer.  Throughout the day, massage your shoulders, and other areas that feel stiff.  Sit in a correct position and you might want to raise your legs.. Popularity: 2% [?] - See more at: http://myskinandco.com/before-and-after-care-advice-for-the- massage-client#sthash.rbSJHfG6.dpuf Rebooking a Client Rebooking a client to create a relationship is the key to a successful practice. To do this, I allow an extra 30 minutes per client. We name goals, notechanges since the last session, and become clear what brought the client into my studio each visit. Having all of this information prior to working allows me to check in with progress, determine my course of action, and follow up. From there, I am able to create future goals that complement the client‘s goal that session. For example, if my client came in with sciatic pain, I can discuss the importance of growing support for the pelvis through other areas of the body, as well as explaining the relationships of the participating muscles. By outlining what we might accomplish by addressing those areas, the client knows I am interested in her personal wellness. People seeking relief in the body do so because they are in need of change. When I suggest my strategy of change for the client, the client often returns (Heather Corwin. Altadena, California).
  • 205. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 205 Strategies Used in Rebooking Clients 1. Making them feel welcome and at home with a friendly ―Hello, so good to see you‖ as they arrived, as well as ―I really appreciate you being here,‖ as they were leaving. 2. Asking them to set future appointments before leaving the office. (Always assuming they wanted to return). 3. Providing effective, quality massage therapy sessions. 4. Timely service, including not shorting their time (an hour in my office meant 60 or more minutes). 5. Being diplomatic. 6. Fresh, clean linens and lotions. 7. Letting clients know we really cared about them. 8. Keeping talk to a minimum; learning to listen. 9. A refreshing, warm, cheerful atmosphere 10. Reasonable fees
  • 206. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 206 Glittering Ideas - Balance energy intake with energy output: if the diet provides just enough energy to meet body requirements, there is no surplus to be stored, therefore no fat to be deposited. - To reduce fatty tissue, energy input must be less than energy output. Only then will fat be utilized from body stores to provide required fuel reducing the diet and increasing aerobic activity is the best regime for reducing fat (e.g. walking, jogging, swimming or cycling for 20–30 minutes, twice to three times per week, is excellent). - Avoid wearing tight clothes that apply pressure and restrict the circulation, such as tight jeans or trousers, tight belts, underwear and corsets. - Take plenty of exercise and keep mobile during the day. If in a sedentary occupation, it is advisable to walk around, swing the legs and stretch at regular intervals. - Breathe correctly and deeply: practice deep breathing, thus using all areas of the lungs. Breathe in deeply and feel the sternum move forwards, the ribs move outwards and the diaphragm move downwards, pushing the abdomen out. Breathe out and feel the sternum move back, the ribs move in and down and the abdomen pull in when sitting or lying, breathing is shallow and uses mainly the upper chest. Deep breathing uses the chest capacity to the full and increases the intake of oxygen. The alternating pressure in the thoracic and abdominal cavities also stimulates the circulation around the body. - Eat plenty of roughage and drink 2–3 litres of water per day. This will aid digestion, prevent constipation and facilitate the elimination of waste products from the body. .
  • 207. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 207 Wellness Massage Tools and Equipment Tools and Equipment electric foot massager Massage sticks Shiatsu foot warmer single thumb savers massage Spiky Massage Balls IIlustrations
  • 208. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 208 WELLNESS MASSAGE PRODUCT SUPPLIES Massage soothes the body and soul. You can intensify these effects by choosing the right massage product. Different skin types require different media. Hydro-therapy foot massager Neck & Shoulder Massager Deep-kneading Shiatsu massager MASSAGE LOTIONS Paraffin – better than its reputation massage lotions are based on pharmaceutical white oil, also called liquid paraffin. It does not penetrate the skin and ensures long lasting gliding effects and optimal conditions during massage, while guaranteeing the best skin tolerability. WELLNESS MASSAGE LOTIONS Massage Lotion Urea for extremely dry skin and problem skin Massage Lotion Alkaline to support the acid-alkali balance Massage Lotion Q 10, which also prevents premature skin aging and oxidative stress. In this way, every massage becomes a feel-good experience.
  • 209. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 209 MASSAGE CREAMS AND BODY BUTTERS For a soothing and relaxing massage, the rich massage creams offer all advantages of the proven SCHUPP massage lotions. Body butter Recipes with natural ingredients such as cocoa butter, almond and thistle oil as well as additional moisturizers nourish and spoil the skin during the massage or pack. MASSAGE OILS The proven massage oils with vitamin E and jojoba oil are free of preservatives and colours. As a neutral massage oil or enriched with essential oils, our massage oils offer the opportunity to specifically address customers‘wishes. They range from neutral or fruity oils to naturally pure bio ayurveda massage oils. AROMATIC MASSAGE OILS This special series is based on nourishing plant oils. They are free of preservatives, emulsifiers and colours. Our aromatic massage and body oils are also highly valued after scrubs or as daily, gently scented skin care
  • 210. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 210 Natural Soap Our original vegetable based glycerin soap recipes are each unique & handmade in the traditional cold process method, producing a silky, creamy lather for healthier, softer skin. In all of our vegetable-based bar soaps, the fat comes from palm, olive, coconut, rice bran and other select vegetable oils. Soap products are 100% natural skin & beauty care treatments. We use the best quality wild crafted rainforest herbs, fresh tropical fruits, and select floral essences to hand craft some of the finest premium grade 3 1/2 oz natural facial & body cleansing bars available Food supplement Coconut Palm Oil for Heart Health, Immune Support, and Weight Loss Mangoosteen fruit Mangoosteen contains all the phytonutriment xanthones with over forty free radical scavenging anti-oxidants which prevent cardio vascular disease
  • 211. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 211 How to Promote Additional Products or Services to Clients The backbone of any successful business is customer service and meeting clients‘ needs and expectations in terms of both product use and beauty therapy services. Keeping the client informed about all the possible treatments and products available within your salon is vitally important. Not only is it enlightening for the client, allowing her to make informed choices, but it is also essential if your business is to survive in a very competitive market. Good Communication to introduce products and services Spotting opportunities for offering clients additional products or services is easy if you are receptive and have your ears and eyes open. Very often they will ask. Either they have heard about a treatment from another client, or they see something going on that they want to know more about. A special day or occasion will trigger extra interest. If the client does not ask directly, it could be that she is shy about asking, or does not know you offer a certain treatment. Tell her all about it – and use the current treatment to start the discussion. The consultation always provides a good opening to talk through alternative options to the client‘s normal treatments, . 2. Giving accurate information Do try to be as accurate as you can when giving information. Not only is your professional reputation at stake, but you also have a legal obligation not to give any false or misleading information to the client. As a consumer, your client has legal rights to protect her, and you, or your salon, will be liable for prosecution if found to be in breach of the law. Not only that, you will lose your clients very quickly if they have no faith in the information you are giving them, and if the products you recommend are unsuitable for their needs. 3. Salon and legal requirements Underpinning all the product knowledge and treatment skills you have to pass onto your clients the legal aspects of promotion, selling and client and consumer rights.
  • 212. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 212 4. Timing your discussion It is important to give the client the time to ask questions, so choose an appropriate moment to discuss her queries. During a treatment is fine if it is one where you can maintain a conversation and have lots of eye contact. A manicure, pedicure or waxing is ideal for this, as the client is awake, upright and alert. Talking during a facial will detract the quality of the treatment and all relaxation properties will be lost. Do not pick moments when the client is distracted, i.e. when she is trying to get dressed or pay for her treatment. If possible, keep the question and answer session quiet and confidential – not everyone in the salon should hear about her future bikini wax! It is important to hold the client‘s attention and focus entirely on her questions. This will give her the confidence of knowing that your suggestions really are in her best interests. post-advice and post-services to clients - Identify products and services and their benefits and comparative advantage* - Explain, maintain and convey products and services to clients and other staff members* - Apply comparisons on competitors‘ products and services* - Recommend specialized products and services* - Monitor client according to workplace policies and procedures* - Perform aftercare services in accordance with client‘s wellness program, workplace policies and procedures * - Administer service Once Leaving the Salon  Try to relax and take it easy for the rest of the day – if you can and feel the need to, nap.  Drink plenty of water for 24 hours after your massage as your lymph nodes, which have been stimulated, are removing toxins from the body. Your urine might be much darker than usual – this is due to the toxins leaving your body.  Avoid heat treatments (hot baths / showers, body wraps, saunas, sun beds) for 24 hours.  Avoid alcohol, smoking, caffeine and fizzy drinks as they can dehydrate your body and add more toxins to your body. This would reverse the effects of the massage, since the massage is in-turn aiding the body in removing the accumulation of toxins. Avoid eating a heavy
  • 213. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 213 and especially spicy meal so your body can focus on natural healing and detoxifying itself.  ‗Healing Reactions‘ may take place after your massage and are completely normal-showing that the massage is working well and your body is responding to the treatment. Indications of this may result in the following:  Fatigued or tired could be a sign for deep relaxation, especially if you are usually always on the go  Increased sweating, thirst or urination  Irritable or energised  Heightened emotions (low or high)  Runny, stuffy or blocked nose  Sound sleeping and vivid dreams Maintaining your Results Massages are recommended often, especially due to the fast-paced and stressful lives that we are living. To maintain the results, you can try the following: • Take a warm bath once a week – this will help to loosen up your muscles. • Relax and distress – listen to music, burn some essential oils, etc. • Find time to exercise (especially strength training) and stretch (yoga is excellent). • Exfoliate and moisturize your body regularly. • Stand up and walk around and stretch – especially if sitting a long time at a desk and / or on the computer. • Throughout the day, massage your shoulders, and other areas that feel stiff. • Sit in a correct position and you might want to raise your legs a bit. Activity. Salon Planning Direction: Plan a spa salon as your own business. Be able to illustrate all the necessary requirement and be ready for advertisement. Make use of this sample format. ______________________ Name of Business (should be unique , not existing) _______________________ Type of Business (Sole/ Partnership/ Corporate)
  • 214. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 214 Put some additional da Multiple Choice: Read the statement carefully. Choose the best answer and write it in your answer sheets. 1. The ______helps eliminate the toxins from the body. a. juice b. tea c. water d. wine 2. A person must maintain a ______ a light healthy meal b heavy healthy meal c more vegetables d juicy fruits 3. If possible avoid __________ before performing aftercare services. a. alcohol b. exercise c. too much eating d. drinking plenty of water for about 24 hours 4. After treatment has been given to a client, he/she feels a. startle b. creepy c. canny d. relaxed 5. It is the most common body reactions in the aftercare services. Post Test 4
  • 215. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 215 a. aching/soreness of muscles, b. tiredness, c. heightened emotional state d. dizzy 6. The backbone of any successful business is customer service and meeting clients‘ needs and expectations in terms of a. both product use and beauty therapy services b. products services c. beauty therapy services d. supplies 7. In preparation of a room to be used in services, which is more appropriate? a. warm, well-ventilated area b. a quiet area, away from distracting noise c. low and diffused lighting d. a spotlessly clean environment 9. What is the best after care products to be advised to clients? a. Pre-blended aromatic plant oils b. Exfoliates c. Herbal teas and beverages d. Mud/clays 9. It helps increase the intake of oxygen and the elimination of carbon dioxide. a. Deep breathing exercises b. Weights c. Dancing . d. travelling are helpful to everyone as they 10. One of the after care services given to client is, a. eating a light healthy meal b. taking variety of soups c. eating more fruits d. drinking litres of water so the body can concentrate on healing. II. TRUE or FALSE.
  • 216. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 216 Direction: Read and analyze carefully the statements. Write the word TRUE if it is correct and FALSE if it is wrong. Write your answers in your quiz notebook. _______1. Making the clients feel welcome and at home with a friendly ―Hello is a nice gesture or strategy used in rebooking clients _______2. After any massage, spa or holistic treatment, try to rest and relax for the rest of the day, if not, for a few hours at least. _______3. Deep breathing exercises are helpful to everyone as they increase the intake of oxygen and the elimination of carbon dioxide. _______4. For the tense, overworked client she may be advised to reduce workload, that s/he makes time to rest, takes a relaxing bath and goes to bed early _______5. Eat light, easy to digest meals _______6. Aftercare products may include but is not limited herbal products and body oils. _______7. Immediate bathing should be avoided, at least 6 hrs. after the service is being advised. ______ 8. Home care advice is very beneficial for the client, as it involves them in the treatment and encourages them to take control of their condition. _______9. You may feel a little light headed after the hot stone massage & body massage aftercare _______10. Drink plenty of water to hydrate & flush toxins II. IDENTIFICATION: Write your answer on the space provided for each number. _____________1. It means being free from tension and anxiety. _____________2. It involves visualizing pleasantly, suiting situations. _____________3. It allows the client short time to settle and let go of tension. _____________4. It is a technique used which means pull the feet up hard
  • 217. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 217 and let go. _____________5.It is a term used to push the feet down hard and let go. III. Classify the following massage product if supplies , tools or equipment. Write A if supplies and B if tools and C if equipment. _______1. massage oil ______ 2. shiatsu foot warmer ______ 3. food supplement ______4. neck and shoulder massager ______5. massage cream I. TRUE OR FALSE. Write T if the statement is true and F if false. _______1. Drink plenty of water to hydrate & flush toxins _______2. You may feel a little light headed after the hot stone massage & body massage aftercare _______3. Home care advice is very beneficial for the client, as it involves them in the treatment and encourages them to take control of their condition. _______4. Immediate bathing should be avoided, at least 6 hrs. after the service is being advised. _______5. Aftercare products may include but is not limited herbal products and body oils. _______6. Eat light, easy to digest meals ________7. For the tense, overworked client she may be advised to reduce workload, that s/he makes time to rest, takes a relaxing bath and goes to bed early. SUMMATIVE TEST
  • 218. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 218 _______8. Deep breathing exercises are helpful to everyone as they increase the intake of oxygen and the elimination of carbon dioxide. _______9. After any massage, spa or holistic treatment, try to rest and relax for the rest of the day, if not, for a few hours at least. _______10. Making the clients feel welcome and at home with a friendly ―Hello is a nice gesture or strategy used in rebooking clients. II. Multiple Choice. Read each question carefully. Encircle the letter of your choice. 1. Some massage therapists focus on the shifts in awareness and psychological insight that can be brought about with massage. a. transformational or psychotherapeutic massage b. pampering c. sports Massage d. relaxation/stress/ stress reduction. 2. Modern massage techniques have evolved mainly from a system developed by a Swedish physiologist called Per Henrik Ling (1776– 1839). He developed a system of passive and active exercises known as ‗Swedish Remedial Gymnastics‘ and also a system of massage movements. Ling used the terms, except one (1) a. ‗effleurage‘, b. ‗petrissage‘, c. ‗vibration‘, d ‗ventilation 3. These details will indicate whether massage will be helpful to client and will influence the type of massage to be given, a. past Personal Information b. past Medical History c. present Medical History d. present Personal Information 3. This refers to the type of massage treatment that might be found in some spa and hair salons. a. Transformational or psychotherapeutic massage
  • 219. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 219 b. Pampering c. Sports Massage d. Relaxation/stress/ stress reduction 4. As early as 3000 BC, the_______practiced massage to cure ailments and improve general health a. Chinese b. Japanese c. Vietnamese d. Swedish 5. This is the most widely used form of massage used for relaxation. a. body massage b. stone massage c. sports massage d. pregnancy massage NO. 6 AND 7 LACKING 8. It is defined as the exchange of messages by human beings, a. Communication Process b. Communication Standards c. Communication Problem d. miscommunication 9. As the communication process continues, it becomes a communication __________. A. cycle B. stroke C.routine D. requirement 10. It is often said that human communication consist of A. 93% body language while only 7% of communication consists of words themselves. B. 95% body language while only 5% of communication consists of words themselves C. 90% body language while only 10% of communication consists of words themselves D. 80% body language while only 20% of communication consists of words themselves 11. For the consultation the client should be seated comfortably, with the
  • 220. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 220 ________ positioned alongside or opposite. The environment should feel warm and private. A. doctor B. dentist C. specialist D. therapist 12. Do not make false claims for treatments, but explain the benefits ________ . Be honest when advertising. A. fairly B. reasonably C. practically D. realistically. 13. Before picking up the receiver, _______ or activity such as eating chewing gum, typing etc. that may be heard by the calling party. A. continue B. halt C. discontinue D. disregard any other conversation 14. The hand is placed over the area and vibrated either up and down or from side to side. The action produces vibrations in the underlying tissue. a. vibration b. pounding c. frictions d. cupping 15. This massage strokes apply pressure to the tissues. a. Vibration b. Knead c. beating d. Petrissage 16. Massage strokes that skim the surface of the tissues. a. Vibration b. Effleurage c. beating d. Petrissage 17.This manipulation lifts the muscle away from the bone and moves it from side to side in a rocking manner. a. Vibration b. Effleurage c. Muscle rolling d. Petrissage 18. Massage strokes where the hands strike the tissues. a. Vibration b. Effleurage c. Taponement d. Petrissage . 19. _____ helps eliminate the toxins from the body. a) juice b) tea c) water d) wine 21. . Eat _____so the body can concentrate on healing a) light healthy meal c) more vegetables
  • 221. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 221 b) heavy healthy meal d) juicy fruits 22. If possible avoid ____________ water for about 24 hours before performing aftercare services. a) alcohol b)exercise c) too much eating d) drinking plenty of 22. 23. After treatment you will usually feel ________. a) startle b) creepy c) canny d) relaxed 24. The most common body reactions in the aftercare services, a) aching/soreness of muscles, c) heightened emotional state b) tiredness, d) dizzy 25. Massage was introduced and found in the _______________. a. harbor b. caves c. mountains d. forest 26. It is the safest substance found in spa salon a. Oil b. Disinfectant c. Powders d. Water 27. In the %‘s methodology Seiketsu is the Japanese term for a. standardize c. seiri - sort b. self-discipline d. sweep 28. The translated English word for seiri is ________. a. sort b. sweep c. self-discipline d. systematize 29. This can be done as an introduction to massage for clients who may not come in for an office massage, or can be a continuing form of stress- reduction therapy when done on a regular basis, as in the office setting a. Chair Massage b. Pampering c. Chiropractic adjunct d. Relaxation/stress/ stress reduction 30. Different origin of the word massage are the following except one, a. mass b. mass’h c. masser d. massege
  • 222. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 222 31. This details will enable you to contact the client quickly should you need to cancel or change an appointment or for any other reason. a. personal details b. doctors record c. physical records d. school records III. Fill in the blanks. Choose your answer from the box and write it in the space provided. 32._______ is the chance, great or small that someone will be harmed by the hazard. 33._______ is technique of using a large towel or sheet to keep you covered while you‘re getting a massage. 34.An ______ is a region of the body in which nerves arteries, or vein lay close to the body‘s surface. 35.The time to gather and exchange information with the client is called ________________. 36.__________refers to standards and conducts of behaviour of an individual or professional group. 37.__________refers to the type of massage treatment that might be found in some spa and hair salons. 38.Massage is thought to increase _____ which is desirable in many conditions. 39._________ is the name of a workplace organization method that uses a list of five Japanese words. 40.To gain the _____ of clients and establish an excellent reputation, 41. A customer first impression of your practice is formed during their first ____ of contact over the phone or in person
  • 223. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 223 SYNTHESIS SYNTHESIS One of the roles of teachers is to recognize in developing health behaviours of learners. We certainly know that much of the health habits later in life can be traced back to the things that children learned in school. This module aims to assist teachers and prepare learners in focusing on certain topics relevant in their health being. This is organized in four lessons showing the holistic concept of wellness massage which include the following: Planning a wellness massage program gives emphasis on the history of massage which is visible nowadays. How these massage discoveries came and play a very relevant practice in the modern world has to do with the information, understanding and the skills required have to do with its effectiveness. In providing pre-service wellness massage it has something to do with how behavior is being promoted which is very essential. How an individual live a healthy life and promote quality of life both for the clients and the therapist. As what we believe, wellness is more than an absence of diseases. These services one can give to the family and community as a whole will build a healthy being. The application of the different techniques in massage is a challenge that everyone should experience. The surroundings that directly affect health and safety to clients should also be considered. Part of this module also elaborates on the massage techniques and some Health Acts for the therapist to understand and practice, so with the careful techniques to be applied to clients is the most important. draping endangerment site risk ethics pampering blood flow 5‘s methodology consultation confidence interpersonal communication
  • 224. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 224 And in performing after care services, care should be done. Giving advices with what to be and how it should be maintained is another concern of both the therapist and clients. Glossary: Communication Process is simply the exchange of messages by human beings. It is the transmission of ideas from the sender to the receiver through channels. Communication is not complete if there is no feedback or response from the receiver back to the sender. Consultation- is a very important part of the treatment – sufficient time must be allowed so that it is not rushed. This is the time to gather and exchange information. Ethics refers to the standards and conduct of behavior of an individual or professional group. Hazard – means anything that can cause harm. Hearing refers to the sounds that you hear, whereas listening requires more than that: it requires focus. It means being aware of both verbal and non- verbal messages. Hygiene requirements the hygiene standards specified by an organisation or laid down by law Information Overload. surrounded with a pool of information. Interpersonal Communication is the exchange of feelings and attitude in the communication process Listening is the ability to accurately receive and interpret messages in the communication process. Listening is key to all effective communication, without the ability to listen effectively messages are easily misunderstood
  • 225. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 225 communication breaks down and the sender of the message can easily become frustrated or irritated. Massage – the application of touch by one person to another, using manual techniques of rubbing, stroking, kneading or compression, when done to produce relaxation, pain relief, injury, rehabilitation, athletic preparedness or a career at your fingertips) Massage Therapists – A massage practitioner who has received training in the theory and practice of massage, and is competent to use massage as a means if promoting pain relief, injury rehabilitation or health improvement. ( Massage a career at your fingertips) Personal details - includes the basic information. These details will enable you to contact the client quickly should you need to cancel or change an appointment or for any other reason. They will also enable you to seek advice from his or her doctor should this be necessary. Essential oils - Volatile plant oils extracted from certain aromatic plants that have both physiological and psychological effects on the human body. Policies – set of basic principles and associated guidelines, formulated and enforced by the governing body of an organization, to direct and limit its action in pursuit of long term – goals. Procedures – A fixed, step-by-step sequence of activities or course of action (with definite start and end points) that must be followed in the same order to correctly perform a task. Risk – is the chance, great or small, that someone will be harmed by the hazard. Safety – the state of being safe; freedom from the occurrence or risk of injury, danger, or loss
  • 226. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 226 Bibliography Books:  Williams, Anne, 2007, Spa Body Work A Guide for Massage Therapists,  Mo, Rosser , 2004 , Body Massage Therapy Basics (2nd Edition), Anatomy, Physiology and First Aid  Borg, John. Body Language; 7 Essay Lessons to Master/Silent Language, Prentice hall Life, 2008  Communication with Clients – Wendy S. Mayers, (Step-by-Step, Guide to Diagnosis and Treatment) 2014, Educational Concept  Lifestyle wellness Coaching (2nd edition), James Gavin and Madelein Mcbrearty, copyright 2013  Wellness Services – Evidence Based Review and Examples) Good Practice, Final Report, Lyn Winter Armatage, Stanfield et al, Observatory Report Series No. 76, Published 2010.  Williams, Anne E. , Spa Bodyworks, Guide for Massage Therapist, 2015  Rosser, Mo, Body Massage Therapy Basics, Second Edition 2004 Roseberry, Monica, The Body Shop Massage, 2005  Ashley, Martin, Massage a career at your fingertips, 3rd Edition, Internet Resources: http://spas.about.com/od/spaglossary/g/Massage-Draping.htm http://www.skillsyourneed.com/ips/listening skill:htm (#ixzzz2ve/smnpS)
  • 227. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 227 http://www.skillsyourneed.com/ips/listening skill:htm (#xzzz@ve2ATJP http://www.apas.org.uk/index.php/complementary-therapy-service/massage- after-care-advice/ http://www.baranduda-beauty.com.au/massage_aftercare.ph Magazines/Newsletters/Journals  Body Shop Business, March 2007, Newsletter  Telephone Etiquette and Customer Service Illustrations/ Pictures: - https://www.hartsport.com.au/products/8-091 - http://www.asia.ru/en/ProductInfo/1254660.html - http://www.cccme.org.cn/products/detail-3046110.aspx - http://frank8188.en.made-in - china.com/product/sqyQLPWxHlhR/China-Metal-Massage-Table- MT-002-.html - http://cowboyfitzone.com/some-many-kinds-of-bedroom-antique- chairs/images-of-lounge-chairs-for-bedrooms-with-reclaimed- wood-bedroom-furniture/ - http://www.dovemill.co.uk/luxury_500gsm_latte_cotton_4_piece_ bath_towel_sets - http://www.rightway.com.my/index.php?route=product/category& path=147 - http://www.ebay.com/itm/NWT-Mens-Nautica-Sz-Small-100- Cotton-Navy-Blue-Tropical-Print-Boxer-Underwear- /251461293121?pt=US_CSA_MC_Underwear&hash=item3a8c42d4 41 - http://bumpyboo.com/best-lotions-for-acne-prone-skin/ - http://www.holistic-guide.com/massage-oils/
  • 228. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 228 - http://www.amazon.com/Optimum-Copper-Tub-Ionic- Detox/dp/B002TKPRXE/ref=pd_sim_sbs_hi_4?ie=UTF8&refRID=0 X8PQCT6VRJZPJ2RPESH - http://frank8188.en.made-in- china.com/product/abFmeGXPbHhl/China-Massage-Cushion- Face-Pillow-Special-Design-for-Woman.html - http://angelskiss777.blogspot.com/2013/02/kates-magik-review- massage-body-oils.html - - http://reikimasterthailand.com/images/12-meridians.jpg - (http://teachmeanatomy.info/upper-limb/areas/axilla/+ Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2jTIIFhFi-o https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iunPc0IJsCU https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1XL8t7FRnbU https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rK4Z72CCog4 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DN_mz6FbJbg http://www.massagenerd.com/endangerment_sites_massage.php http://www.missouristate.edu/recreation/Wellness/169420.htm http://karmajello.com/postcont/2013/06/Reflexology-FOOT1.jpg http://healthsciencedegree.info/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/acupuncture- hand-chart.jpg http://lifepositive.com/Body/Health/images/right-diagnosis1.jpg http://www.familypact.org/Files/Provider/Provider%20Resources/Quality%20I mprovement%20Tools/2011- 0927_ClientSatisfactionQIToolandSampleSurveys_508.pdf http://www.ohgizmo.com/2009/12/21/osim-ucrown-2-enables-your-crazy-head-massage-
  • 229. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 229
  • 230. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 230 .
  • 231. LM – WELLNESS MASSAGE Grade 10 231